East-West Center Eleventh Annual Report for the Fiscal Year Ending ...

EAST-WEST CENTER

Office of Public Affairs

O NOT REMOVE

ELEVENTH HMNUH R[PHRTFor the Fiscal Year Ending June 30, 1971

CENTER FOR CULTURAL AND TECHNICAL INTERCHANGE BETWEEN EAST AND WEST

An educational institution of the Government of the United States of America in cooperation with the University of Hawaii

EAST-WEST CENTER

CENTER FOR CULTURAL AND TECHNICAL INTERCHANGE

BETWEEN EAST AND WEST

ELEVENTH ANNUAL REPORT

JULY 1, 1970-JUNE 30, 1971

HONOLULU, HAWAII

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Page

Chancellor's Review

iii

East-West Communication Institute

1

East-West Culture Learning Institute

27

East-West Food Institute

51

East-West Population Institute

75

East-West Technology and Development Institute . . . . 111

Open Grants

159

Office of Contract Training

18,5

East-West Center Press

199


209

Office of Participant Services

225

Office of Administration

257

Chancellor's ReviewThis annual report reflects the level and quality of activitywhich took place in the East-West Center and its newproblem-oriented Institutes during the past year. Since thiswas the first year of their existence, the Institutes werebuilding their staffs, their programs, their relationshipswith the University of Hawaii and other institutions on themainland and in Asia and the Pacific. The participants andstaff went through a process of education in determining howto make the Center function most effectively as it began itssecond decade of operations.

Not only was this the first year of the transition toproblem-oriented programs, but the Center's budget for FY 71remained at the same level as it had been for the previous twoyears. And still, the production of the programs and theactivities engaged in have been prodigious. Looking at theinstitution from the desk of the Chancellor, I am pleased thatthe Center is flexible enough to respond positively to thedeveloping world situation.

EAST-WEST RELATIONSHIPS IN FLUX

There can be no doubt that relationships between East and Westare in a state of flux. America's image has changed dramaticallysince 1950. Although the decade of the 1950's began with theMcCarthy era and the Korean War, it was characterized bytremendous growth in all parts of American society and relativesuccess in foreign assistance programs. It seemed that Americanshad moved closer to their childhood ideal, Superman. Fasterthan a speeding bullet, stronger than a train, and able to leaptall buildings with a single bound, Superman could solve allproblems with ease and dispatch as bullets failed to faze him.The 1960's, however, saw Superman become perplexed. His x-rayvision did not help him see through the problems of the Blacksand other minorities. He was no longer fast or strong enoughto halt the destruction of the American environment. He wasbogged down in a war in Vietnam where bullets did not bounceoff harmlessly. Such problems seriously eroded America'sself-confidence by the time 1970 arrived.

In the countries of Asia and the Pacific equally importantdevelopments occurred over the past twenty years. In 1960most of these countries were picking themselves up from theaftermath of war and colonialism. Japan moved fast becausethe "organizational revolution" had taken place, but otherslacked the trained personnel needed to guide movement forward.By 1970, however, giant strides were evident. First rateinstitutions have arisen as symbols of strength and movement.In Seoul, the Korean Institute of Science and Technology is asmodern as the Stanford Research Institute. In the Philippines

111

the International Rice Research Institute is pre-eminent amongfood research institutions in the world. The Asian Instituteof Technology in Bangkok has a staff equal to any anywhere.Institutes of similar caliber exist in Hong Kong, Singaporeand elsewhere. Men throughout that area of the world havestruggled mightily for the past quarter of a century with theproblems involved in attempting to enhance the quality of lifeby increasing the scientific and technological capabilities oftheir countries. Their knowledge and experience are invaluableto the rest of the world.

More important is the change that has taken place in the mindsof the common people. New thoughts, new forms of communication,new ways of working have come to them. They see a betterfuture for their children. This revolution of rising expectationsis being accented by a revolution in personal habits, inattitudes towards life, and ultimately in views of man andthe world.

The above changes have resulted in shifting relationships andperceptions. The United States is becoming more mature. MostAmericans have come to see that the United States is notSuperman, and should not try to be. It is not and should notbe the world's doctor, teacher and policeman. Americans havegradually come to see the limitations of their strength andthus become more realistic. At the same time, the Asiancountries are becoming more realistic "in their appraisal ofthe United States and their own development. Instead of beingintent upon catching up with the Western world, Asians are nowbeginning to set their goals within the framework of their ownindigenous cultures. Thus, development is no longer seen ascatching up with the "developed countries" -- creativity withinone's own country is sought. Such an approach, althoughdifficult, is ultimately most realistic and rewarding. Togetherwe are beginning to perceive that we must all think in globalterms. No one can shout "Hey, your end of the boat is sinking."We are all in the same boat together. Concomitantly, we sharecommon aspirations and expectations.

IMPLEMENTING IDEALS

The programs of the East-West Center reflect the newrelationships which have developed in Asia and the UnitedStates. Since East and West have much to learn from eachother as they develop alternative solutions to common problems,men and women of goodwill and intelligence from the UnitedStates and the many great cultures of Asia and the Pacificcan work mutually together on questions of universal relevanceand concern. The process is not one of imitation of the Westor the West teaching the East, but rather a mutual exchangeand building of knowledge equally valuable and useful to bothEast and West. We are trying to build programs through whichmen can learn to cooperate, think together in world, or atleast in Pacific and Asian terms, and come to see their commonhumanity.

iv

More specifically, the new structure is designed to achieveseveral objectives. As an educational institution, a sharpenededucational identity had to be built for the Center, bothinternally and with other educational institutions. Duringthe past year the Center began developing an impressive programstaff of academic experts in fields related to the fiveproblem-oriented Institutes. A total of 23 new academic staffmembers were employed by the Center. Fourteen of these staffmembers held joint appointments with Center programs andUniversity of Hawaii departments so that programmatically weare cooperating more closely with the University than everbefore. Many scholarly publications, ranging from 16 workingpapers from the East-West Population Institute to a full lengthbook, Intercultural Education and the Community of Man by aSenior Fellow, Dr. John Walsh, were produced. A total of 70Fellows and Senior Fellows carried out academic research whileat the Center. Cooperative arrangements were establishedbetween the Center and several Asian institutions, includingthe Korean Institute for Research in the Behavioral Sciences;Asian Mass Communication Research and Information Center inSingapore; Mindanao State University, the Philippines; GadjaMada University, Indonesia; and the University of Konkaen,Thailand.

Another objective is to create deeper and more meaningfulinteraction between all participants and staff members at theCenter. Significant beginnings in interaction between staffmembers, Fellows, degree scholars and short-term professionalstudents were evident. Special seminars were held where staffmembers and Fellows led discussions with students on substantivetopics related to program activities. Fellows and programstaff members served as resource persons for many non-degreeprojects such as the First Summer Seminar in Population.Degree students received academic advice concerning coursework, research plans and field education from program staff.Degree students also helped plan and initiate projects such asthe Culture Learning Institute's "Interdisciplinary StudentSymposia on Culture Learning." More are planned this comingyear.

The third objective is to upgrade the level of professionalnon-degree study and training. The emphasis was shifted toraise the level of participants, stressing mid-management andupper echelon management, teachers and trainers. Theseprofessional students, already employed in their chosen field,return home from the Center to become "teachers of teachers,"creating a multiplier effect for spreading new knowledge thatwas shared and exchanged while at the Center. Professionalstudents included family planners, journalists, youth workers,educational administrators, communication teachers, travelindustry managers, agricultural extension workers, librarians,dramatists and many others listed in the Institute reportswhich follow.

V

The fourth objective is to develop truly international,interdisciplinary programs. The international character ofthe programs is evident from the composition of staff andparticipants involved. The 70 Fellows, 622 degree studentsand 1308 professional students came from the United Statesand over 30 different countries and territories ranging fromAfghanistan to Korea and in the Pacific from New Zealand toJapan. The building of an international staff was begun withrepresentatives from Korea, Japan, the Philippines, New Zealandand Australia as well as several European countries. Thereare now 11 staff members from outside the United States. TheCenter was especially fortunate in bringing Dr. Hahn-Been Lee,Dean of the Graduate School of Public Administration, SeoulNational University, as Director of the East-West Technologyand Development Institute. The interdisciplinary nature ofCenter programs is illustrated by the 19 different disciplinesrepresented by academic staff members and the 25 disciplinesrepresented by the degree students, mostly at the graduatelevel, associated with Center programs.

FUTURE PLANS

All these developments are most encouraging. However, the pastyear was a period of transition, and much remains to beaccomplished. During the coming years, the Center mustmaintain the momentum of development begun this past year.All five programs are off to fine starts but their pace cannotbe allowed to slacken. A new program more directly involvingthe humanistic studies should be started to give us morebreadth. Two problems could well lead to a slowing of programdevelopment -- budgetary and space restrictions. The programswill be forced to slow their development drastically unlessthe Center's budget grows at a healthy rate. Equa1lyimportant,space for program expansion must be found immediately or theprograms will strangle themselves.

I am confident that both these problems will be eventuallyresolved through the continued goodwill and hardwork of ourstaff and participants, and the continued cooperation of theUniversity of Hawaii and our many other supporters.

STAFF CHANGES

The number of new staff is reflected in the reports of eachprogram. Most directors were named in last year's report.However, two should be mentioned. In June Ronald Boggs,formerly Senior Budget Examiner in charge of internationalprograms with the Office of Management and Budget in Washington,D.C., came to the Center as Director of Administration. Also,by the turn of the fiscal year, Dr. Verner Bickley had takenover the leadership of the Culture Learning Institute asActing Director and has subsequently been appointed Director.

vi

Several important members of the staff left the Center.Ambassador Sam P. Gilstrap, Deputy Chancellor for Administrationand Deputy Director for Administration, East-West PopulationInstitute, retired after five years of valued service to theCenter. Dr. Dai Ho Chun, Director of the Institute forTechnical Interchange, also retired after many years ofassociation with the former Institute for Technical Interchangeand assistance in building the new technology and developmentprogram. Dr. Minoru Shinoda, Acting Director of the East-WestCulture Learning Institute, returned to the University ofHawaii History Department after long association with theCenter as Director of the former Institute of Advanced Projectsand subsequent assistance in launching the new program inculture learning.

Dr. Agnes N. Niyekawa-Howard, former Associate Professor ofPsychology in Education, Northeastern University, Boston, leftthe Center after providing invaluable assistance as a SeniorSpecialist and Researcher/Coordinator in planning andimplementing the culture learning program. John H. Kyle,Director of the East-West Center Press for eight years, leftHawaii to become Vice-President of Franklin Books Program,Inc. Miss Joyce Wright, Director of the East-West CenterLibrary, continues to administer this important collection ofAsian books and documents since the Library was transferredto the University of Hawaii.

The development and maintenance of an *institution is foundedon the support of many people. I want to express my sincerethanks to those staff members who have left the Center fortheir devoted service to our programs and goals. Also, Iextend deep appreciation to all those who are continuing towork toward greater mutual understanding as members of theEast-West Center community.

EVERETT KLEINJANSCHANCELLOR

vii

PROGRAM DEVELOPMENT:

REPORT OF THE DEPUTY CHANCELLOR FOR ACADEMIC AFFAIRS

The Center continued to develop during the year along thegeneral outlines set forth in the Academic Development Plan of1968. However, reorganization of the Center programs as ofJuly 1, 1970, required that major attention be devoted to thedevelopment of the new problem-oriented programs.

COORDINATION

During the year a number of major Center-wide definitions ofgrant categories, grant policies, and procedures were developedthrough the efforts of the newly-formed Participant LiaisonCommittee and the Council of Directors, both groups includingstudent representation.

A doctoral study grant category was created so that Centerprograms might invite a small number of highly qualifiedpersons for periods of up to 36 months. The 2k-month grantlimit for master's degree candidates was maintained.

A revised policy on field education for degree studentsreflected the role of the problem-oriented institutes inworking out field research and study arrangements as anintegral part of the student's educational program. As aresult of this policy, a field liaison office was created inParticipant Services to provide the necessary logisticalarrangements for field education.

Policy and procedures on the transfer of students from OpenGrants to the problem-oriented Institutes made it possible formore than 50 students to shift into the problem-orientedprogram of their interest beginning in September 1970. Allproblem-oriented programs developed specific recruitinginformation to make the selection process more effective inAsia, the Pacific, and the United States. During the springof 1971 each institute was directly involved in the selectionof students for its programs for the following year. Againthe decentralizing of the selection function required majoradjustments in past practices and procedures.

The Senior Specialist awards were redefined as Senior Fellowawards, intended to apply to approximately the same group asthe former Senior Specialist category. In addition, Fellowawards for younger scholars and authorities were authorized.Each problem-oriented program invites Fellows whose researchinterests and activities coincide with those in the program.Fellows are expected to interact with students and professionaltrainees as well. Open Grants Fellows are invited in relationto yearly themes or projects by the Committee on Open FellowAwards, which began to function in 1970-71. To strengthen

viii

relationships with institutions in Asia, Pacific and theUnited States and increase the immediate impact of the Center'snew programs, a decision to increase Fellow awards each yearwas adopted.

As a part of its reorganization plans, the Center decided togive increased emphasis to professional study and training forthose persons serving in mid-management and upper echelonmanagement roles and in trainers-of-trainers roles. Professionalstudy and training projects have been designed to increase thelength and depth of training, as well as the degree ofmulticultural participation. Projects were planned for threeyears ahead so that further cooperation with Asian-Pacificinstitutions and agencies could be undertaken and increasedbudgetary support could be obtained from co-sponsoringorganizations. A new policy on professional study and trainingprojects and procedures is aimed at coordinating the decentralizedwork in the various Institutes.

Since the University of Hawaii assumed responsibility for theAsian Library Collection, the Center began to build smallspecialized resource materials collections for eachproblem-oriented program. It was agreed that the collectionswould emphasize working documents and other ephemeral materialsfor which ready availability and dissemination is essential toresearchers and training plans.

By late spring of 1971, it was apparent that the conferenceactivities of the various problem-oriented programs were anintegral part of their educational activities and thus shouldbe supported by grant funds. The Chancellor's Office undertookresponsibility for the development of Center-wide conferencesfocusing on the exploration of new ideas, new program development,and themes which cut across Institute areas of study, researchand training.

The Publications Advisory Board adopted guidelines for thegreatly increased number of occasional papers, reprints andbrochures, and training documents emanating from the Institutes.

The effects of the new policies and the procedures aimed atcoordinating decentralized program efforts were apparent inthe program review sessions held in late April and early Mayas a preliminary to budget building.

DEVELOPMENT OF PROGRAMS

For the Center, 1970-71 was a transition year. Developmentand implementation of the Center's five problem-orientedprograms was the major task for 1970-71. While continuingwith those students and trainees who came on prior arrangements,this development included assumption of responsibilities bynew directors in four of the Institutes; the initial building

ix

in each program of an interdisciplinary, international staffwith academic excellence and practical experience in Asia andthe Pacific, often jointly appointed to University of Hawaiidepartments; the working out of functional cooperativearrangements with University programs and departments; and theconversion of Lincoln Hall to a program building. Through theefforts of the Open Grants staff the great majority of studentswho were not in problem-oriented programs were given counsel andsupport in the traditional fashion of the Center. The Technologyand Development Institute continued many former trainingprojects as well as developing new projects, and the CommunicationInstitute, Culture Learning Institute and Population Institutealso conducted professional study and training projects.

Program proposals for special outside funding were developedin Communication, Culture Learning, and Food. The first andlast appear at this time to have been successful.

A beginning was made on resource materials collections for eachproblem-oriented program and studies begun on advancedinformation storage and retrieval systems for the collections.Newsletters and occasional papers began to flow from theprograms related in part to these developing collections ofdocuments and their research activities.

Discussions and negotiations for a combination of the East-WestCenter Press and the University of Hawaii Press begun in theprevious year reached a successful conclusion by June underthe leadership of Acting East-West Center Press Director LambertDavis. A new press, the University Press of Hawaii was created.The Center retains responsibility for its publications andspecific identification in each work published. By combiningefforts the Center expects to produce more books for the samefinancial support level.

PLANNING AND EVALUATION

The Center began an expansion of its planning efforts during1970-71. A Forward Planning Committee was created in October,1970, replacing the former Program Planning Committee. Withthe addition to the Chancellor's Office of an experiencedSystems Analysis and Evaluation Officer, Larry Stevens, theCenter began to move toward a computer-based program andmanagement information system. By January 1971, a six-yearprojection for program participants, staff, physical plant andspace usage and finances had been completed. More detailedthree-year plans for professional study and training projectswere also completed. The projections have been updatedthrough the year.

A series of improvements in the Center's Participant DataSystem were completed. Information from all prior participantfiles was stored in the computer-based system and physicalfiles were microfilmed. While additional improvements in

x

retrieval of information are still needed, for the first timein its history of the Center has basic uniform data forevaluation of its efforts. Analyses of the processes ofinformational publications and admissions were also completed.

As the result of a high degree of interest among the studentsand certain faculties in the University of Hawaii, theconsideration of a new problem-oriented program emphasizingthe contributions of the arts and humanities to East-Westunderstanding began approximately one year earlier than hadbeen originally scheduled. A planning committee under thechairmanship of Dr. John Walsh, a Senior Fellow at the Centerand former Vice President for Academic Affairs of the Universityof Notre Dame, worked diligently during the winter and spring.Its task was to find a problematic focus mutually important toEast and West to which the arts and humanities were the majorcontributors. Dr. Herbert D. Long, Director of Open Grants,a number of East-West Center students, Senior Fellows andUniversity of Hawaii faculty in the arts and humanitiesconstituted the Committee. The Committee submitted its reportto the Forward Planning Committee and the Chancellor inJune 1971.

JOHN A. BROWNELLDEPUTY CHANCELLOR

FOR ACADEMIC AFFAIRS

xi

APPENDIX A

East-West Center Total Participants1960 - June 30, 1971

Alumni1960 - 1970

CurrentAY 71

1 0 1 A I

Afghanistan 9 15 24Australia 457 31 488British Solomons 85 1 86Brunei 1Burma 20 20Cambodia 12 1 13Ceylon 29 6 35Cook Islands 83 3 86Fiji 436 24 460Gilbert & Ellice Is. 30 2 32Guam 263 7 270Hong Kong 36 14 50India 175 67 242Indonesia 190 32 222Japan 1250 94 1344Korea 214 337 551Laos 25 23 1*8Malaysia 76 41 117Nauru 1 2 3Nepal 53 6 59New Caledonia 155 2 157New Guinea 53 4 57New Hebrides 184 184New Zealand 243 7 250Niue 10 10Okinawa 2560 4 2564Pakistan 81 23 JO4Philippines 297 55 352Republic of China 835 230 1065Samoa, American 769 281 1050Samoa, Western 432 38 470Sikkim 2 2Singapore 73 13 86Tahiti 12 12Thailand 494 108 602Tonga 145 9 154Trust Territory 1531 160 1691Vietnam 34 22 56Wallis-Fatuna Is. 1

(A/P unspecified) 711 711A/P TOTALS: 12065 1664 13729U.S. TOTALS: 1862 334 2196non-A/P or U.S.: 3 3 6

SUBTOTALS: 13930 2001 15931Conferees: 4973 515 5488

T C TA L S: 18903 2516 21419

AY 71 = July 1, 1970 to June 30, 1971

The above AY 71 figures reflect the actual year of activityrather than the time of financial commitment shown in the EWC budget

APPENDIX B

East-West Center Total Participants by Country of Origin **

1960 - June 30, 1971

STUDY andSTUDENTS

TRAINING

1EEI

/,////

AlA:

C+CC(

GiGL

IC

Ir

Kc

McNcNENENcNiOI

ReS+

SiSiT

ToTrVi

ghanistan 24 23 20 2 1 1 1stralia 1,88 40 1 27 12 14 434 15 419itish Solomons 86 86 12 74unel 1 1 1Me 20 19 1 18 1 1mbodla 13 6 1+ 2 7 7ylon 35 27 25 2 4 4 3 1ok Islands 86 2 1 1 84 17 67ji 1+60 26 26 1 433 83 350lbert & Ellice Is. 32 32 31 1am 270 1 1 269 50 219rig Kong 50 30 27 3 5 15 10 5dia 242 165 1 126 38 40 37 37donesla 222 69 13 50 6 18 135 85 50pan 131+4 237 226 11 63 10144 369 675rca 551 184 157 27 40 327 69 258os 48 4039 1 8 8laysla 117 70 32 37 1 2 45 40 5uru 3 3 3pal 59 28 4 21 3 3 28 6 22w Caledonia 157 157 16 141w Guinea 57 5 5 52 51 1i', Hebrides 184 184 16 168w Zealand 250 23 19 4 5 222 30 192ue 10 10 9 1inawa 2564 29 1 25 3 3 2532 1+1+6 2086kistan 104 82 57 25 19 3 3ilippines 352 208 183 25 29 115 43 72public of China 1065 132 1 125 6 21+ 909 273 636rnoa, American 1050 11 11 1039 172 867rnoa, Western 470 6 6 2 1+62 93 369kkim 2 2 2ngapore 86 1+ 6 8 1 71 10 61hiti 12 2 2 1 9 9ailand 602 139 130 9 20 443 84 359nga 154 8 7 1 11+6 53 93ust Territory 1691 34 31 2 1 1 1656 708 948etnam 56 38 14 21+ 1 17 11+ 3llis-Fatuna Is. 1 1 1

(A/P unspecified): 711 711 301 1310

A/P TOTALS: 13729 1701 230 1294 157 296 11021 3179 8553U.S. TOTAL: 2196 615 16 529 70 171 1410 1385 25

non-A/P or U.S.: 6 6 6

T 0 T A L S: 15931 2316, 21+6 1823 247 1+67 13148 4570 8578

redistribution source of1960-1970 participants :

ISI II Is! lAP 1StITt IT[ ITI IDF ITt ITt

JF SIAS

** conferences excluded

APPENDIX C

East-West Center Alumni by Country of Origin1960 - June 30, 1970

lAP IOF ISI

*

S/P

ITIHawaiibased

IIIFieldImp.

COUNTRY

TO T A

Afghanistan 8 1 9Australia 10 1 2+ 3 419 1457British Solomoris 11 74 .85Brunei 1 1Burma 19 1 20Cambodia 6 14 12Ceylon 2 23 3 1 29Cook Islands 2 14 67 83Fiji 1 20 65 350 1436Gilbert & Ellice Is. 29 1 30Guam 1 43 219 263Hong Kong 4 1 21 5 5 36India 22 11 123 1 18 175Indonesia 11 3 79 1 46 50 190Japan 41 10 254 3 267 675 1250Korea 14 16 141 2 140 1 214Laos 17 8 25Malaysia 1 40 1 29 5 76Nauru I INepal 1 2 25 3 22 53New Caledonia )1 141 155New Guinea 3 49 1 53New Hebrides 16 168 1814New Zealand 4 1 18 28 192 2143Niue 9 1 10Okinawa 2 1 47 424 2086 2560Pakistan 13 3 62 1 2 81Philippines 13 12 166 1 33 72 297Republic of China 18 4 136 189 1488 835Samoa, American 11 1141 617 769Samoa, Western 1 1 2 79 3149 432Singapore 6 6 61 73Tahiti 1 2 9 12Thailand 9 5 111+ 53 313 494Tonga 14 48 93 145Trust Territory 1 214 575 931 1531Vietnam 1 23 7 3 34Wallis-Fatuna Is. 1 1

(A/P_country unspecified): 301 410 711A/P TOTALS: 170 71 1423 10 2575 7815 12065U.S. TOTALS: 124 14 652 6714 381 17 1862non-A/P or U.S.:

____ -

3 _____ 3INSTITUTE TOTALS: 2914 8

_____

2075 684 2959 7832 13930* Jefferson Fellows 10 A/P

Summer Institute of Asian Studies = 674

APPENDIX D

AfghanistanAustraliaBritish SolomonsCambodia

CeylonCook Islands

FijiGilbert & Ellice Is.Guam

Kong KongIndiaIndonesiaJapanKoreaLaosMalaysiaNauruNepalNag CaledoniaNew GuineaNew ZealandOkinawaPakistanPhilippinesRepublic of ChinaSamoa, AmericanSamoa, WesternSikkim

SingaporeThailandTongaTrust TerritoryVietnam

A/P SUBTOTALS:U.S. SUBTOTAL:non-A/P or U.S.:

T 0 T A L S:

East-West Center Current Participants by Country of Origin **

AY 71

DEGREE STUDENTS

I',bachelors/ masters1/docl

400 AP

0

440 4.0

rate

10 -IN

15 15 1/12 13 1/1 231 16 2/6 8 1/7 8 3/0 3 12

1 11 16 5 2/1 3 0/1 1 1/1 2

3 1 0/1 1 221+ 6 0/6 6 182 27 714 9 1+/4 8 1/0 167 1*8 20/19 39 2/6 8 3/3 6 11432 5 0/3 3 1/1 2 3/0 3 21+94 51 12/32 144 2/5 7 7/2 9 34337 58 17/29 46 6/3 9 3/5 8 271+23 23 2/21 2341 31 0/13 23 5/3 8 102 26 5 o/l+ 1+ 1/0 1 12 24 2 0/2 2 27 5 2/1 3 1/1 2 2Ii 3 0/1 1 0/2 2 1

23 18 10/2 12 3/3 6 2/0 2 355 1+3 12/25 37 1/5 6 3/0 3 9

230 21+ 6/17 23 0/1 1 2/0 2 201+281 28138 L 0/1+ Z 342 2 1/1 2

13 9 0/1* 4 0/5 5 1/0 1 3108 34 3/27 30 1/2 3 4/2 6 69

9 1+ 0/3 3 0/1 1 5160 12 3/7 10 1/1 2 1148 122 17 0/5 5 3/9 12

-

1661+ 1444 17/80 97 100/192 292 20/35 55 32/13 45 1175331+ 171 1*4/98 142 2/22 29 23/10 33 130

3 3

20011 615 17/80 97 11*4/290 1434 27/57 81+ 55/23 78 1308

** conferences excluded++ 57 Fellows spent the majority of their grant time within AY 71 and are so

reported in the program sections; the remainder are reported in either AY 70 or AY 72

AY -71 July 1, 1970 to June 30, 1971

The above figures reflect the actual year of activity ratherthan the time of financial commitment shown in the EI4C budget

PROFESSIONALFELLOWS/ STUDY and

TRAINING

APPENDIX E

East-West Center Current Participants by InstituteAY 71

Institute / I

DEGREE STUDENTSFELLOWS /

PROFESSIONALSTUDY andTRAINING

bachelors masters /doctorate Hawaii Field

'o th

I

C2j

Communication 84 10 6/2 32/0 2 16/1 18 28 28/0 28 28

Culture Learning 155 13 8/0 8 14/1 5 8/2 10 78 78/0 78 514

Food 26 20 0/2 2 10/2 12 3/3 6 4/2 6

Population 102 144 17/14 31 7/6 13 2/2 14 30 9/21 30 214

Technology & Development 1607 29 16/7 23 3/3 6 8/0 8 393/22 1415 7146/0 7146 1409

Open Grants Program 5142 506 17/78 95 37/265 352 8/51 59 16/9 25 11 5/6 11

1 0 1 A L 5: 2516 622 17/80 .97 1144/290 14314 27/64 91 54/16 71 1308 513/149 562 746/0 7146 515

AY 71 = July 1, 1970 to June 30, 1971

The above figures reflect the actual year of activity ratherthan the time of financial commitment shown in the EWC budget

APPENDIX F

East-West Center Total Conference Participants1960 - June 30, 1971

SPONSORED HOSTED

AcademicYear East West Subtotal East West Subtotal TOTAL

1962 15 15 30 30

1963 35 76 111 3 1+ 7 118

1964 8 6 14 32 68 100 111+

1965 81 159 21+0 63 76 139 379

1966 86 232 318 101 312 1+13 731

1967 181 150 331 55 125 180 511

1968 65 123 188 119 1+96 615 803

1969 164 269 1+33 71 615 686 1119

1970 1149 267 1+16 1148 6014 752 1168

1971 97 72 169 137 209 3146 515

881 1369 2250 729 2509 3238 51488

AV 71 = July 1, 1970 to June 30, 1971

The above figures reflect the actual year of activity ratherthan the time of financial commitment shown in the EWC budget

Number ofConferences

2

6

6

14

16

13

23

25

28

19

APPENDIX 0

East-West CenterCurrent Location of Asia/Pacific Student Alumni

as of June 30, 1971COMPARISON

12/31/70

(a+b+c)projected

totalreturnees

totalalumni

(a)alumni

at home

(b)alumni

studying outside

country of origin

(c)alumni overseas innational or inter-national interests

(a+b+c)projected

totalreturnees

It % II It

fghanistan 13 4 30.8 8 61.5 12 92.3ustralia 29 l+ 1+8.3 5 17.3 7 24.1 26 89.6runei 1 1 100.0 1 100.0urma 19 15 78.9 1 5.3 16 84.2ambodia 7 2 28.5 2 28.5 1 14.3 5 71.4eylon 214 14 58.2 5 20.8 19 79.2ook Islands 2 2 100.0 2 100.0iji 23 15 65.2 6 26.1 21 91.3uam 1 1 100.0 1 100.0ong Kong 27 12 44.4 8 29.6 20 74.1ndia 150 85 56.6 29 19.3 2 1.3 116 77.3ndonesia 89 60 67.4 4 4.5 1 1.1 65 73.0apan 277 2314 814.5 7 2.5 5 1.9 246 88.8orea 180 104 57.8 57 31.1 161 89.5aos 22 15 68.2 3 13.6 3 13.6 21 95.5alaysia 51 27 52.9 17 33.3 44 86.3epal 28 16 57.1 5 17.9 21 75.0ew Guinea 3 3 100.0 3 100.0ew Zealand 18 6 33.3 6 33.3 12 66.6kinawa 49 1+0 81.6 1 2.0 41 83.7akistan 68 37 54.4 20 29.4 57 83.4hilippines 195 127 65.1 27 13.9 1 0.5 155 79.5epublic of China 151+ 106 68.8 23 14.9 4 2.6 133 85.3amoa, American 11 7 63.6 1 9.1 8 72.7amoa, Western 7 3 42.9 3 42.9 6 85.7ingapore 9 7 77.7 1 11.1 8 88.8ahiti 1 1 100.0 1 100.0hailand 130 99 76.2 23 17.6 122 93.9onga 6 4 66.6 1 16.7 1 16.7 6 100.0rust Territory 26 21 80.8 3 11.5 21+ 92.3ietnam 29 8 27.6 7 24.1 15 51.7TOTALS: 1649 1090 272 26 1388AVERAGES:66.1 16.51.6\.2

It

10 100.023 82.1

1 100.016 84.24 57.1

22 95.72 100.0

18 85.71 100.0

16 66.6110 77.467 81.7264 97.0151 93.217 94.439 88.623 85.23 100.0

11 64.745 95.756 84.8

152 82.2130 86.18 72.75 83.35 83.31 100.0

115 95.05 100.0

25 100.011+ 53.8

1359 ______\87.5

APPENDIX H

East-West CenterAcademic Achievement by Country of Origin

Degree Student Alumnias of 6/30/71

TotalDegreeGrants

Earned11

Afghanistran 10 8 80.0Australia 26 26 100.0BruneiBurma 19 14 73.7Cambodia 6 5 83.3Ceylon 23 20 86.9Cook Islands 1 1 100.0Fiji 22 18 81.8GuamHong Kong 26 20 76.9India 128 104 81.3Indonesia 63 36 57.1Japan 190 1148 77.9Korea 139 106 76.3Laos 22 10 45.14Malaysia 149 145 91.8Nepal 23 16 69.5New Guinea 3 1 33.3New Zealand 17 12 70.6Okir,awa 27 11 40.7Pakistan 62 51 82.3Philippines 1714 1141 81.0Republic of China 113 100 88.5Samoa, American Il 4 36.3Samoa, Western 6 2 33.3Singapore 7 6 85.7Tahiti 1Thailand 110 100 90.9Tonga 6 5 83.3Trust Territory 25 18 72.0Vietnam 27 21 77.8

ASIA/PACIFIC SUBTOTALS: 1338 10149AVERAGE: 78.3

United States SUBTOTAL: 468 360AVERAGE: 76.7

EAST-WEST CENTER TOTAL: 1806 1409AVERAGE: 78.0

APPENDIX I

STAFF

FY 1970-71

Chancellor

Everett Kleinjans, Ph.D., formerly Vice-President forAcademic Affairs, Dean, and Chairman of the Divisionsof Languages, International Christian University,Tokyo

Deputy Chancellor for Academic Affairs

John A. Brownell, Ph.D., formerly Professor of Education,Researcher in Educational and Development Center,University of Hawaii; Associate in charge of planningand evaluation, Hawaii Cuirriculum Center

Deputy Chancellor for AdministrationDeputy Director for Administration, Population Institute

Sam P. Gilstrap, L.L.B., formerly U.S. Ambassador to Malawiand Deputy Assistant Secretary of State forInternational Organizations (Retired June 30, 1971)

System Analysis and Evaluation Officer

Larry E. Stevens

Sr. Administrative Assistant to Chancellor

Judith Seichi

Sr. Administrative Assistant to Deputy Chancellor for AcademicAffairs

Jeanne M. Uemura

Sr. Administrative Assistant to Deputy Chancellor forAdministration

Dorothy K. Yoshizumi

NATIONAL REVIEW BOARD *

THE HONORABLE JOHN A.Governor of HawaiiHonolulu, Hawaii(Chairman of NRB)

BURNS MR. JOHN K. MacIVERMichael, Best C Friedrich626 East Wisconsin AvenueMilwaukee, Wisconsin

MRS. JOAN BARRY BARROWS90 Tarheel Way

Annandale, Virginia(Member, NRB Executive Committee)

MR. HAROLD C. EICHELBERGERChairman of the BoardAmfac, Inc.Honolulu, Hawaii

MR. ALAN GREEN

MR. KATSURO MIHOFong, Niho, Choy C Robinson195 South King StreetHonolulu, Hawaii

MR. OTTO N. MILLERChairman of the BoardStandard Oil Company of California225 Bush StreetSan Francisco, California

President MR. WILLIAM D. MOUNGERTom Benson Glass Company, Inc.Vice President1350 N. W. Raleigh StreetDeposit Guaranty National BankPortland, OregonJackson, Mississippi(Member, NRB Executive Committee)

MR. PHILIP A. GUARINODirectorDistrict of Columbia National Bank1812 K Street, N. W.Washington, D.C.(Member, NRB Executive Committee)

MR. DANIEL E. LONDONSenior Vice PresidentWestern International HotelsThe St. FrancisSan Francisco, California(Chairman, NRB Executive Committee) *

MRS. CLARE BOOTHE LUCE559 Kahala Avenue

Honolulu, Hawaii(First Vice Chairman of NRB) *

MR. ROBERT D. NESENPresidentR. D. Nesen Oldsmobile-Cadillac, Inc.3601 Duesenberg Dr.Thousand Oaks, California(Member, NRB Executive Committee) *

DR. LUP QUON PANGThe Pang EENT Clinic1374 Nuuanu AvenueHonolulu, Hawaii(Second Vice Chairman of NRB)

MR. WILLIAM C. TURNERPresidentWestern Management Consultants, Inc.100 West Clarendon StreetPhoenix, Arizona

MRS. ELIZABETH S. WHALEN7400 Arrowood RoadBethesda, Maryland

Elections to positions on Board were held Sept. 15, 1970

Miss Nary TsouvalasExecutive SecretaryDepartment of StateWashington, D.C.

UNIVERSITY OF HAWAII

ADMINISTRATION

Harlan Cleveland, President

Richard S. Takasaki, Chancellor

Stuart M. Brown, Jr., Vice President for Academic Affairs

William S. Parsons, Vice President for Business Affairs

Wytze Gorter, Dean of the Graduate SchoolDirector of Research

Kenneth K. Lau, Secretary

BOARD OF REGENTS

John Farias, Jr., Chairman

Clarence F. Chang, M.D.

Patrick M. Cockett, M.D.

Robert L. Cushing *

Harold C. Eichelberger *

Stuart T. K. Ho

Edward H. Nakamura

Charles S. Ota

Herbert N. Richards, Jr.

Brian L. Sakamaki

Patsy K. Young

* Members of Committee on the East-West Center

PART I

East-West CenterPrograms

CHAPTER I

East -West Communication Institute

East-West Communication institute

The East-West Communication Institute in its first year madea beginning on most of the activities which will comprise itscontinuing and long-term program. The Institute is concernedwith the processes of sharing knowledge among cultures forenhancing the quality of life, and with the effect culturaldifferences have on these communication processes. Throughprograms of study, training and research the Institute ishelping people build and strengthen their mass media andother communication systems. The Institute is concernedprimarily with education, training and research in social andeconomic developmental communication, especially in thecross-cultural context of the East-West Center's goals. TheInstitute also provides students and scholars with moregeneralized interests in the social sciences and humanitiessome specialization in the communication process.

The Institute program: awards scholarships for graduate study;invites Senior Fellows to the Center for research and study(See Appendix A for details on Senior Fellows); conductsshort-term professional study and training projects forinformation workers in various fields; maintains a resourcematerials collection of communication documents from Asiaand the Pacific; conducts an annual Jefferson Fellowshipprogram for Asian and Pacific journalists and broadcasters;carries on research; holds conferences and seminars; disseminatesfindings of communication research; and relates to communicationaspects of the other Institutes at the Center.

GRADUATE STUDY

By the end of the fiscal year, the Institute had grantedscholarships to 21 students who will be in residence duringthe 1971-72 school year. Six of these were students in 1970-71,three came in June 1971, and 12 will begin their studies inSeptember.

Of the 21 students, 13 are from Asia and the Pacific andeight are from the United States, maintaining the Centerstudent ratio of two from Asia and the Pacific to one from theU.S.

Three of these students are working for Ph.D.'s, while theremainder are seeking Master's degrees. With a general focuson communication, their major studies will be in thedepartments of: speech-communication, educational communications,Asian studies, political science, sociology, educationalpsychology, educational administration, business administration,geography, economics and library science.

3

Students affiliated with the Communication Institute participatein a wide range of specialized Institute communication activitiesin addition to their, formal studies at the University of Hawaii.

Special tours designed to give greater familiarity with thedifferent communication media were made to newspapers, televisionand radio stations and to the communication satellite facilitiesnow being developed in Hawaii.

Special communication films were shown from time to time.During the year a general cultural film series added to thecross-cultural knowledge of students.

A number of communication students took part in specialdocumentation training covering the translation, abstractingand searching for communication research documents.

A special seminar on Communication and Development was heldduring the spring semester, which was open both to communicationstudents and to the Jefferson Fellows. Several of the SeniorFellows of the Institute were among the speakers. Theseincluded: Dr. Daniel Lerner, Dr. Wilbur Schramm, Dr. HuberEllingsworth and Dr. Jack Lyle.

One of the most valuable elements of East-West Centerscholarship grants is the field education requirement, underwhich Asian students spend a period of several months on theU.S. mainland in activity related to their studies, andAmerican students have similar programs in Asia. TwoCommunication Institute students were on field education atthe end of the fiscal year.

Young-yun Kim was scheduled for six to eight weeks inWashington, D.C. on a master's thesis study of Voice ofAmerica broadcasts to East Asia, comparing them with concurrentU.S. network news broadcasts. She is working with Dr. RichardL. Rider of the University of Hawaii and Dr. L. John Martin ofthe University of Maryland, an authority on government newsoperations such as Voice of America. Edward J. Marquart, Jr.,is an intern on a publication of Pacific Communications, Ltd.,in Hong Kong. His language study at the Center was in Chinese.

Other field experiences: Communication Institute students whoserved as White House Interns in the summer of 1970 wereMeherunissa Ramani of India, and In-hwan Oh of Korea; AhmadWali Naibi of Afghanistan served as a United Nations Internthe same summer, and Young-yun Kim will be a U.N. Intern inAugust 1971. Miss Kim presented a paper to the InternationalCommunication Association in Phoenix in April 1971. Mr. Ohpresented a paper to the Pacific Sociological Association inHonolulu in April, and is assisting a University of Hawaiiprofessor in research in Korea in the summer of 1971. David M.Pellegrin was on leave in the summer of 1971 to work as anintern on the editorial pages of the Honolulu Advertiser.(See Appendix F for details on students and degree study.)

The seven students in the Communication Institute in the1970-71 school year achieved an overall Cumulative GradePoint Average of approximately 3.7.

PROFESSIONAL STUDY AND TRAINING

Four study and training projects dealing with different aspectsof the communication media were completed or begun.

The four were: Pacific Islands Radio Development Seminar fromMarch 29 to May 8, 1971; Jefferson Fellowships for Asian andPacific journalists and broadcasters from January 18 throughMay 15; Communication/Journalism Teachers Seminar from June 13to 26; and a series of internships on Communication Documentation,which began in June 1971 and will be continued through the nextyear. (See Appendix B.)

In all, some 38 persons from 11 Asian countries and 12 of thePacific Islands took part in the four projects. Through theprofessional study projects, persons who are actively engagedin either the practice or teaching of communication had theopportunity to broaden their knowledge in many fields, toexchange experiences with their fellow workers from othercountries, and, in the case of the Jefferson Fellows, tovisit the mainland United States for professional contacts.

All of the projects demonstrated the need for such professionalimprovement among practitioners of communication. On thebasis of the experience this year, the Communication Institutewill offer similar and expanded and improved professionalstudy opportunities in the coming year.

Pacific Island Radio Seminar The Pacific Island Radio DevelopmentSeminar brought 19 broadcasters from the U.S. Trust Territory,Cook Islands, Western Samoa, American Samoa, Territory of Papuaand New Guinea, and Tonga for an intensive six-week programdevoted to the theory and practice of radio broadcasting.The seminar drew heavily upon broadcasters of Hawaii and onfaculty at the University of Hawaii for specialized help andpresentations.

Jefferson Fellowships For the Jefferson Fellowship program,10 journalists and broadcasters were selected from Taiwan,Korea, Australia, Ceylon, India, the Philippines, Singapore,Thailand, Indonesia and Japan. An eleventh, from Pakistan,had to return to his country in mid-course. The JeffersonFellowship program is designed to give practicing journalistsand broadcasters a semester at the Center, during which theyattend classes at the University of Hawaii in subjects in whichthey are particularly interested, participate in a wide rangeof seminars and study groups, visit the Mainland for two weeks,and participate in numerous intercultural events.

5

Selection of Jefferson Fellows is limited to those under theage of 0 and who, by definition, are in mid-career.Competition for the Fellowships this year was particularlysharp, with some 170 applications for the less than a dozenfellowships granted. Selection was made by an advisorycommittee of nine. (See Appendix 0 for membership ofadvisory committee.)

Communication/Journalism Teachers Seminar The progress ofrna1ism and communication in Asia and the Pacific must

depend in the long run on a continuing inflow of professionallytrained persons dedicated to communication careers. One ofthe ways in which the Communication Institute contributes tothis end is through help to teachers of journalism andcommunication.

The Journalism Teacher Seminar was designed to enable eightof the people now actively directing departments of journalismto exchange views and provide advice on future seminars tobe sponsored by the Institute. The seminar provided a reviewof new developments in communication techniques and theoryand gave the participants a first hand review of the activities,successes and problems of Asian educational programs in thefield. The seminar proved fruitful in bringing together agroup which had never met before and in motivating them toinitiate steps for formation of a professional organizationof journalism/communication teachers of Asia. Participantswere from Taiwan, Korea, India, the Philippines, Thailand,Indonesia and Hong Kong.

Internships on Communication Documentation The Institutebegan this year the Communication Documentation Internshipprogram. Under this program, which is open for a year, upto six persons engaged in some capacity as informationspecialists, librarians or documentalists in connection withcommunication may be trained in communication documentation.The purpose of these internships is to give added expertiseto the intern and to acquaint them with the documentationprogram of the Institute. Through the internships, continuingcooperative contacts will be established and maintainedbetween the Institute and the interns.

The first intern under this program was Miss Dorothy Shen,assistant lecturer and librarian for the Department ofCommunication, Hong Kong Baptist College. For details of herprogram, see section on Resource Materials Collections.

RESEARCH

Research is a principal method by which East-West CenterInstitutes develop new knowledge. In the Communication Institutenew knowledge comes from specialized work done by staff, fromresearch carried on by Fellows and by graduate students. (Fordetails on work of Senior Fellows see Appendix A.)

6

A large body of fairly specialized knowledge on populationinformation and education activities in developing countriesis being accumulated and analyzed under work begun late in1970. (See section on Special Inventory-Analysis Project).

Dr. Wilbur Schramm, Director of the Institute for CommunicationResearch at Stanford University, while a Senior Fellow at theInstitute wrote the manuscript for a new book on the theoryof communication. It will be published shortly.

Dr. Jack Lyle, Professor of Journalism of the University ofCalifornia at Los Angeles, who was also a Senior Fellow,completed a study on the impact of television in the educationof children. He and another Senior Fellow, Dr. Hidetoshi Katoof the Communication Design Institute of Kyoto, Japan, arepreparing a comparative study of Japanese and Americanchildren's TV watching. Dr. Kato's primary concern was workon a study of mutual images between the U.S. and Japan.

Dr. Huber Ellingsworth, Professor, Speech-Communication,University of Hawaii, and another Senior Fellow, worked on afollowup study of the interpersonal and mass communicationbehavior of Japanese and Filipino college faculty upon theirreturn after study in the United States.

The East-West Center, with students and participants fromapproximately 30 countries, is a remarkable laboratory forthe study of intercultural and cross-cultural relations. APh.D. graduate student, Meherunissa Ramani, is making a studyof the attitudes of East-West Center students when theyarrive at the Center and when they leave, to determine changein their attitudes toward other nationalities and the causesof the changes.

Dr. Chungho Choe of Korea, a Fellow at the Institute, ismaking a study in depth of the total communication networksystems in Korea.

Another project underway is the writing of a monograph on theeffect of the press and other media on development in thePacific Islands. This is to be done by Dr. Ralph Barney, whoobtained his Ph.D. from the University of Missouri this year.

This beginning research is indicative of the flow of newknowledge which will eventually be brought into the streamof the Institute's education and training work.

STAFF DEVELOPMENT

Pending the involvement of the programmed number of studentsand the full operation of other projects, only a limited numberof staff members were employed in the first year of theInstitute's operation. At year's end, the staff included:

7

Dr. R. Lyle Webster, Director; Dr. Jim Richstad, SeniorProgram Officer; Dr. Robert P. Worrall, Research Associate;Mrs. Merry Lee San Luis, Junior Researcher; Miss SumiyeKonoshima, Resource Materials Specialist; and Mrs. Vera Z. Hong,Senior Administrative Assistant.

This staff did the pioneer work in establishing programs andmany other specialized activities. As indicated elsewhere inthis report, these have included an international conference,several professional training programs, establishment of aresource materials collection, a beginning of research, anda worldwide inventory and analysis of communication work infamily planning.

The staff represents a useful blend of professional expertiseand experience in Asian communication activities. Dr. Webstercame to the Institute after six years with the Ford Foundationin India as a communication consultant to the government.Dr. Richstad has had several years University of Hawaiiteaching experience as well as newspaper experience inHonolulu and the mainland, plus military service in Europeand is Director of the Honolulu Media Council, a pioneereffort attracting national attention. Dr. Worrall hasexperience in radio, television and administrative experiencewith Ohio State University and with the Ford Foundation inIndia; Mrs. San Luis has communication experience in bothagriculture and family planning in the Philippines; Miss Konoshimawas formerly Assistant East-West Center Librarian, experiencewhich was supplemented by professional travel in Asia andEurope; Mrs. Hong has had extensive experience in both theUniversity of Hawaii and the East-West Center.

Members of the staff were able to include professional travel,which has added to their experience and provided betterunderstanding of the work of the Institute. The Directortraveled to Guam and Saipan, the Philippines, Malaysia,Singapore, Indonesia and Hong Kong as well as to Ottawa,Canada, where he participated in the Twelfth World Conferenceof the Society for International Development. Dr. Richstadrepresented the Hawaii Chapter at the national convention inChicago of Sigma Delta Chi, national professional journalisticorganization, as well as visiting at Washington, Michigan Stateand Minnesota Universities.

Dr. Worrall traveled to the mainland twice and to Europe oncein furtherance of the analysis project described in thespecial section of this report.

Staff members participated in various conferences andseminars held both at the Center and at the University ofHawaii.

8

A significant activity of staff members is counseling withstudents on the communication aspects of their careers.Individual academic counseling is done, of course, by appropriatefaculty at the University in the major departments in whichstudents carry on their formal course work. Increasingly,professional staff will be involved in specialized activitiesrelated to communication with students affiliated with theCommunication Institute. This will include participation inseminars and developing special projects.

DOCUMENTATION CONFERENCE

In the belief that the Institute has a responsibility to makeavailable the latest and best information on communicationfor development, an international Documentation Conference onDevelopmental Communication Resource Materials was conductedOctober 26-29, 1970. A major purpose of the Conference wasto define the needs for communication documentation in Asia,the Pacific and the United States and means by which tomeet at least part of those needs. Another goal was toexplore possibilities for cooperation with other institutionsin the collection and exchange of current documents in theprincipal fields of developmental communication. Of the 13experts brought to the Conference, eight were from Asia andfive were from the United States or international agencies.

INSTITUTIONAL COOPERATION

As the Institute progresses it is forging formal and informalcooperative links with a number of institutions. So far mostof the cooperation is informal or is prospective but itindicates that there is a wide field for cooperation withnumerous institutions. One of the most important formal linksis that with ANIC (Asian Mass Communication, Research andInformation Centre) in Singapore. AMIC has as its Secretary-General Dr. Y. V. Lakshmana Rao, a former East-West CenterSenior Fellow. With Dr. Wilbur Schraxnm, he was a majorparticipant in developing the initial plan for the East-WestCommunication Institute.

The Institute has made special arrangements for visits byrepresentatives of communication and journalism departmentsand also newspapermen who come to or through Honolulu. Atthe Center they counsel with staff and meet with or addressstudents. Among those visiting the Institute in the last yearwere: Dr. John Hohenberg of Columbia University, VisitingProfessor at Chinese University in Hong Kong; Tor Gjesdal,former head of Mass Communication at UNESCO; Professor John Luterof Columbia University; Dr. John C. Merrill of the Universityof Missouri and a Visiting Professor at Chengchi NationalUniversity in Taiwan; Dr. Ted C. Smythe of California StateCollege at Fullerton, Visiting Professor at Hong Kong BaptistCollege; Dr. Frederick T. C. Yu of Columbia University;

9

Selig Harrison, Washington Post correspondent in Tokyo;Seymour Topping, Assistant Managing Editor, New York Times;James Sterba, New York Times correspondent, Djakarta; andCraig Whitney, New York Times correspondent, Saigon.

Several cooperative arrangements were under consideration atthe year's end, including: a project with the CommunicationDesign Institute of Kyoto, Japan, for joint translation andpublication of a Source Book on Japanese communicationstudies; a communication conference with the Graduate Schoolof Mass Communication of Seoul National University in Korea;participation with a number of Asian college and universitydepartments of journalism looking to the formation of anAsian journalism teachers professional association; and apreliminary exploration with the Japanese Radio andTelevision Organization (NHK) of a possible joint seminar ontelevision and education.

PUBLICATIONS

Publications in this first year of the Institute have beenlimited largely to newsletters, reports on conferences andseminars and some student papers. A newsletter on the workof the Institute was begun in the last quarter of the year.A newsletter designed for an audience concerned with thespecialized field of communication in family planning wasinaugurated by the Inventory-Analysis Project on Communicationin Population. (Details on publications are given inAppendix C.)

RESOURCE MATERIALS COLLECTIONS

The Institute is building a Resource Materials Collection toprovide a resource of knowledge of developmental andcross-cultural communication which can be used by scholars,policy makers and communication specialists of East and Westand especially by participants in East-West Center programs.This collection includes research findings, case studies andvisual, auditory and written records.

The Communication Institute's materials resource collectionwas established in the early fall of 1970. In October, theDocumentation Conference on Developmental CommunicationResource Materials, already mentioned in the section onConferences and Seminars in this report, was convened toassist the Institute to define needs for documentation inAsia and the Pacific. The participants recommended that theInstitute begin by identifying and contacting institutions inAsia and the Pacific which generate communication researchdocuments and program materials. They also recommended thatinitial concentration of acquisition efforts be on materialssuch as research reports, conference papers, surveys, workingpapers rather than on the usual booktrade materials.

10

During the year, the Institute acquired over 1,000 suchdocuments, 3 monograph titles, 18 serial titles, audiotapes, and microfiches. The total holdings of the collectionas of June 30, 1971, were 1,212 documents and monographs and68 serial titles. Some 216 institutions, researchers,training officials and administrators are regularly informedof the progress of the documentation work, and exchanges havealready begun with a number of them.

As part of the processing and organizing of the collectedmaterials, most of the documents have been microfilmed andwill also be prepared for microfiche. Microfiche will makeit possible to meet requests for documents at lower cost.

Copies of documents have been requested by the Ford Foundationin Pakistan, India, and New York; the National Institute ofFamily Planning in Delhi, the Communication Centre of U. P.Agricultural University, Pantnagar, India; the IndianInstitute of Mass Communication, New Delhi; the Cultural andSocial Centre, Asian and Pacific Council in Seoul; CentroInternacional de Agricultura Tropical, Cali, Colombia;International Health Programs, University of Hawaii andother institutions in Asia and the United States. Fiveaccessions lists covering 808 documents on communicationresearch and theory, mass media, communication in familyplanning, agricultural and rural development, and trainingand education in communication were issued. Resourcematerials required for conferences and training seminars wereobtained. In turn, these conferences and seminars generatedadditional documents.

Some abstracting and translating of documents and bibliographicwork was done by Institute students as part of their study oncommunication resources. Korean articles were translated andsummarized, and bibliographies on Thailand were examined toidentify documents pertinent to communication. A specialsummary/translation project covering NHK research reports inJapanese on television and children was completed in thesecond half of the year.

As mentioned earlier, an Internship program on CommunicationDocumentation was started in 1971. The first intern,Dorothy Shen of the Department of Communication, Hong KongBaptist College, arrived in early June for five weeks ofstudy, discussion, consultation, observation and participationin communication-related activities. Miss Shen examinedChinese materials in the Asia collection and identifiedthose publications especially relevant for the CommunicationInstitute. She translated and summarized articles inChinese communication journals. Miss Shen will be acontinuing contact for research information and communicationmaterials.

11

Discussions on a computerized system of storage, retrievaland dissemination of documents have started between staffat the East-West Center and at the University of Hawaii.

SPECIAL INVENTORY-ANALYSIS PROJECT

With US AID support, the Institute as a special project ismaking a world-wide inventory and analysis of populationinformation and education activities of internationalorganizations, governments and major private populationagencies. Consistent with its interest in research andtraining in development communication, the Institute in thisinventory-analysis is helping enhance the contribution ofcommunication to population programs. The informationgenerated by the study is expected to be useful to communicationplanners and strategists in population programs as well as inassisting organizations in utilizing effective methods tospread knowledge about responsible parenthood, better familyliving and socio-economic development.

Information emanating from the inventory-analysis along withprinted and audio-visual materials collected from assistinginstitutions and developing country programs alike willbecome part of the research and training resources of theInstitute. Results of the study can help organizations andagencies involved in international assistance to determinewhich communication services and materials have provedparticularly effective.

The inventory-analysis project is being carried out in threephases. The first phase is the documentation of informationand education support through visits and correspondence withthe communication personnel of major population organizationsand agencies at headquarters in the United States and inEurope. In the second phase, systematic visits will be madeby researchers of the Institute to observe the utilizationand results of informational and educational services andmaterials.

The third phase will involve maintenance of a continuingflow of information reflecting current communicationassistance and developing trends in the application ofinformation and education to population programs incountries concerned with the problem.

The inventory and analysis covers the wide range ofcommunication services being made available to developingcountries by public and private organizations and agencies,and includes consultant and advisory services, organizationof conferences, workshops and other training experiences,grants, research and evaluation, etc.

12

Materials collected and analyzed include the full range ofaudio-visual aids--motion pictures, slides, books, posters,research reports, training manuals, etc. Specialty itemsrange from matchboxes to hand puppets. Equipment utilizedin information and educational programs such as projectors,audio-visual, vans, etc., will be listed and described.

Materials collected under the world-wide inventory-analysisof population information and education activity will beadded to the Resource Material Collections and will beavailable to scholars and students and to communicationpractitioners in developing countries.

FUTURE PLANS

Projections for the next few years call for 50 to 60 studentsin the Institute each year with somewhat greater emphasis onPh.D. study, for an annual enriched and deepened JeffersonFellowship program, for a maximum offering of shorter termprofessional study programs, for making the documentationcenter on developmental communication one of pre-eminentservice to the region, and constantly enriching the educationand training activity through high quality research intomore and better communication for development.

The Institute looks forward to involving through itsvarious programs a sufficient number of persons, who alongwith those from other communication-oriented institutions,will be able to contribute toward the goal of creatingbetter understanding among and between the peoples of thevarious cultures of the East and West.

13

APPENDIX A

SENIOR FELLOWS

FY 1970-71

Dr. Wilbur Schramm, Director, Institute of CommunicationResearch, Stanford University, Stanford, California

Period of residence: 3/15/71 - 6/15/71

Research and other activity: Wrote 410-page manuscript forbook on Communication Theory, designed particularly to beusable by the scholars, students and communication leadersof Asia and other regions in which communication scholarshipis less developed than in the West. Publication anticipatedearly in 1972. Lectured to Jefferson Fellows and to Asianteachers of Journalism in conference here; responded to avariety of requests to give talks, counselled about 20students. Met on request with East-West Center and Universityadministrators on communication problems.

2. Dr. Hidetoshi Kato, Director, Communication Design Institute,Kyoto, Japan and formerly of staff of Kyoto University

Period of residence: 11/70 - 6/71

Research and other activity: Worked on methodology of"mutual image between United States and Japan" project.Developed special project for "Sourcebook of Japanesecommunication research" to issue English summaries of some300 to 500 most significant Japanese communication studiesof recent years. Participated in Documentation Conferencein fall of 1970 and Journalism Teachers Seminar in June of1971. Gave seminars for University of Hawaii AmericanStudies Department on "image" research and for SocialScience Research Institute on "Future Research."

3. Dr. Daniel Lerner, Ford Professor of Sociology andInternational Communication, Department of PoliticalScience, Massachusetts Institute of Technology, Cambridge,Massachusetts


Research and other activity: Study on Indian TelevisionSatellite Research Project. Very active participation inCommunication Institute programs. Gave seminar forJefferson Fellows and with Dr. Jack Lyle, gave a seminarfor University of Hawaii Interim Session on Intercultural

15

Communication. Accompanied Jeffersontour and to Center for Cross Culturalat fib. Addressed more than a dozencommunication subjects. Proposed serprojects for Institute, especially ancommunication facilities.

Fellows on inter-islandTraining and Researchdifferent groups onies of researchAsian directory of

Dr. Jack Lyle, Professor of Journalism, University ofCalifornia, Los Angeles, California


Research and other activity: Worked on a cross-culturalstudy of children's use of mass media (particularly TV)in the United States and Japan. Completed studies of twocable television systems operating on Oahu. Conducted,with Dr. Daniel Lerner, Interim Session Seminar onIntercultural Communication. Gave seminar to JeffersonFellows. Gave guest lecture in journalism at Universityof Hawaii. Developed program and served as chairman forAsian Journalism Teachers Seminar.

5. Dr. Huber Ellingsworth, Professor, Department of Speech-Communication, University of Hawaii

Period of residence: 3/1/71 - 8/31/71(1/2 time - colleague status)

Research and other activity: Folbowup study on interpersonaland mass communication behavior of Japanese and Philippinecollege faculty upon their return after study in the UnitedStates. Developed detailed plan and materials for PilotSeminar in Family Planning Communication to be held inAugust 1971. This Seminar is to establish guidelines forfuture training to be held in this field by the Institute.Gave seminar to Jefferson Fellows and Communication students.Counselled Communication Institute students.

FELLOWS

1. Dr. Chungho Choe, Editorial Writer, Hankook Ilbo, Seoul,Korea


Research and other activity: An evaluation of communicationsystems in Korea. Study of role played by mass media insocial development. Will counsel students, participate inseminars and other Institute activities.

16

APPENDIX B

PROFESSIONAL TRAINING PROJECTS

FY 1970-71

Pacific Islands Radio Development Seminar (March 29-May 8, 1971)

Nineteen broadcasters from the U.S. Trust Territory, CookIslands, Western Samoa, American Samoa, Territory of Papua andNew Guinea, and Tonga participated in the six-week trainingprogram. Emphasis was placed on study and practice of fundamentaltechniques in radio programming aiming at directly upgradingthe quality of programs at stations represented in the seminar.

Coordinator was Jack Towers, Assistant Chief, Radio andTelevision Service of the U.S. Department of Agriculture,Washington, D.C. Among the resource authorities who workedwith the participants were Dr. Richard Rider, Chairman of theSpeech-Communication Department, University of Hawaii;Professor David Ward, Journalism Program, University of Hawaii;Dr. Geoffrey Kucera, Chairman of Educational CommunicationsDepartment, University of Hawaii; Elias Thomas, BroadcastingAdministrative Officer, Trust Territory of the PacificIslands; Dr. Edmund Faison, College of Business Administration,University of Hawaii; Dr. John Bystrom, Speech-CommunicationDepartment, University of Hawaii.

One of the outstanding features of the workshop was thecooperation of radio broadcasters in Honolulu. Two days of theseminar were spent at 11 stations, with two or three participantsat each station. This gave each participant the practicalexperience of seeing just how his job is handled by a professionalin Honolulu. Cooperating broadcasters numbered over 20, andincluded such people as Lawrence S. Berger, president andgeneral manager of KHVH radio and television; Gil Bahr,program director, KGU; Jim Lathrop, KGMB sportscaster; ChuckLeahy, KGU sports director.

Participants were: Betty Mae Chanel, Assistant Managerand announcer, Station WVUV, American Samoa; Alfred DuduwegaEdoni, Senior Broadcasts Officer, Department of Information andExtension Services, Territory of Papua and New Guinea; MasamiJuan Elbelau, News Director, Station WSZB, Palau, TrustTerritory; Sione Tu'Itavake Fusimalohi, Announcer, TongaBroadcasting Commission, Tonga; Krispil 0. Ikeda, Senior RadioAnnouncer, Station WSZB, Western Caroline Islands, TrustTerritory; Dechuo Herny Jam, News Director, Station WSZC,Truk, Trust Territory; Halvorsen Daro Johnny, Assistant ProgramDirector, Station WSZD, Eastern Caroline Islands, TrustTerritory; Samuel J. Jordan, Program Director, Broadcasting

17

Division, Saipan, Mariana Islands, Trust Territory; Lavea VuiLevi, Announcing Supervisor and News Editor, Samoa BroadcastingService, Western Samoa; Esikiel Aut Lippwe, Program Director,Station WSZC, Truk, Trust Territory; Henry Muthan, BroadcastAnnouncer, Trust Territory Broadcast Center, Saipan, MarianaIslands, Trust Territory; Aneterea Puletasi, Associate PublicHealth Educator, Public Health Division, Medical Department,American Samoa; John Sablan Rosario, Jr., News Director,Station KJOR, Saipan, Mariana Islands, Trust Territory; Harry K.Rusin, News Announcer, Station WSZO, Majuro, Trust Territory;Juan Manglonia Sablan, Public Information Specialist, MarianaIslands District Community Action Agency, Saipan, MarianaIslands, Trust Territory; Manuel Olopai Somorang, ProgramDirector, Station KJQR, Saipan, Mariana Islands, TrustTerritory; John Baptist Tainangig, News Director, Station WSZA,Yap, Trust Territory; John Dannis Walter, Translator, StationWSZD, East Caroline Islands, Trust Territory; Daniel JosephWebb, Program Officer and Announcer, Cook Islands Broadcastingand Newspaper Company, Cook Islands.

Jefferson Fellowships (January 18-May 15, 1971)

Ten mid-career newspaper and broadcast journalists fromAsia and the Pacific completed the 16-week Jefferson Fellowshipprogram. The 10 came from Taiwan, Korea, Australia, Ceylon,India, the Philippines, Singapore, Thailand, Indonesia andJapan (an 11th Fellow, from East Pakistan, was called home byhis editor on March 1, in the face of hostilities there). TheFellows took non-credit University of Hawaii courses dealingwith communication and development problems, participated inEWCI seminars on the mass media in Asia and communication anddevelopment, and participated in a wide ranging program ofintercultural activities. Each of the Fellows spent at least16 days on the U.S. Mainland, with professional visitations tomajor cities and communication media, with longer stops inWashington, D.C. and New York.

Coordinator for the program was Joseph Hurley, a New Yorktelevision and movie writer with journalism training. A widerange of community activities involved such Honolulu media leadersas A. A. Smyser, editor, Honolulu Star-Bulletin; George Chaplin,editor-in-chief, Honolulu Advertiser, and the first JeffersonFellowship Lecturer; Lawrence S. Berger, president and generalmanager of KHVH radio and television. Other prominent personswho held discussions or seminars with the Fellows includedSenator Daniel K. Inouye; Keyes Beech of the Chiago Daily Newsforeign service; Dr. Wilbur Schramm, Dr. Daniel Lerner, Dr. JackLyle and Dr. Huber Ellingsworth, Communication Institute SeniorFellows. On their Mainland trip, the Fellows visited StateDepartment officials, the Washington Journalism Center, theUnited Nations, the New York Times, the Stock Exchange, the WallStreet Journal, the Christian Science Monitor, and broadcastfacilities across the country, including one brief interviewwith Walter Cronkite by a Fellow in New York.

18

Those who completed the 1971 Jefferson Fellowshipprogram were: *

Mrs. Ramphai Charumas, Chief of Information Section, NewsDivision of Thai TV Color Channel 3, Bangkok; Neville de Silva,Agricultural Columnist and Political and Diplomatic Correspondent,Ceylon Daily News, Colombo; Mrs. Jae-hee Kim, Senior Editorand Columnist, Citizens' Weekly (Chugan Shimin), Seoul; Brian M.Peck, Senior Journalist, Australian Broadcasting Commission,Sydney; Abdul Razak, Desk Editor, Economic News Section,Antara News Agency, Djakarta; Zacarias B. Sarian, AgricultureEditor, Manila Chronicle; Yo-Heng Shang, City Editor, Ta Hua(Great China) Evening News, Taipei; Tiang Keng Soh, SeniorReporter-Staff Writer, The Straits Times, Singapore; JanardanThakur, Assistant Editor, Indian Nation, Patna, India;Hisashi Ujiie, Staff Correspondent, Economic Section, AsahiShimbun, Tokyo.

Communication/Journalism Teachers Seminar (June 13-26, 1971)

Eight communication and journalism educators andresearchers from Asia met in seminar for an intensive reviewof communication/education problems and goals in Asia, and forupdating on developments in theory and research. Attention wasgiven to curriculum development, teacher recruitment andtraining, and the role of the Communication Institute infurthering communication education. An Asian association ofcommunication educators was favored and preliminary stepstaken to call a larger meeting next year.

Coordinator of the seminar was Dr. Jack Lyle, SeniorFellow at the Communication Institute. Consultants includedDr. Wilbur Schramm and Dr. Hidetoshi Kato, Senior Fellows;Dr. Ralph 0. Nafziger, executive secretary for the Associationfor Education in Journalism (U.S.A.); Dr. Gloria Feliciano,Dean of the University of the Philippines' Institute of MassCommunication, and Dr. William L. Rivers of Stanford University.

Participants were: Professor Siha-Umphai Bumrongsook,Department of Mass Communications and Public Relations,Chulalongkorn University, Bangkok, Thailand; Professor HsuChia-Shi, Chairman, School of Journalism, National ChengchiUniversity, Taipei, Taiwan; Dr. Keun-soo Lim, Professor,Graduate School of Mass Communication, Seoul National University,

' The eleventh journalist selected for the program, AbdulBashar Mohammad Musa, news editor of the Pakistan Observer atDacca, had to return home midway in the program.

19

Korea; Dr. Crispin Maslog, Director, School of Journalism andCommunications, Silliman University, Philippines; Professor P. p.Singh, Head of Department of Journalism, Panjab University,India; Dr. Astrid S. Susanto, Fakultas Publisistik, UniversitasNegeriPadjadjaran, Indonesia; Professor Michael Wei, Departmentof Journalism, New Asia College, Chinese University of Hong Kong;Professor Timothy Yu, Chairman, Department of Communication,Hong Kong Baptist College.

Internships on Communication Documentation (June 1971-June 1972 --up to eight weeks each)

Up to six persons engaged in some capacity as an informationspecialist, librarian, or documentalist with an institutionconcerned with communication research, training, education, orinformation dissemination may be trained in communicationdocumentation under this internship program. The purpose ofthe internships is to show participants the means ofsystematically documenting resource materials involved instudy, research and training in developmental communication.One intern started her program in June 1971.

Coordinator is Sumiye Konoshima, Resource MaterialsSpecialist for the Communication Institute. Others involved inthe program will be existing staff at the East-West Center,the University of Hawaii and in the Honolulu community.

The first intern was Dorothy Shen, assistant lecturer andlibrarian for the Department of Communication, Hong KongBaptist College.

20

APPENDIX C

PUBLICATIONS AND PAPERS

FY 1970-71

Institute Reports

1. "Documentation Conference Report," Jim Richstad.

2. "Pacific Islands Radio Development Seminar Report," JackTowers.

Institute Working Papers

1. "Some Priorities on Establishing a Communication DocumentationCenter," Jim Richstad.

2. "Facts You Need to Know About Graduate Study in theEast-West Communication Institute."

\TT.1 1

1. East-West Communication Institute Newsletter, Spring 1971,Quarterly.

2. Information, Education, Communication in PopulationNewsletter, March 1971, Quarterly.

Papers Delivered by Students

1. "The Korean Lawyer: Career Development," by George Wonand In-hwan Oh. Read by In-hwan Oh, CommunicationInstitute student at the annual meeting of PacificSociological Association, April 8-10, 1971, HiltonHawaiian Village Hotel, Honolulu, Hawaii.

2. "Impact of Interpersonal Communication on Korean NationalElections," by Young-yun Kim. Read by Young-yun Kim,Communication Institute student at 1971 InternationalCommunication Association Conference, April 22_2L1., 1971,Phoenix, Arizona.

21

APPENDIX D

CONFERENCES AND SEMINARS

FY 1970-71

1. Documentation Conference on Developmental CommunicationResource Materials

October 26-29, 1970 at the East-West Center.

Purpose Help define the needs for communicationdocumentation in Asia, the Pacific and the U.S. and themeans by which to meet at least part of those needs andhow the Communication Institute can build and maintain adocumentation center.

Agenda Panel topics included the needs for a documentcollection in the use of communication in economic andsocial development programs in Asia, the Pacific and theU.S., the cultural factors which influence both developmentcommunication and collection of documents, the presentstate of documentation, and the actual collection,processing and dissemination of such materials. Prioritiesfor collection, and cooperative arrangements with Asian,Pacific and U.S. collection centers were examined.

Panel of Outside Experts Mr. K. C. Arun, SeniorPublications Officer, Rubber Research Institute of Malaya;Dr. Francis C. Byrnes, Head, Training and CommunicationProgram, Centro Internacional de Agricultura Tropical,Colombia; Dr. Gloria Feliciano, Dean, Institute of MassCommunication, University of the Philippines; Mr. KazuhikoGoto, Assistant Chief, NHK Theoretical Research Centre,Radio and TV Culture Research Institute, Japan; Dr. KimKyu-whan, Dean, Graduate School of Mass Communication,Seoul National University; Dr. James W. Markham, Professorand Editor of the International Communication Bulletin,School of Journalism, University of Iowa; Mr. Raymond Pagan,Deputy, Population Office, Far Eastern Division, Agency forInternational Development, Washington, D.C.; Dr. S. A. Rahim,Deputy Director for Research, Pakistan Academy for RuralDevelopment; Dr. Y. V. L. Rao, Secretary-General, AsianMass Communication Research and Information Centre (AMIC),Singapore; Dr. S. Krishnaswamy Rao, Director, CentralFamily Planning Institute, India; Dr. Wilbur Schramm,Director, Institute of Communication Research, StanfordUniversity; Mr. John Willings, Program Specialist,Division of Development of Mass Communication, UNESCO;Dr. T. S. Wu, Chairman, Department of AgriculturalExtension Education, National Taiwan University.

22

Other Participants Dr. Hidetoshi. IKato, Director,Communication Design Institute, (1970-71 Senior Fellow,EWCI), Japan; Miss Sumiye Konoshima, Librarian, EWCI;Dr. Jim A. Richstad, Senior Program Officer, EWCI;Dr. R. Lyle Webster, Director, EWCI; Dr. Robert P. Worrall,Research Associate, EWCI.

Conference Results Participants said EWCI should bemajor document center and concentrate on collection ofcommunication research results and preparing summaries offields of interest. Concentration should be on current,"fugitive" material, not on books. EWCI would be major"wholesaler" in documentation, working in cooperation withthe Asian Mass Communication Research and InformationCentre (ANIC) in Singapore, and other institutes. Networksof correspondents and cooperating institutes were suggested,as was early attention to information retrieval and subjectclassifiers. The documentation center should servicepractitioners, administrators and reserchers, aimingmaterial at their particular and differtnt interests. Afterthe conference, an active and ongoing pr,-)gram of documentcollection and dissemination has been established along thelines suggested at the conference.

23

APPENDIX B

STAFF

FY 1970-71

Director

R. Lyle Webster, Ph.D., former Director of Information,U.S. Department of Agriculture and CommunicationConsultant, Ford Foundation, India

Senior Program Officer

Jim A. Richstad, Ph.D., former Assistant Professor,Journalism Program, University of Hawaii

Research Associate

Robert P. Worrall, Ph.D., former Assistant Representative,Ford Foundation, India

Junior Researcher

Merry Lee San Luis

Librarian

Sumiye E. Konoshima

Senior Administrative Assistant

Vera Z. Hong

APPENDIX F

DEGREE STUDENTS

Affiliated 1970-71

DegreeName Country Sought Major Field

Kim, Young-yun (Miss) Korea MA Speech-Comm.Marquart, Edward J. Jr. USA MA Asian StudiesNaibi, Ahmad Wall Afghanistan BA/MA Political ScienceOh, In-hwan Korea MA/PhD SociologyPellegrin, David N. USA NA Asian StudiesRamani, Meherunissa (Miss) India PhD Educ. PsychologySeidenstein, Jennifer (Mrs. )USA MA Asian Studies

Scholarship Awards, 1971-72

Catling, Ann (Miss) Australia MEd Educ. Admin.Enarni, Takatsugu Japan MBA Bus. Admin.Gillespie, Dennis P. USA MA Asian StudiesGutierrez, Luzviminda (Miss) Philippines MA Speech-Comm.Herm, Lorraine E. (Mrs.) USA MEd Educ. Comm.Howe, Anna (Miss) Australia PhD GeographyKim, Linsu Korea NBA Bus. Admin.Lee, Chin-Chuan Rep. of China MA Speech-Comm.Metter, Gary USA MEd Educ. Comm.Moinuddin, Khaja Hussain India MA EconomicsOgawa, Taeko (Miss) Japan MLS Library StudiesRamachandran, Basu N. Singapore MLS Library StudiesSchainck, Henry C. USA MA Speech-Comm.Song, Bok Korea MA SociologyTillotson, Richard J. USA MEd Educ. Comm.

25

APPENDIX G

JEFFERSON FELLOWSHIP ADVISORY COMMITTEE, 1971

Chancellor Everett Xieinjans, East-West Center

President Harlan Cleveland, University of Hawaii

Mr. George Chaplin, Editor, The Honolulu Advertiser

Mr. A. A. Smyser, Editor, The Honolulu Star-Bulletin

Mr. Abraham Poepoe, President, Honolulu Press Club

Professor Robert L. Scott, Chairman, Journalism Program,University of Hawaii

Dr. Richard L. Rider, Chairman, Speech-Communication Dept.,University of Hawaii

Dr. Lark 0. Daniel, Director and General Manager, Hawaii ETVNetwork, University of Hawaii

Mr. Lawrence S. Berger, President, Hawaiian Association ofBroadcasters, KHVH-TV and Radio

26

CHAPTER II

East-West Culture Learning Institute

East-West C~a_,~Iure Learning

The East-West Culture Learning Institute is concerned with thestudy in depth of the broad human problems faced in achievingbetter understanding across cultures and with training andresearch in relevant aspects of culture and language learning.It pursues these goals through professional study, trainingand publication and by collaborating in projects planned incooperation with other agencies in Asia, the Pacific and theUnited States.

The Institute's interrelated culture and language learningprograms have the following specific objectives:

1. To explore ways and means by which another culture may belearned through exposure to or study of language,literature, history, philosophy and the arts.

2. To conduct research into unexplored problem-areas oflanguage learning and teaching, with particular emphasison socio-cultural contexts, and to develop interactionamong the individuals who teach and learn transnationallanguages.

3. To encourage the development of a social climate which willfoster positive national policies on language teaching andlearning.

. To conduct research toward an assessment of the long-rangeeffects that culture learning has on the individual'scognitive, personality and value structures.

5. To contribute toward policy making by attempting to showhow an optimal balance can be achieved between preservationof traditional culture and advancement in education, scienceand technology and how an optimal degree of biculturalitycan be maintained at the individual level.

GRADUATE STUDY

M.A. and Ph.D. scholarships are offered for study at theUniversity of Hawaii in the following academic fields whichare relevant to the Institute's programs: Asian studies,American studies, anthropology, art, drama and theatre,educational administration, educational foundations, educationalpsychology, geography, history, music, Pacific Island studies,philosophy, political science, Pacific Island languages,education, English, linguistics, teaching English as a secondlanguage, psycholinguistics, and speech-communication.

29

During the first year after establishment of the CultureLearning Institute, three Ph.D. and two M.A. candidates wereaffiliated with the Institute. Their nationalities anddisciplines were as follows:

Ph.D. students 1 Thailand

Psychology

1 Philippines

Psychology

1 Thailand Educational Psychology

M.A. students 1 U.S.A. Public Health

1 U.S.A. Asian studies

The two M.A. students were not EWC grantees: one applied toolate to be considered for a grant, but was interestedspecifically in culture learning, and the other was a formergrantee. Both participated with the other three East-WestCenter Ph.D. students as "interns" in the Culture LearningInstitute. Training through "internship" placed emphasis onexperiential learning through application, supplementingacademic work in the students' fields. Dr. AgnesNiyekawa-Howard held weekly meetings with the interns andefforts were made to bring the Senior Fellows and internstogether as frequently as possible, to follow the multicultural,multidisciplinary and multilevel approach emphasized in thephilosophy behind the reorganization of the East-West Center.

During the fall semester the interns were involved in theorganization of a seminar with the theme "Experience inCulture Perception." (See Appendix C). They decided how bestto enlist the interest of prospective participants, chose anddeveloped visual material for presentation and relevantreading material for distribution to participants, selectedthe method to be used in small group discussions, and helpedto construct and analyze an evaluation questionnaire.

During the second semester, similar practical professionalexperience was emphasized in the planning, organization andcarrying out of the Interdisciplinary Student Symposia onCulture Learning. (See Appendix C).

During the year there was useful interaction between thestudents and Senior Fellows on academic and social bases.One research project was carried out by a Senior Fellow withan intern. (See Research section for details).

The student interns benefited from this experiential trainingbecause they were encouraged to participate in decisionmaking of all sorts, and thus learned the complexity of thedecision-making process when a host of factors have to beconsidered together in obtaining an optimal balance in thefinal decision. This is where theory and application differ.

30

The involvement and dedication of the interns to these projectscould not have been expected if they had to passively followdirections, instructions and requirements. It was their interestand devotion that made their project for each semester a success.Professional training will continue to be offered to advanceddegree students and will contain the participatory decision-making element.

Sixty-one graduate students including eight seeking Ph.D.degrees, were selected for affiliation with the CultureLearning Institute beginning in the Fall semester of 1971. Ofthe total, 29 are American graduate students. Others selectedcome from Thailand and Japan, six each; Philippines, Korea,Republic of China, three each; Australia) Singapore, U.S. TrustTerritory, two each; and one each from Hong Kong, Afghanistan,Pakistan, Papua-New Guinea and Fiji. They are seeking advanceddegrees in a score of disciplines ranging from Asian studies toEnglish as a second language. (See Appendix E for details ondegree students).


One major project was organized -- the Summer Institute on AsianStudies. For several years, the East-West Center, interested inencouraging the teaching of Asian studies in the nation'ssecondary schools and junior colleges, provided up to 100scholarships a year to qualified Americans. Following thereorganization of the Center's programs, it was decided tocontinue to support the Summer Institute, under the aegis ofthe Culture Learning Institute.

Seventy-eight scholarship students successfully completed theInstitute, June 14 - July 23, 1971. Lectures and lecture-demonstrations in culture learning were introduced for thefirst time in the history of the Summer Institute. Dr. AgnesNiyekawa-Howard was in charge of this phase of the program.

Fourteen professional study and training projects will becarried out in 1971-72 including:

Educational Administration Teacher Education Two courses of17e-8 eks each. Some 30 Administrators and Educators from SouthPacific. Training in elementary and secondary schooladministrative procedures and training teacher educators innew educational methods and techniques.

Trainers of Teachers of English to Speakers of Other Languages(TESOL). Period of 37 weeks. Some 26 Asian/Pacific Englishlanguage teacher trainers. Professional multi-culturalexchange including recent developments in learning theories,linguistics, curricula and preparation of an Administrativeand In-service Training Manual.

Pacific Language Development Period of 52 weeks. Some 15teacher trainers from Pacific area.Linguistic training,language analysis, standardization oforthographies,production of bi-lingual dictionariesand basic grammars.

31

Stagecraft Techniques Period of 38 weeks. Six playwriters,producers, directors, stage artists. Cross-cultural trainingin theatre and drama.

Library Education Period of 52 weeks. Some 22 library scienceistructors university librarians, school and communitylibrarians. Cross-cultural library training.

Educational Media Specialists Period of 38 weeks. Some 15teacher trainers and program administrators from Pacific area.Training and application of educational media withcross-cultural implications.

Summer Institute on Asian Studies Period of 6 weeks. Some80 U.S. secondary and junior college teachers. To encourageand improve teaching of Asian studies through lectures,workshops and projects.

Museo1oy Training Period of 2 weeks. Three museologistsfrom Asia/Pacific. Museum operations and conservationtraining.

Directors of Education Workshop Period of two weeks. Tendirectors of education from Pacific area. Problems intrans-cultural education.

Community Development Workshop Period of two weeks. Tencommunity development officers from Pacific area.Cross-cultural community development problems.

Library Education (Field Training) Period of three weeks.Some 60 librarians in Pacific area. Library trainingtechniques.

Educational Administration (Field Training) Period of fourweeks. Some 120 educators in Pacific area. Field workshopand follow-up.

The Development of Basic Humanities Programs Group IIIPeriod of 7 weeks. Some 12 Indonesian junior faculty. Toenhance knowledge of the humanities of their nation and theworld and develop a course of study and lectures for thebasic humanities courses. (See section on Open Grants).

RESEARCH

Alumni Evaluation Study

Shortly after it was established, the Institute was asked toinitiate a study of the qualitative accomplishment of theEast-West Center through its alumni members. Alumni records,under a private service contract, were prepared for computerstorage, including coding and the punching of relevant datafrom each individual record. The contract work was supervised

32

by Mr. Larry Stevens, Systems Analysis and Evaluation Of ficrin the Office of the Deputy Chancellor for Academic Affairsand by Miss Jeannette Bennington, Alumni Liaison Officer ofParticipant Services.

By the end of the fiscal year, data collection for the"Participant Data System," involving records for everyparticipant of the three former East-West Center Institutes(the Institute of Advanced Projects, the Institute for StudentInterchange and the Institute for Technical Interchange), wascompleted. Sections of the records for all alumni weremicrofilmed to provide easy access to data as well as tominimize storage space. During 1971-72, samples will beselected through this system to enable a qualitativeevaluation of East-West Center alumni to be made.

Research by Fellows and Interns

During the year, Dr. Ronald Taft, a Senior Fellow, and MissIrene Schatz, an intern, conducted an exploratory study oncultural perception and culture learning among Filipinovisitors to Hawaii.

Dr. Bishwa Chatterjee's project on learning and behavior andDr. Agnes Niyekawa-Howard's research into biculturality andcognitive growth are reported in the Institute Working Papers:"Learning Theory Implications for Culture Learning" and"Biculturality and Cognitive Growth."

Dr. Evangelos Afendras, Dr. Gregory Bateson and Dr. John Walsh,all Senior Fellows of the Institute, participated in aone-semester seminar entitled "The Destiny of Man." At theseminar the concept of a new Institute of the Humanities wasdiscussed and a proposal for this Institute was prepared by aninterdisciplinary committee chaired by Dr. Walsh. (See Sectionon Open Grants). During the period of his fellowship at theInstitute, Dr. Walsh completed a book with the title "InterculturalEducation and the Community of Man." This is to be publishedas an East-West Center Book by the University Press of Hawaii.

(A detailed listing of Fellows is provided in Appendix A).

Plans for 1971-72

Research projects in 1971-72 involving academic staff membersand fellows will include an introductory survey of currentpatterns in Indonesian social relations, a study of therelevance of role playing in language learning, a study ofthe effects of early contact between members of differentcultures and a combined social and anthropological study ofhow scientists learn and perform their roles in thedeveloping countries of South and Southeast Asia.

33

STAFF DEVELOPMENT

The Institute consists of substantive academic staff, SeniorFellows, Fellows, graduate students and supportingadministrative personnel. Its administration is vested in theDirector. Dr. Minoru Shinoda served as Acting Director of theInstitute until June. Dr. Agnes Niyekawa-Howard continued asresearcher-coordinator with particular responsibility for theculture learning program. In April, Dr. Verner Bickley wasappointed researcher-coordinator with particular responsibilityfor the language learning improvement program. He succeededDr. Shinoda as Acting Director in June.

Whenever possible, joint staff appointments are made withvarious departments of the University of Hawaii. Staffmembers under this arrangement were Dr. Shinoda, professor ofhistory and Dr. Bickley, professor of English as a secondlanguage.

In April, Mr. Gregory Trifonovitch joined the Culture LearningInstitute as a Senior Program Officer with particularresponsibility for professional study and training projects.The training program was also strengthened by the appointmentin April of Mr. Larry Smith as Consultant. Miss YasukoFukumi, Library Cataloger, was in charge of the resourcematerials collection.

As of July 1, 1971, the Institute has also had on its staffMr. Hildebert Van Buren, formerly a Fellow in the Departmentof Linguistics, University of Hawaii. Mr. Van Buren hasassumed responsibility for the degree study program and forpublications.

Two additional substantive academic staff appointments are tobe made in 1971.

Dr. Shinoda represented the East-West Center at the 28thInternational Congress of Orientalists held in Canberra inJanuary. In his capacity as Acting Director of the CultureLearning Institute, he attended a conference on Problems ofModernization organized by the Center for Southeast AsianStudies in Singapore in February and, in the same month,visited the University of the South Pacific in Fiji forconsultations with faculty members.

In November, Dr. Niyekawa-Howard attended a meeting of theAmerican Anthropological Association in San Diego and in Aprilrepresented the Institute at the organizational meeting of theSociety for Inter-Cultural Training and Research held inColorado. Dr. Niyekawa-Howard also attended the Japan-U.S.Joint Socio-Linguistics Conference held at the Center August 24through August 28, 1970.

34

CONFERENCES, SEMINARS AND LECTURES

Details of the Institute seminars on Culture Perception andCulture Learning and of the interdisciplinary Student Symposiaon Culture Learning are given in Appendix C. TheConceptualization Seminar was followed by a series of fourlectures given by Dr. Bishwa Chatterjee, Senior Fellow "SomeLearning Theory Implications for Culture Learning, Dr. ArthurStaats, Professor of Psychology, University of Hawaii "Learningand Personality, the Motivation System and Cross-CulturalResearch" and Dr. Frank Barron, Professor of Psychology,University of California, Santa Cruz "The Effect of Culture onCreativity" and "Political Values and Culture."

PUBLICATIONS

Three books and one bibliography were completed during theyear. Dr. John Walshs "Intercultural Education and theCommunity of Man" is to be published as an East-West CenterBook by the University Press of Hawaii. The publication ofan English-Indonesian Phraseological Dictionary is beingnegotiated with support from the Asia Foundation. Dr. ElizabethWittermans' "Dictionary of Indonesian Abbreviations andAcronyms" and Suntaree Komin's bibliography of CultureLearning are being distributed as Institute publications.

Nine Institute Working Papers are in preparation. (Detailsof these and other publications are given in Appendix B).

RESOURCE MATERIALS COLLECTION

Six former East-West Center Library staff members began towork full-time on Center resource materials collections inOctober, 1970. Miss Yasuko Fukumi, the specialist attachedto the Culture Learning Institute, ordered and acquiredmaterials requested by Culture Learning Institute staff andfellows, catalogued books for the Culture Learning Instituteand collaborated with staff members from other institutes onthe cataloging of books, on circulation for three institutesand on a central catalog.

The Institute collection at the end of the fiscal yearincluded 573 books, 28 serials and 26 reprints.

FUTURE PLANS

The emphasis in 1971-72 will be on team work and institutionalcooperation with University of Hawaii departments and withexternal agencies. The aim will be to fulfill five mainfunctions: research, training, cooperation, development andinformation. A selection of specific research projects andthe list of training activities was mentioned earlier in thisreport.

35

Negotiations are proceeding to develop cooperative projectswith the South Pacific Commission, the Indonesian NationalLanguage Center, the University of Redlands, the Center forCross-Cultural Training and Research, Silo, and the RegionalEnglish Language Center of the Southeast Asia Ministers ofEducation Secretariat based in Singapore.

Development activities are based on specific needs identifiedin different countries and are evolving in collaboration withdepartments of the University of Hawaii.

In common with other Center Institutes, the Culture LearningInstitute will streamline its Resource Materials Collectionso that emphasis is placed on documents and journals and onmodern means of information retrieval. Much information willbe stored in the form of punch cards and microfiches. Aquarterly Newsletter on language learning is being preparedand the first issue will appear in October, 1971. This willbe distributed internationally. A printed Bulletin describingthe activities of the Institute as a whole will be issued inSeptember. It is anticipated that this will be of benefit toincoming degree students and to participants in the professionalstudy and training programs of the Institute.

36

APPENDIX A

SENIOR FELLOWS

FY 1970-71

1. Dr. Evangelos A. Afendras', Associate Director, Research,International Center for Research on Bilingualism, LavalUniversity, Quebec, Canada


Research and other activity: Topics and areas includedbilingualism, sociolinguistics, language and geography(migration, urbanization), language planning formultilingual states (India, Nigeria, Philippines, Balkans),culture contact, cultural and linguistic diffusion.Method of research was systems analysis and cybernetic.During his period of residence, Dr. Afendras continuedhis research into cultural and linguistic diffusion. Heparticipated in the one-semester seminar entitled "TheDestiny of Man" and served on the Planning Committee forthe proposed Humanities Institute. He also became thesecretary-treasurer of the newly formed Research Committeeon Sociolinguistics, International Sociological Association.

Senior Fellow Affiliate (Social Science Research CouncilPostdoctoral Fellowship)

2. Dr. Gregory Bateson, Chief Scientist, Biological RelationsDivision, Oceanic Institute, Waimanalo, Hawaii

Period of residence: 11/1/70 -.8/31/71

Research and other activity: Theoretical -- Cyberneticand related approaches to culture learning, organizationand epistemology. Fieldwork -- Sepik River, New Guinea;Bali, Indonesia. Clinical -- Natural History ofSchizophrenia. Dr. Bateson participated in the seminar"The Destiny of Man" and, during his period of residence,completed several articles, including "The Message ofReinforcement" published in Language Behavior.

3. Dr. Bishwa Bandhu Chatterjee, Professor of Psychology,Gandhian Institute of Studies, Varanasi, India


Research and other activity: Multivariate prediction ofjob competence of personnel working with people. Game,decision and general systems theoretic approach to

37

peaceful resolution of conflicts. Theory of non-violentdirect action. Learning and behavior theoretic approachto social learning and social change. Cross-culturalstudies of self-other perception. Measurement theoryapproach to sociometric data. Dr. Chatterjee continuedresearch directed toward learning and behavior and hisarticle on "Learning Theory Implications for CultureLearning" is published in the Institute's Working Papersseries.

4. Professor Tetsuya Kunihiro, Associate Professor ofLinguistics, University of Tokyo, Japan


Research: Contrastive study of American and Japaneselinguistic behavior.

5. Mr. Boonsanong Punyodyana, Lecturer in Sociology, Facultyof Liberal Arts, Thammasat University, Bangkok, Thailand


Research and other activity: Adult socialization --Relationships between attitudinal change and behavioralchange, between subjective personality attributes andsocial cultural conditions; economic development. Areaof interest -- Thailand, Japan and China. Mr. Boonsanong'swork on socialization led to his paper "Later-LifeSocialization and Differential Social Assimilation of theChinese in Urban Thailand." This is to be published inSocial Forces His manuscript "Selective Social Change1n Thailand: a study with comparative reference to Japan"is also being considered for publication.

6. Dr. Ronald Taft, Professor of Social Psychology, Facultyof Education, Monash University, Clayton, Victoria,Australia

Period of residence: 11/15/70 - 6/l'+/71

Research and other activity: Social perception,personality assessment, personality, creativity,adjustment and assimilation of immigrants, interpersonalbehavior in the classroom, social values and attitudes.Dr. Taft's study of cultural perception and culturelearning among Filipino visitors in Hawaii is beingprepared for publication.

38

7. Dr. John E. Walsh, Former Vice-President, Academic Affairs,The University of Notre Dame, Motre Dame, Indiana

Period of residence: 10/15/70 - 6/lL/7i

Research and other activity: The Philosophy of Education.The Sociology of Knowledge -- ways of knowing and thinking.Intercultural Education. World Culture or Civilization.Systems of Higher Education. Dr. Walsh participated inthe seminar "The Destiny of Man" and served as chairman ofthe Planning Committee for the proposed Humanities Institute.He also completed a book on "Intercultural Education andthe Community of Man."

FELLOW

1. Dr. Alice Chai, Formerly Lecturer, Kapiolani CommunityCollege, Honolulu, Hawaii


Research and other activity: Cross-cultural comparisonsof the Asians in the United States in regard to theirsocial relationships within their own cultural groups andbetween different cultural groups and relation of theseto their group participation and identification.

39

APPENDIX B


FY 1970-71


(In Preparation)

1. "Biculturality and Cognitive Growth," Agnes M. Niyekawa-Howard.

2. "Some Learning Theory Implications for Culture Learning,"Bishwa B. Chatterjee.

3. "A Study of Chinese Organizations in Hawaii with SpecialReference to Assimilative Trends," Arthur Yuh-chao Yu.

"The Marginal Man: A Study in Culture Conflict,"Sonia C. Albores.

5. "The Peculiarity of Filipino Acculturation," Walter Y.Quijano.

6. "Phenomenology and Intercultural Understanding,"Neal Chobot.

7. "The Youth Revolution in China and America," Dave Nordstrom.

8. "The Forgotten Majority on the University of HawaiiCampus," Edward A. Oshiro.

9. "A Study of Speech Levels in Korean," Cho-soon Suh.

Thesis Paper Produced by Student

1. Irene Ponce SchatzMakati, Rizal, PhilippinesM.A. Student (Psychology)

"Multitrial Free Recall and the Total Time Hypothesis"(May, 1971)

Books

(In Preparation)

1. John E. Walsh (Senior Fellow): Intercultural Educationand the Community of Man (to be published by theUniversity Press of Hawaii).

40

2. English-Indonesian Phraseological Dictionary (Incooperation with Dr. Takdir Alisjahbana, Djakarta)

Bibliographies

(In Preparation)

1. Suntaree Komin, "Culture Learning: A PreliminaryBibliography 1960-1969."

Research and Teaching Aids

(In Preparation)

1. "Dictionary of Indonesia Abbreviations and Acronyms"(Elizabeth Wittermans, Comp., 258 pages)

41

APPENDIX C


FY 1970-71

1. Experience in Culture Perception

November - December 2, 1970 at East-West Center.

Purpose To help all interested EWC student grantees inbecoming aware of the influence of their first culture inperceiving and interpreting personality characteristics,interpersonal communication (verbal and non-verbal),values and other social phenomena.

Participants Interested students registered for thisfive-week-En-seminar. Approximately fifty studentsregistered, with Asian-Pacific students making up morethan fifty percent of the participants, something unusualfor this type of non-credit activity. Most of the SeniorFellows in the Culture Learning Institute also participated.

Agenda The seminar consisted of five two-hour eveningmeetings. The first hour was spent in lecture(Dr. Niyekawa-Howard, lecturer), and film presentationin Asia Room, Jefferson Hall, the second hour was spentin discussions, demonstrations and experimental games(e.g. Body Language) in four small groups led by thefive interns of the Culture Learning Institute: SuntareeKomin, Irene Schatz, Narongsak Chunnual, Sister Donna Dean,and Richard Erbacher. Sister Donna Dean and RichardErbacher are non-EWC grantees.

The topics of the seminar included: Selectivity inPerception; The Acquisition of Culture, Film: "VisualPerception"; Perceptual Sets, Film: "Eye of the Beholder";Culture & Language, symbolic transformations; CultureNorms vs. Individual Personality.

Seminar Results: A questionnaire was used to have theparticipants evaluate the seminar at the last meeting.Unfortunately the attendance was the smallest that day (23)because of the pressure for term papers and final exams.However, the responses of the participants were favorable,especially those of the Asians, suggesting that weconduct similar seminars, particularly one on Languageand Culture.

42

2. Conceptualization Seminar on Culture Learning

December 1970 - February 1971 at East-West Center.

Purpose To conceptualize what "Culture Learning" meansand entails, and to map out areas of research, and trainingactivities needed in Culturc Learning by a group ofscholars representing different academic disciplines andcultural backgrounds.

Participants All Senior Fellows present at the Institutefor the duration of the Seminar met one to two afternoonsa week, culminating in a two-day continuous intensivesession in which Chancellor K1einans also participated.

The regular participants, their disciplines and culturesfamiliar with were as follows: Dr. Evangelos Afendras,sociolinguistics, Greece, Canada and U.S.; Dr. GregoryBateson, anthropology and cybernatics, Britain, Baliand U.S.; Dr. Bishwa B. Chatterjee, psychology, Indiaand U.S.; Dr. Boonsanong Punyodyana, sociology, Thailandand U.S.; Dr. Ronald Taft, social psychology, Australia,England and U.S., various immigrant groups in Australia;Dr. John E. Walsh, sociology of knowledge, U.S.;Dr. Agnes M. Niyekawa-Howard, (staff coordinator),social psychology and psycholinguistics, Japan, Austriaand U.S.

Seminar Results While the seminar was intellectuallystimulating, and participants learned from exchanged ideas,an honest evaluation of the seminar would have to pointout that individual participants tended to be loyal andcommitted to their disciplines and less open-minded toother disciplines than they are to other cultures.Another shortcoming of the seminar was that the majorityof participants had greater interests in theories andabstract ideas than in practical solution of problems.The seminar therefore could not be considered a success,although a practical lesson learned was the problems ininterdisciplinary communication and cooperation.

3. Interdisciplinary Student Symposia on Culture Learning

May 8, 1971 at East-West Center.

Purpose To provide an opportunity for graduate studentsto participate in a professional association type meetingand to publicize the interests and activities of theEast-West Culture Learning Institute. As the title of thesymposia indicates, another main purpose was to show howdifferent disciplines are related to and contribute tothe Culture Learning Institute's programs.

43

Planning The idea of the Interdisciplinary StudentSymposia on Culture Learning was suggested by our Instituteintern, Irene Schatz, a Ph.D. student in psychology.Strong support was given by the other two interns,Suntaree Komin and Narongsak Chunnual. A weekly eveningmeeting was held with Dr. Agnes Niyekawa-Howard, Coordinator,since February to plan and organize the symposia. Letterswere sent out to faculty members at UH teaching relevantcourses to nominate or recommend students. Letterssoliciting papers were sent to Center students also.

Agenda There were five sessions, each chaired by anInstitute Senior Fellow, and Dr. Niyekawa-Howard, InstituteCoordinator. Seven main papers and nine supplementarypapers were presented. Disciplines represented by thepapers selected for presentation were sociology, psychology,philosophy, American studies, public health, sociolinguistics,psycholinguistics, linguistics, education, anthropologyand Asian studies. The following topics and papers wereconsidered: Acculturation Processes in Hawaii--"A Studyof Chinese Organizations in Hawaii with Special Referenceto Assimilative Trends" by Arthur Yuh-chao Yu, "Biofusionin Hawaii with Emphasis on the Role of the Filipinos" bySamuel B. Gregorio, "The Acculturation of Hawaii'sJapanese" by Marvin N. Nomi; Patterns of Biculturality-Sonia C. Albores, "The Peculiarity of FilipinoAcculturation" by Walter Y. Quijano, "Understanding theFilipino Child in an American Classroom" by Rebecca G.Sanchez; Approaches to Culture Learning- "Phenomenologyand Intercultural Understanding" by Neal Chobot, "GeneralSystems Theory and Cultural Research" by Ormond W. Hammond;The Impact of Culture on Social Institutions--"The YouthRevolution in China and America" by Dave Nordstrom, "TheForgotten Majority on the University of Hawaii Campus" byEdward A. Oshiro, "Tokugawa Response to Christianity: AStudy in Cultural Conflict" by Sister Deborah Church,"Intervention and Development" by Neda C. Lind; LinguisticAspects of Culture Learning--"A Study of Speech Levels inKorean" by Cho-soon Suh, "Contrastive Analysis of aNegative Yes-No Question in English and Korean" by JohnKumabe, "Language and Cognition" by Feng-fu Ts'ao,"Guidelines for Language Acquisition: an Investigationinto Psychology and Linguistics Seeking Relevance toForeign Language Learning" by Chamnong Vibulsri.

Participants Two thirds of the main as well assupplementary papers were presented by Center studentgrantees, and the others were by UH students. Altogether27 papers had been submitted. The selection criteriawere: (a) relevance to culture learning, (b) quality ofcontent, and (c) suitability for oral presentation to aninterdisciplinary audience. Each paper was read andrated by one Senior Fellow and one staff member(Niyekawa-Howard).

44

Symposia Results The Symposia can be considered a greatsuccess. It proved what student iniative can accomplishand contribute to the Institute as well as Center-Universityrelations. The University faculty members cooperatedenthusiastically in not only nominating students andpapers, but also in actively participating in discussionsat the Symposia.

Comments received were all extremely favorable. Manystudents who read papers commented that it was their firstprofessional experience reading a paper to an audienceconsisting mainly of faculty members, and thanked us forthe opportunity and experience. Faculty members commentedthat they were glad to have the opportunity to listen tohigh quality papers by graduate students not in theirdepartments from whom they could learn. Practically allthose who attended the Symposia said that this should beestablished as an annual or semiannual event for theacademic community in Honolulu at large.

45

APPENDIX D

STAFF

FY 1970-71

Acting Director

Ninoru Shinoda, Ph.D. (Professor of History*), formerlyDirector of Institute of Advanced Projects, EWC

Researcher/Coordinator (Language Learning Improvement Program)

Verner C. Bickley, Ph.D. (Professor of English as aSecond Language*), formerly English Language Officer,British Council, Japan, and First Secretary, BritishEmbassy(Joined EJC staff April, 1971), Interim ActingDirector from June iLl, 1971; Acting Director fromJuly 1, 1971

Researcher/Coordinator (Culture Learning Program)

Agnes M. Niyekawa-Howard, Ph.D., formerly SeniorSpecialist, lAP, EWC; Associate Professor ofPsychology in Education, Northeastern University,Boston


Gregory Trifonovitch (joined CLI staff from TDI inApril, 1971), formerly Senior Program Officer,Institute for Technical Interchange, EWC

Associate Program Officer

Hildebert Van Buren (joined CLI staff July 1, 1971),formerly Fellow in the Linguistics Department,University of Hawaii

Project Officer

Larry Smith, formerly English as a Foreign LanguageProgram Administrators' Project Coordinator withTechnical and Development Institute, EWC

Indicates joint appointment with the University of Hawaii

46

Library Cataloger

Yasuko Fukumi, formerly with EWC Library as a cataloger


Hazel 0. Tatsuno, formerly Senior Administrative Assistantwith Senior Specialists Program, lAP, EWC

47

APPENDIX E

DEGREE STUDENTS

Affiliated, 1970-71

Degree MajorName Country Sought Field

Chunnual, Narongsak Thailand PhD Educ. PsychologyKomin, Suntaree (Miss) Thailand PhD Educ. PsychologySchatz, Irene (Miss) Philippines PhD Psychology


Batson, Glenna (Miss) USA MA MusicBennett, Judith A. (Miss) Australia MA HistoryBoucher, David V. USA MA Asian studiesChou, Susan (Miss) Philippines MA Asian studiesColligan, Karen (Miss) USA MA JapaneseCorneja, Myrna (Miss) Philippines MA ESLFranke, Richard A. USA MA JapaneseGawronski, Raymond T. USA MA ChineseGunnarson, John R. USA MA HistoryItoi, Teiji Japan MA ESLHan, Lin (Miss) Rep. of China MA PsychologyHigginbotham, Howard USA MA PsychologyHorn, Susan (Miss) USA MA Asian studiesJohnson, David W. USA MA Drama S TheatreKarawanan, Puangpen (Miss) Thailand MA Speech Path. S Aud.Kim, Choong Bae Korea MA LinguisticsKongprasirtpong, S. (Miss) Thailand MA PsychologyLarson, Betty Lou (Miss) USA MA Asian studiesLee, Gail A. (Miss) USA MA Asian studiesLee, Joo-Young Korea MA HistoryLing, Flora S.H. (Miss) USA MA Asian studiesLouis, Suzanne (Miss) USA MA Asian studiesLubner, Donald USA MA Asian studiesMcArthur, Robin (Mrs.) Australia MA HistoryMcDonald, Patricia (Miss) USA MA PsychologyMastro, Jane H. (Miss) USA MA Asian studiesMiller, Heide N. (Miss) USA MA LinguisticsMinichiello, Sharon (Miss) USA PhD HistoryMiyoshi, Ikuo Japan MA ESLMuhr, Elizabeth C. (Miss) USA MA Political ScienceNorton, Eileen J. (Miss) USA NA Asian studiesOhuchi, Hiroshi Japan NA ESLPuni, Ualesi Fiji MA Pacific Is. studiesQuek, Ah Chian Singapore NA Chinese LanguagesReardon, Gerald J. Jr. USA MA Asian studiesRengiil, Yoichi Trust Territory MA Educ. Admin.

48

Degree MajorName Country Sought Field

Robert, Bruce L. Jr. USA MA HistoryRoos, Margot E. (Miss) USA MA LinguisticsSablan, Juan Trust Territory BA Business Admin.Sagi, Steven F. USA MA HistorySaito, EijI Japan MA ESLSakamaki, Haruyuki Japan MA ESLShioiri, Kiyoshi Japan MA ESLSiegel, Jeffrey A. USA NA ESLSmith, Sargent D. USA MA ESLTakovong, Johnson N. New Guinea NA HistoryTanticharusthum, B. (Miss) Thailand MA LinguisticsWang, Lily (Miss) Rep. of China MA ESLWilliams, Dickie L. USA MA ESLWoo, Lem Seng Singapore ma Chinese as a

second languageWu, Hsiao-chi (Miss) Rep. of China MA American studiesYampeka, Pramvadee (Miss) Thailand MA ESLZane, Gordon T.H. USA MA History

Second Grants, 1971-72

Ahmad, R. Pakistan PhD Political ScienceSalehi, Mohammed Y. Afghanistan MA Political ScienceShim, K. W. Korea PhD PhilosophyTsoi, Lisa (Miss) Hong Kong PhD Clinical PsychologyNordbrock, Anita (Miss) USA PhD Linguistics

49

CHAPTER III



The East-West Food Institute deals with an integratedinterpretation of the multi-faceted human, technical andeconomic concerns with food. These concerns are universaland each is a part of a total system of interrelationships.This "food system" involves the efficient, profitableproduction of agricultural commodities and food from the sea;the evaluation and improvement of nutritional quality;processing technology, preservation and effective utilizationin food consumption. There is also indirect involvement ofeconomic, social and political policies, cultural values,institutions, and population characteristics which support orotherwise affect the food systems.

The Institute conducts programs of research and trainingwhich contribute toward the solution or relief of problemsrelated to food. Primary emphasis is given to topics ofemerging significance which are not yet widely recognized.Among such topics being developed for the next several yearsare agricultural diversification, crop and food protection,agricultural program planning and implementation, agri-business,and applications of systems analysis.

In order to maintain flexibility while sharpening thesubject-matter focus of the Institute's work, a significantshare of the research, training, and other programmaticwork is carried on through temporary working groups or"task forces.?? These task forces may continue for from oneto three years and be variously composed of staff, students,visiting Fellows and consultants.

DEGREE STUDY

Student affiliation with the East-West Food Institute wasinitiated in December 1970. During the first half of 1971,ten students joined the Institute from Open Grants and tworeceived a second EWC grant permitting affiliation with theInstitute during that period. The total student enrollmentin the Food Institute effective June 30, 1971 was 18.This included six new students who joined the Instituteearly in June and concentrated during the summer on languagestudy. An additional 23 students were awarded scholarshipsto begin during the period July 1 to September 1, 1971.Beginning with the Fall Semester, the total enrollment of1 students (10 Ph.D. candidates) will represent the United

States and ten Asian and Pacific countries, and 20 diversedisciplines, many of which are outside the agriculturalsciences (See Appendix F).

53

The program for degree students affiliated with the FoodInstitute is designed to provide opportunities for thestudent to complement his academic degree study program atthe University of Hawaii. The objectives are 1) todemonstrate the relationships which exist between variousfacets of a food system, 2) to enhance the student's capacityto deal with food problems in a cross-disciplinary context,3) to encourage exposure to ancillary disciplines which areessential for leadership roles, and ) to provide opportunitiesfor practical experience and contact with action programsrelated to the student's field of study.

Accordingly, each student is expected to undertake thefollowing activities:

1. Take at least one course in the tropical application ofa food-related field outside his primary subject-matterarea of interest.

2. Take a course in "Development Administration," that is,the planning and implementation of effective policiesand programs. Such a course, entitled "Agricultural andRural Development Administration" (dealing with food inits diverse aspects and drawing heavily on Asian fieldexperience for illustration of the principal concepts) isoffered in the Department of Agricultural Economics.Dr. Nicolaas Luykx, Director of the Food Institute,developed and offered the course for the first time to17 students during the Spring semester, 1971.

3. Participate in one semester of the Institute's programseminar, "The Food Systems of Asia and the Pacific."This seminar is designed for a four-semester cycle,focusing in turn on East Asia, Southeast Asia, SouthAsia, and the Pacific. Institute staff and Fellows,University of Hawaii faculty, invited specialists, andparticipating students share responsibility for theseminar presentations. These seminars examine currentpriority concerns in areas including production,processing, distribution, quality, and interrelationshipsof food in the economy and society. During the Springsemester 1971, Food Institute students contributedsignificantly to the planning of the first of theseseminars which will concentrate on Southeast Asia. Thiswill be offered during the Fall of 1971 through theDepartment of Agricultural Economics of the University ofHawaii.

Field education, a dynamic component of the study grant, isprogrammed and developed in accordance with the student'sinterests, preparation, and prospective career development.The Institute plays a leading role in developing high qualityfield education opportunities. Five students began the fieldeducation portion of their program during the past year (SeeAppendix G for details).

54

On an individual basis, additional opportunities are providedfor students to gain practical experience, participate inconferences and seminars, and become involved in the on-goingresearch of the Institute. An example of individualprogramming is an internship program which was arranged withan agricultural cooperative where the student is involved indeveloping plans for a State Agricultural Cooperative Council.

Two students were involved in conferences co-sponsored bythe Food Institute. An agricultural economics student fromMalaysia was rapporteur at a Conference on Research Needs inAgricultural Diversification in Asia held in the Philippines.The rapporteur at a Conference on Research Needs in CropProtection Systems in Asia held in Hawaii was an Institutestudent from the United States in bio-geography.

The average cumulative index of grades for all students inthe Food Institute through the Spring semester, 1971, was3.61 (with 4.0 as the maximum).

In building a viable program for the student, the Instituteendeavors to facilitate interaction between the University ofHawaii department in which the student is enrolled, theInstitute and the student himself, primarily throughconsultations involving the Institute staff, the student, andhis graduate advisor or committee.

RESEARCH

During 1970-71 five Senior Fellows associated with the FoodInstitute conducted research and engaged in other activities.(See Appendix A). Dr. Ralph Allee completed his program inDecember, 1970. Professor Juan Pancho of the University ofthe Philippines and Dr. LeRoy Hoim of Wisconsin arrivedduring the Spring to collaborate with Dr. Donald Plucknettof Hawaii (who will also be a Senior Fellow beginning in theFall of 1971) on a book dealing with major weeds of theworld affecting food production. Dr. Simon Baker, ageographer from Florida Atlantic University, arrived in Mayto undertake work on remote sensing related to agriculturalresources evaluation. Dr. David Parbery arrived in June andwill spend six months developing an investment appraisalmanual for comprehensive agricultural diversification projects.

The energies of the Food Institute were devoted primarily todevelopment of staff and program during the year under report.While great emphasis will be given to research in futureyears, Appendix C lists two publications related to itsresearch program. As indicated elsewhere, current plans arebeing laid for a major research project on the ramificationsof the topic of "Agricultural Diversification."

55

STAFF DEVELOPMENT

In this initial year a Director (with a background inAgricultural Economics) and a Senior Program Officer (with abackground in International Agriculture) were appointed.One further staff member with a background in informaleducation in agriculture was also appointed effectiveJuly 1971. The experience of these three staff membersencompasses significant periods of involvement in India,Pakistan, Thailand, Vietnam and the Philippines. (For alisting of staff, see Appendix E).

The operational aspects of the programs of degree studentsand participants in professional training are largely theresponsibility of the Senior Program Officer. The professionaldirection of training programs will fall largely in the handsof the staff specialist in informal education. The Director,who holds a joint appointment as Professor of AgriculturalEconomics (and who is currently the only Institute staffmember with a joint appointment in the University of Hawaii)has active responsibility regarding formal academicinvolvements in students' degree programs.

Institute program planning is a joint activity involving allthe staff, as well as advice from Senior Fellows and Universityfaculty.

During the year consulting services were obtained fromDr. Y. Baron Goto, Vice-Chancellor Emeritus of the East-WestCenter; and from Dr. Donald G. Green of the AgriculturalDevelopment Council (who subsequently accepted an appointmentas staff specialist in informal education). The consultancyinvolved an assessment of the Institute's potential role inthe Pacific in view of existing needs.


The four conferences and seminars held during the year (SeeAppendix D) were intensive efforts to prepare the groundworkfor program development in the Institute. These conferencesdealt with the topics of research and associated needs in theareas of 1) agricultural diversification, 2) crop protection,3) applications of systems analysis, and '4) agriculturalprogram administration.

Participants in these conferences included Asian and Americanspecialists among whom are a number of potential collaboratorsin future Institute work.

In the coming year, a conference on research, training andplanning needs of countries and territories in the Pacificwill be held for senior officials with planning andpolicy-making responsibilities in the areas of agricultureand fisheries.

56

Another conference for theplanning and implementationprograms in Asia.


coming year will deal with theof food-related development

In connection with Institute program development conferences,major financial and administrative support was receivedthrough associations with the Southeast Asia DevelopmentAdvisory Group (SEADAG) of New York City. The Food InstituteDirector served during the year as Chairman of the SEADAGRural Development Panel and prepared meetings under theauspices of this organization.

The Agricultural Development Council (AID/C) of New Yorkadministers a special program known as the "Research andTraining Network" (RTN). Under this program the first of asequence of seminars on "Agricultural Program Administration"was held during the year. It was envisioned that in thecoming year a joint-conference with the East-West FoodInstitute could be held under this program. The Director ofthe Food Institute was elected a Trustee of A/D/C during theyear under review and will serve a four-year term.

Explorations with several leading institutions in Asia areunderway regarding the possibility of joint appointments ofstaff with the East-West Center.

The Agency for International Development is supporting theplanning phase of a major research proposal in the field ofAgricultural Diversification in Southeast Asia.

RESOURCE MATERIALS COLLECTIONS

In early fall of 1970, the Food Institute collectionsconsisted of some 2'-U monographs which were selected by theDirector for retention from the former East-West CenterLibrary's collections. There were also 25 serial titlesretained. The greater proportion of these materials coverthe social science aspects of agriculture and food ratherthan the technical aspects of the field, reflecting theacquisition policy of the former library and programs of theCenter under the old organizational structure.

In view of the directives on developing institute collections,acquisitions emphasis was placed on non-book materials suchas journals, newsletters, reports, conference papers, etc.,rather than on library materials which would fall under theUniversity of Hawaii's purview. Appendix H presents a list ofthe materials acquired for the collections since September 1970.Most of the items were obtained as gifts from institutionsinvolved in agricultural and rural development projects orfrom researchers and staff members.

57

FUTURE PLANS

In 1971-72 the Institute plans to increase its staff bythree positions organized as joint appointments with theUniversity of Hawaii.

A pair of program development seminars under the jointauspices of the Southeast Asia Development Advisory Group(SEADAG) will be held. One will take place in San Francisco,California, in September 1971 on the topic of "Application ofSystems Analysis in Agricultural Mechanization." The secondwill take place in Bangkok in November 1971 on the subject of"Research Needs in Crop Protection."

A week-long research workshop on "Agricultural Diversification"will be undertaken by the Food Institute in Bangkok in lateOctober. It will involve some 20 or more specialists,primarily from Asia, and will be supported by a planninggrant from the Agency for International Development (AID).

During the coming year the Agricultural Diversificationresearch study will be submitted in final form for supportby AID. This eventuality will produce the first majoropportunity to implement the "task force" concept. Thistask force, once the research is approved, should continuefor approximately three years. It will involve individualand insttutional collaborators in Asia as well as staff,consultants, Fellows and students of the Food Institute.

The first strides in the transition from ground level ad hocprojects to middle-level integrated projects of professionaltraining will take place during the coming year as asix-month training program for teachers and extensionworkers involved with Animal Science will be held in Hawaii.This project will emphasize planning, organizing, andteaching methods for middle-level officials who havesignificant responsibilities for transmitting technicalinformation in fields of Animal Science, such as poultry,swine, and livestock.

During the year it is likely that the fields of Nutrition,Food Technology and Fisheries will be intensively explored toevaluate opportunities for Food Institute involvement. Themeans of exploration will involve micro-seminars ofspecialists in Hawaii together with more intensive assessmentsby invited Fellows.

During the coming year the first two components of the Seminaron "Food Systems of Asia and the Pacific" will be offered.This will draw upon the experience and talents of staff,students, Fellows and others who represent several interesteddisciplines. It is envisioned that this Seminar will beprocessed for formal inclusion in the regular curriculumofferings of the University of Hawaii (cross-listed in severaldepartments).

58

The question then arises as to an assessment of the Institute'sprogress towards its goals. Evaluation is always problematicin the early stages of a transition and in FY 1970-71 the FoodInstitute was in its first year of existence. However, thereare strong encouraging signs to persist in the Institute'sbasic plans. Degree students responded well to the problemorientation of the Food Institute. They took part in theInstitute's program development activities, in its courseofferings through the University of Hawaii, and in the fieldeducation opportunities made available to them.

The demand for professional training courses exceeded theInstitute's resources. There has been a general acceptanceof the principle of increasing emphasis on middle-leveltraining for planners, organizers, trainers and supervisors,with a decreasing emphasis on lower-level skills trainingfor individual operatives. However, a great deal of needpersists in this latter category and it cannot go unheeded.

The Fellows Award category of grants was very well receivedand outstanding candidates outnumber the available resources.The greater involvement of Fellows in the program activitiesof the Institute was well received by them. It has beenpossible in the year under report, to organize teams ofFellows for joint involvement in Institute projects.

The program activities of the Food Institute have been ableto take into account the strides being made by other unitswithin the East-West Center. Inter-Institute professionalcontacts have been facile and productive on an informal basis.In the coming year, where appropriate, it may be possibleto formalize some of these forms of cooperation.

Formal and informal contacts with units of the University ofHawaii were constructive and rewarding on both sides.Representatives of the University's academic departmentshave recognized the unique goals of East-West Center degreestudy-grants, professional training, Fellows Awards, andconferences. University of Hawaii staff members contributedby various informal and formal means to Food Instituteprogram development. For instance, University of Hawaiifaculty participated in program development conferences(listed in Appendix D), and one has accepted a FellowsAward for the year 1971-72. As indicated elsewhere, twoformal courses have been introduced into the curriculum ofthe University of Hawaii upon Food Institute initiative.Department Heads in at least four departments are activelyconsidering joint appointments of faculty with the FoodInstitute. The joint advising of degree students underEast-West Center grants is proceeding smoothly. On aninformal basis staff of the Food Institute have met withfaculty of several University departments and colleges todiscuss Institute program plans.

59

APPENDIX A

SENIOR FELLOWS

FY 1970-71

1. Dr. Ralph Allee, Associate, Agricultural DevelopmentCouncil, Inc.

Period of residence: 4/l/70 - 12/31/70

Research and other activity: The articulation of research,farmer support systems and local initiative in the production,distribution and consumption of food in Asia. Assisted inthe planning and conduct of the Seminar on Food Problems inAsia and the Pacific. Prepared working paper on "Nutrition,Incomes and Development." Collected and synthesizeddocuments on successful and innovative developmentactivities in Indonesia and the Philippines. Consulted onforward planning of Food Institute.

2. Mr. Juan V. Pancho, Assistant Professor, Department ofBotany, U. P. College of Agriculture, Philippines

Period of residence: /ll4/71 - 10/15/71

Research and other activity: Classification and descriptionof the weeds of the tropics. Preparation of materials fordefinitive book on major weeds of the world to beco-authored with Donald Plucknett and LeRoy C. Holm.

3. Dr. LeRoy G. Holm, Professor of Horticulture, University ofWisconsin


Research and other activity: The occurrence and importanceof weeds in the major crops of Asia and the world.Preparation of materials for a definitive book on majorweeds of the world to be co-authored by Juan Pancho andDonald Plucknett. The text will summarize all that is knownabout the habitat, spread, propagation, ecology andphysiological and morphological development of major weeds.

61

Dr. Simon Baker, Associate Professor of Geography, FloridaAtlantic University


Research and other activity: An investigation of proventechniques of remote sensing as they apply in the locationand evaluation of renewable resources, such as land foragricultural use. Development of a manual for Asiadetailing feasible remote sensing techniques, based onstudies drawn from throughout the world.

5. Dr. David B. Parbery, Leader, COMPAC, Technical AssistanceMission to Thailand


Research and other activity: Procedures and techniquesfor investment and management of agricultural diversificationprojects in Thailand. Preparation of an investmentappraisal manual broadly applicable to agriculturaldiversification projects in Southeast Asia. Co-leadershipin E-W Food Institute Seminar course on Food Systems ofAsia and the Pacific which will deal with S. E. Asia inthe initial offering. Consultancy for Food Instituteprogram development.

62

APPENDIX B


(Planned for l97ll972)*

Project

1. Swine and Poultry Production

2. Swine and Poultry Production

3. Aquaculture for the Pacific

. Teaching Agriculture and FoodVocations

5. Fresh Water Prawn Production

6. Building Research and ExtensionSystems - Pacific Islands

7. Administration of Agriculturaland Food Programs

8. Marketing Research Methods

9. Weed Control

Location

Participants

American Samoa 35

French Polynesia 35

Hawaii 2

Hawaii 5

Hawaii 8

Hawaii LO

Hawaii 12

Hawaii 10

Hawaii 10

None conducted in FY 1970-71

63

APPENDIX C


FY 1970-71


1. "Food Problems in Asia and the Pacific," Proceedings of aSeminar held at the East-West Center, May, 1970 (379 pages).

2. "Nutrition, Incomes and Development," Ralph Allee,January, 1971 (57 pages plus appendices).

r

64

APPENDIX D


FY 1970-71

1. Conference on "Research Needs in Agricultural Diversificationin Asia"

January 6-8, 1971, Manila, Philippines in cooperation withBureau of Plant Industry of the Philippines, SoutheastAsia Development Advisory Group.

Purpose To identify priority researchable problemsdealing with agricultural diversification in Asia.

Agenda Keynote paper by Dr. T. H. Lee, Senior Economist,J. C. R. R., Taiwan. Country response papers from thePhilippines, Thailand and Korea. Field visit to multiplecropping experimental site at the International RiceResearch Institute.

Participants Dr. Nicolaas Luykx, Conference Chairman,Director, East-West Food Institute; Dr. Nguyen-Hai-Binh,Ministry of Agriculture, Vietnam; Mr. Eliseo C. Carandang,Director, Bureau of Plant Industry, Philippines; Dr. Merle L.Esmay, Department of Agricultural Engineering, MichiganState University; Dr. Jose H. Lawas, National EconomicCouncil, Philippines; Dr. Francis LeBeau, Chief, Agricultureand Rural Development Division, EA/TECH, Agency forInternational Development; Dr. Teng-Hui Lee, Chief, RuralEconomics Division, Joint Commission on Rural Reconstruction,Taiwan; Mr. C. L. Luh, Chief, Plant Industry Division, JointCommission on Rural Reconstruction, Taiwan; Dr. BhakdiLusanandana, Director General, Rice Department, Thailand;Mr. Charles P. McVicker, Executive Secretary, SoutheastAsia Development Advisory Group, New York; Dr. Donald W.Murray, Foreign Economic Development Service, United StatesDepartment of Agriculture, Saigon, Vietnam; Professor ArbNakajud, Head, Department of Agricultural Economics,Kasetsart University, Thailand; Dr. Arwooth NaLampang,Agriculture Department, Thailand; Mr. Dimyati Nangju,Graduate Student, Department of Agronomy and Soil Sciences,University of Hawaii; Mr. Banpot Naponpeth, Graduate Student,Department of Entomology, University of Hawaii; Mr. William C.Parker, Southeast Asia Development Advisory Group, New York;Dr. Donald L. Plucknett, Department of Agronomy and SoilScience, University of Hawaii; Mr. Kok-Kian Fob, UndergraduateStudent (EWC Grantee), Department of Agricultural Economics,University of Hawaii; Dr. Jeung Haeng Ree, Agronomist, Officeof Rural Development, Korea; Dr. Eldon D. Smith, Departmentof Agricultural Economics, University of Kentucky;

65

Mr. David I. Steinberg, Deputy Director, EA/TECH, Agencyfor International Development; Mr. Abdullah Ujang, FarmersAssociation Program, Malaysia; Dr. Reuben Villareal,Department of Horticulture, College of Agriculture,University of the Philippines; Mr. Harold Voelkner,Consultant, The International Bank for Reconstruction andDevelopment; Dr. Lawrence W. Witt, Senior Economist, TAB,Agency for International Development.

Conference results Publication and distribution of twopapers. Conference report includes agenda of priorityresearch topics and consensus statement regarding theestablishment and maintenance of effective collaborativeresearch relationships among Asian and American scholars.

2. Planning meeting on "Research Needs in Crop ProtectionSystems in Asia"

April 29-30, 1971, East-West Center, co-sponsored withSoutheast Asia Development Advisory Group.

Purpose and Agenda The immediate objective of the planningmeeting was to (1) delineate the specific topics in thefield of "crop protection"; (2) identify leading Asianand American scholars in this field who might participatein the conference; (3) prepare a list of topics andprobable authors for commissioned conference papers;(4) draft a future conference agenda; and (5) set a dateand location for the conference.

Participants Dr. Nicolaas Luykx, Meeting Chairman,Director, East-West Food Institute; Dr. Lawrence Apple,Director, Institute of Biological Sciences, North CarolinaState University; Professor Amara Bhumiratana, Director,Institute of Food Research and Product Development,Thailand; Dr. Anthony Colson, Department of Anthropology,University of Kentucky; Dr. William Furtick, Department ofFarm Crops, Oregon State University; Dr. Francis LeBeau,Chief, Agriculture and Rural Development Division, EA/TECH,Agency for International Development; Mr. Charles P.McVicker, Executive Secretary, Southeast Asia DevelopmentAdvisory Group; Dr. Santiago Obien, Hawaii AgriculturalExperiment Station; Dr. George Stewart, Department of FoodScience, University of California; Mr. Fred D. Stone,Graduate Student, Department of Geography, University ofHawaii; Dr. Christine Wilson, Department of InternationalHealth, Hooper Foundation, University of California.

Conference results Developed working plan and agenda forconference to be held in Bangkok, November, 1971, on"Research Needs on Crop Protection Systems." The resultsof the forthcoming conference will determine East-WestFood Institute programs in this subject matter area.

66

3. Planning Meeting on "Applications of Systems Analysis inModernization: Agricultural Mechanization Systems"

June 25-26, 1971, San Francisco, California, cc-sponsoredwith Southeast Asia Development Advisory Group.

Purpose and Agenda The immediate objective of the planningmeeting was to (1) delineate the specific topics in thefield of "systems of agricultural mechanization"; (2) identifyleading Asian and American scholars in this field whomight participate in the conference; (3) prepare a list oftopics and probable authors for commissioned conferencepapers; (4) draft a future conference agenda; and (5) seta date and location for the conference.

Participants Dr. Nicolaas Luykx, Meeting Chairman,Director, East-West Food Institute; Dr. William Chancellor,Department of Agricultural Engineering, University ofCalifornia (Davis); Dr. Merle L. Esmay, Department ofAgricultural Engineering, Michigan State University;Dr. Francis LeBeau, Chief, Agriculture and Rural DevelopmentDivision, EA/TECH, Agency for International Development;Miss Jane Levitt, Southeast Asia Development AdvisoryGroup, New York; Mr. Charles P. McVicker, ExecutiveSecretary, Southeast Asia Development Advisory Group,New York; Dr. Jaw-Kai Wang, Head, Department of AgriculturalEngineering, University of Hawaii; Mr. Thomas H. Wickham,Graduate Student, Department of Agricultural Engineering,Cornell University; Dr. Lawrence W. Witt, Senior Economist,TAB, Agency for International Development.

Conference results: Developed a working plan for anAsian-American conference on applications of systemsanalysis in mechanization program to be held in September, 1971.

. Agricultural Program Administration planning meeting

December 7-8, 1970, New York City, co-sponsored withAgricultural Development Council, New York.

Purpose and Agenda To hold initial discussions on thecontent of an in-service training program and a referencemanual for middle level agricultural workers.

Participants Dr. Nicolaas Luykx, Director, East-West FoodInstitute; Dr. William J. Siffin, Director, DevelopmentAdministration Office, TAB, Agency for InternationalDevelopment; Dr. David W. Brown, Department of AgriculturalEconomics, University of Tennessee; Dr. Donald G. Green,Agricultural Development Council; Dr. Wayne Sutjer,Agricultural Development Council; Dr. John Fischer,Department of Agricultural Economics, University ofArizona; Dr. John Blackmore, Director of InternationalAgricultural Programs, University of Minnesota; Dr. J. PriceGittinger, Economic Development Institute, World Bank.

67

Conference results: Plans for an in-service trainingprogram and a related reference manual were prepared withassignments allocated to conference participants fordrafting components of these materials which will bediscussed at a second meeting in September, 1971.

68

APPENDIX E

STAFF

FY 1970-71

Director

Nicolaas Luykx, Ph.D. (Professor of Agricultural Economics*).He completed his graduate studies at CornellUniversity, including two years of dissertationfield research in the Philippines, Thailand, andVietnam. After serving four years on the faculty ofCornell's Department of Agricultural Economics hejoined the Agricultural Economics faculty at MichiganState University. While at Michigan State he servedfor two years as Senior Advisor to the PakistanAcademy for Rural Development at Comilla, EastPakistan


Larry Zuidema, M.S., formerly Assistant to the Director,International Agricultural Development, CornellUniversity.


Fannie Lee Kai

Library Technician

Rita Hong

Consultant

Donald Green, Ph.D.

Indicates joint appointment with the University of Hawaii

69

APPENDIX F

DEGREE

STUDENTS

Affiliated, 1970-71

DegreeName Country Sought Major Field

*Ahn, Chang-soon Korea MS HorticultureBeruidsen, John A. Australia PhD Agri. EconomicsCordover, Jill (Mrs.) USA MS AnthropologyHaq, Khondaker A. Pakistan MS Agri. EngineeringHasegawa, Yoichi Japan MS Food Science

*Keng, Johnny Chin-win China MS Soil ScienceKim, Se-yeul Korea PhD Agri. Economics

*Kim, Soon Kwon Korea MS Horticulture*Komalmjt, Yingyong Thailand MS Food ScienceOvitt, Dwight C. USA MS Educ. FoundationsPark, Kang Sik Korea PhD Agri. EconomicsStone, Frederick D. USA PhD GeographyTama, Kato Cook Islands BS AgricultureTeo, Christopher K.H. Malaysia MS Horticulture*Vareevjchanont, J. (Miss) Thailand MS Food ScienceWilson, Bruce Australia PhD Horticulture

*Wjtt, Eric N. USA MS Agri. EconomicsYap, Wilfredo G. Philippines PhD Oceanography

* Arrived June, 1971


Aho, Barbara K. (Miss) USA PhD AnthropologyAu, Shafqat Pakistan MS Plant PathologyGautz, Loren D. USA MS Agri. EngineeringIsani, Bilquis (Miss) Pakistan MS MicrobiologyLee, Won-jung (Mrs.) Korea MS NutritionLumanta, Isaias C. Philippines MS Animal NutritionMa, Weifen M. (Miss) China MS EntomologyMalik, Uzir Bin Abdul Malaysia MS Agri. EconomicsMcNutt, Chariton B. USA MS OceanographyMoreland, Pamela S. (Miss) USA MS OceanographyNawawi, Hapsah Bt. (Miss) Malaysia MS NutritionPachinburavan, Assanee Thailand MS Plant PathologyPellek, Richard USA MS AgronomyPoh, Kok-Kian Malaysia MS Agri. EconomicsQuinones, Jane R. (Miss) Philippines MS EntomologyRodgers, Bertis N. USA PhD GeographySehgal, Man Mohan Lal India PhD GeologySrinivasan, Srinivasan India MBA Bus. AdministrationTeh, Saidin Bin Malaysia BS AgricultureTurbin, Richard USA MA Political ScienceVijchulata, Pravee Thailand MS MicrobiologyYusuf, Harun Kader Md. Pakistan PhD Biochemistry

70

APPENDIX G

FIELD EDUCATION PROGRAMS

FY 1970-71

Christopher Kheng Hoe Tea (Horticulture/Malaysia) workingat Ohio State University with a foremost plant physiologist onthe problem of breaking tuber dormancy in nutsedge rass. Thesolution to this problem is considered to be essential beforemeasures can be found to control this, the major problem weedin agricultural crops around the world. Mr. Tea will remain atOhio State throughout the Fall of 1971 to take some additionalcourses as well as to continue his thesis research which wasbegun at the University of Hawaii under the guidance of Dr. RoyNishimoto, Professor of Horticulture.

Khondaker Azharul Hag (Agricultural Engineering/EastPakistan), who came to the East-West Center after working withthe Comilla Project associated with the Pakistan Academy forRural Development, participated in a five-week summer researchworkshop on Rural Development in Pakistan sponsored by theAsian Studies Center at Michigan State University. Followingthis workshop, he will be engaged in a specially designedobservational program with the Bureau of Reclamation in Denver.The program includes the study of many facets of water resourcesdevelopment and field training assignments designed to providepractical experience in the operations and maintenance ofirrigation projects.

Kok-Kian Poh (Agricultural Economics/Malaysia) began hisfield education program with a two-week training program onagricultural resources development conducted by the TennesseeValley Authority (TVA). In addition to some specificuniversity contacts, Mr. Poh has a week-long program with USDAagencies in Washington, D.C. Before enrolling for additionalcourse work at Pennsylvania State University for the Fall, 1971,semester, he will participate in an in-community seminar on"Keys to Agricultural Development at the Local Level" beingconducted by the University of Wisconsin.

Mrs Jill Cordover (Anthropology/USA), in a uniqueapplication of the field education opportunity, continued tostudy the sociological factors associated with the establishmentand development of a Community Development project on Maui andMolokai. The project revolves around the development of shrimpfarms as a means for improving the welfare of the various localethnic groups involved.

71

Dwight C Ovitt (Educational Foundations/USA) plannedseveral stops in the Pacific in a thesis research project onvocational agricultural education. Mr. Ovitt is collectinginformation from several schools and colleges with agriculturalcourses in an effort to formulate a new plan for a vocationalschool in agriculture for the Marianas District of Micronesia.The educational authorities in the Marianas District, where hespent two years in the Peace Corps, have already indicatedtheir interest in this study as an input into their planningprocess.

72

APPENDIX H

RESOURCE MATERIALS COLLECTION HOLDINGS

FY 1970-71

Titles

Monographs transferred from EWC Library244

Monographs ordered26Monographs received20

Microfiche orders and received1

Gift and exchange items received179

Total number of titles added to collection215(including serial titles)

Pending orders1 2

Holdings as of 30 June 1971:

Monographs, papers, reports, pamphlets, etc. 444

Serials 40

73

CHAPTER IV



This was the first full year of operation covered by anAnnual Report for the East-West Population Institute. TheInstitute was established within the Center in November 1969with substantial financial support provided by a grant fromthe Agency for International Development. Its goal is tocontribute to the understanding and solution of populationproblems affecting the societies of Asia, the Pacific, andthe United States. In furthering this objective the Instituteconcentrates its activities in four general areas in thefield of population: it promotes graduate study leading toadvanced degrees; it organizes professional study andtraining projects; it conducts a broad research program; andit engages in institutional cooperation with sisterorganizations, especially in Asia.

Descriptions of program achievements in 1970-71 in thesefour major areas are presented in the first four sectionsof this Report. In the following sections, developments withrespect to staff and organizational arrangements that madethe program achievements possible are discussed, as areactivities within three important program support areas,notably relating to conferences and seminars, publications,and the resource materials collection. In the final section,plans for the future are briefly outlined.

GRADUATE STUDY

The shortage of high-level trained manpower in the field ofpopulation, particularly in the developing countries, remainsa crucial impediment to a rational societal response to theproblems brought about by the demographic developments ofrecent decades. In close cooperation with the graduatetraining programs of the University of Hawaii, the Instituteendeavors to develop high-level professionals capable ofmaking a significant contribution to the understanding andsolution of population problems. Specifically the Instituteprovides scholarships for students working towards an advanceddegree at the University of Hawaii while specializing inpopulation studies and complements their formal Universitytraining program through a variety of Institute activities.

Scholarships are awarded on the basis of academic qualifications,leadership potential, and consideration of the social need forhigh-level manpower in population in the country of origin.The number of East-West Center population scholarships holdershas increased rapidly in the past two years. As a result, bysummer 1971 the University's involvement in graduate-levelinstruction in population studies was numerically one of thelargest in the United States. Appendix A summarizes the changesin the composition of Institute scholarship holders by fieldof departmental affiliation and by country of origin. The

77

number of students by mid-1971 grew to 38 as compared to 22a year before. The change results from an addition of 22 newstudents and graduation of six students during the year. Therelatively small number of completed grants is a resultpartly of the newness of the program and partly of theextension of a number of grants to permit recipients tocontinue their studies towards the Ph.D. degree. Threeadditional students will complete their grants during the twosummer months of 1971. With the anticipated arrival of 17new grant recipients, the total number of Institutescholarship holders by September 1, 1971, is expected to riseto 52.

A notable feature of the program is the wide disciplinary andcountry distribution of scholarship holders. As of June 30, 1971,the students represented six departments and 12 countries.A large majority of the students specialize in a field withinthe social sciences. Of the 38, 31 were from countries ofAsia--27 of them from 12 developing countries. By September 1971two additional departmental fields--political science andpsychology--will be represented, while geographic varietywill further increase through the arrival of a new studentfrom Papua-New Guinea.

A full list of students as of June 30, 1971, by field ofof study, by country of origin, and grant dates is given inAppendix B, broken down into two groups: candidates forthe Ph.D. (11 students) and candidates for a Master's degree(27 students). The combined selection criteria of academicand leadership potential and social need are the same forthese two groups but are applied with a much greaterstringency for the students selected for the doctoralprogram.

While the Institute offers no formalinstruction leading toan academic degree, the Institute directly or indirectly hascontributed substantially to the University graduate programin population. For the maintenance and further developmentof the graduate program in the School of Public Health in1970-71, special direct support from the Institute's AID grantwas arranged. Administration of the Population StudiesProgram in the College of Arts and Sciences--an interdisciplinaryprogram whose creation was greatly facilitated by the Center'sscholarship program and by the arrangement of joint appointmentsbetween the Center and the College--was largely supported in1970-71 through the facilities of the Institute.

Close day to day contact between the Institute and thegraduate training at the University is maintained by manyInstitute staff members holding joint appointments atdepartments involved in teaching related to population studies.In their capacity as members of the University's teachingfaculty, staff members were teaching many of the graduatecourses in the field of population. In most cases students

78

specializing in population are assigned departmental advisorswho are also members of the institute staff. Additionallyeach scholarship holder is assigned an Institute advisor:naturally in most instances the staff member acting asInstitute advisor is also the student's departmental advisor.The Institute has developed and seeks further to developmore intensive and continuous contacts between students andstaff advisors than is usual within the academic departments,primarily by involving graduate students in ongoing researchwork at the Institute, both on the Master's and on the Ph.D.level. Institute support services have also provided avariety of training assistance to students. Notably theseincluded assistance concerning data processing (time sharing,programming, key punching, and handling other peripheralequipment); provision of computing facilities and study space,assistance in preparing bibliographies, and provision ofaccess to resource materials.

The Institute also complements the formal graduate programin two significant ways. First, during both the fall and thespring semesters the Institute conducts an interdisciplinaryseminar that meets weekly, bringing together students, staff,and occasional outside lecturers. A list of the speakers--which includes two of the graduate students associated withthe Institute--and the topics discussed is given in Appendix C.Secondly, and most significantly, the Institute arranges forfield education for qualified graduate students under theauspices of the East-West Center.

The opportunity to participate in field education often is acrucial element in a student's academic program. As Instituteresearch programs develop, there will be increasing opportunitiesto orient field study towards cooperative projects combiningresearch and training and involving students from severaldisciplines. The first efforts in this direction were madein connection with the Institute's cooperation with the KoreanInstitute for Research in the Behavioral Sciences, referredto below. A full list of field study arrangements forInstitute students during 1970-71 is given in Appendix D.


A wide variety of training needs exists in the field ofpopulation in Asia and the Pacific that require a differentresponse than organization of graduate studies with anacademic orientation. Many of these training needs are notbeing met now adequately. Some of them involve the retrainingor the specialized additional training of already highlyqualified manpower; the updating of earlier academic trainingof persons now in various leadership roles; the provision ofapplication-oriented professional training of middle-levelmanagers and administrators who may leave their jobs only fora short period of time; on-the-job training in some technical

79

skill under individual guidance and supervision, and so on.Training programs responding to such needs have much incommon with respect to the institutional resources required,but differ greatly as to number of participants, duration ofproject, and level of sophistication. In the last two yearsthe Institute has developed significant capacity and experienceto organize and conduct such programs in the field of populationand successfully carried out several projects in professionalstudy and training. In 1970-71 they included the FirstSummer Seminar in Population, which focused on problems ofpopulation policy and population program evaluation in Asia(the Second Summer Seminar was begun in July 1971); a studyand training project in Family Planning; and a professionalstudy project in methods of computer utilization. Theseprojects are briefly described in Appendix E.

The Institute has also begun arranging, on an individual basis,graduate study opportunities of one or two semesters' lengthin the regular graduate training program at the University ofHawaii for qualified candidates who seek no academic degreebut whose professional work would benefit from short-termacademic study. Persons under this project may combinesupervised research work at the Institute with their formalcourse work.

Apart from the Second Summer Seminar, earliest among theforthcoming professional study and training projects is athree-week course in vital statistics method for seniorofficials in the South Pacific area concerned with the planning,collection, processing, and utilization of vital statistics.This project, a sequel to an earlier one on techniques ofcensus enumeration in the Pacific, will be held in Suva, Fiji,in July-August 1971. Among the projects now under preparationis a seminar in population census tabulation for officials incharge of processing the 1970 round of censuses; researchinternships of one to six months' duration at the Institute;and the Third Summer Seminar, to be held in 1972.

RESEARCH

In view of the close interaction and mutual support amongresearch, graduate study, professional training, andinstitutional cooperation, an exact specification of theresources supporting this program component would be difficult.It is clear, nevertheless, that a substantial portion ofprofessional staff time in 1970-71 has been devoted to theproduction and organization of knowledge concerning populationprocesses, and that a major part of the support activitiesoutlined below also supported research. The same can be saidof the activities of the four Senior Fellows, Dr. Hi-Sup Chung,Dr. Nathan Keyfitz, Dr. H. Bradley Wells, and Mr. S. B. Mukherjee,who were associated with the Institute for various periodsduring the year.

80

The research carried out by Senior Fellows--distinguishedprofessionals from the academic community and from governmentalor other agencies who are invited to join the staff of theInstitute for a period of four to 12 months--is brieflydescribed in Appendix F.

Research carried out by staff in 1970-71 contains a highshare of unfinished work, partly because of the often shorttime that elapsed since the appointment of the researchers;and partly because of relatively small fraction of total time(as opposed to time spent as an Institute staff member)devoted to research (as in the case of joint appointees).Nevertheless, completed output, as reflected in Institutepublications, notably in the Institute's Working Papers andReprint Series, was substantial. The works that appeared inthese series by June 30, 1970, some of which representthe result of research begun earlier, are given in Appendix I.

A selective listing of research projects by major researchemphasis is given below. The list is limited largely toprojects that have either been completed during the year or,if still in progress, reached the stage at which at least someof the results were already distributed through the medium ofthe written word.

Research in the Institute in 1970-71 focused upon two majorareas.

The first concentration was on analysis of the causes andconsequences of population change, in Asia and the Pacificand in the United States, with particular emphasis on (a) economic,social, and environmental factors that determine the levels ofhuman fertility; (b) quantitative and qualitative effects ofpopulation growth upon economic and social development;(c) policies and specific means by which societies try toinfluence population processes, in particular their comparativeefficiency and the reasons for their success or failure;Cd) possibilities and means of improving society's capacityto deal with the untoward consequences of population growth.

Research that came under one or several of these headingsincluded projects on determinants of tribal mobility(Dr. Chapman); on population and resources problems in theSouth Pacific (Dr. Pine); on socio-economic correlates ofbirth control acceptance (Mr. Fuller); on economic theoriesof overpopulation (Dr. Overbeek); on the influence ofinterpersonal communication on the diffusion of family planningin West Malaysia (Dr. Palmore); on the optimum rate ofpopulation growth in neoclassical growth models (Dr. Crouch);on the effect of birth control on the birth rate and onmigration as a means of population control (Dr. Keyfitz); onthe influence of husband-wife interaction on family planningacceptance (Dr. Rosario); on the strategy of family planningpolicy in Korea (Dr. Hi-Sup Chung).

81

The second major area of research was in the field ofdemography proper, with particular emphasis upon (a) studiesof population change and composition in Asia and the Pacific;(b) development of more efficient methods of demographicestimation for areas where demographic information is missingor defective; (c) special problems of measuring the effectsof social action programs that aim at modifying behavior, inparticular with respect to fertility; (d) formal demography.

The following research projects may be noted under theseheadings: (a) on demographic variations in East Malaysia(Dr. Harrison); on fertility differentials of Japanese women(Drs. Matsumoto and Park); on the state of research inIndonesian demography (Mr. McNicoll); on the estimation offertility from data on own children (Dr. Cho); on estimationof demographic measures from limited and erroneous data(Dr. Demeny); on measurement of fertility change through dualrecord systems (Dr. Wells); on basic methods of measuringvital rates (Dr. Palmore); on trends in the age compositionof the population in West Bengal (Mr. Mukherjee); on ethnicfertility differentials in the state of Hawaii (Mrs. Nordyke);on the implications of hypothetical fertility trends onpopulation growth and on linkages of intrinsic to age-specificfertility rates (Dr. Keyfitz).

Projects, most of them already in progress, that are expectedto come to fruition during 1971-72 will continue the thrustof the research effort carried out thus far, subject to amajor review of research plans to be completed by September 1971,aimed to insure closer coordination among projects and astrengthening of their cumulative impact. Among researchprojects now scheduled, several deal with the directions ofdemographic patterns and processes in Asia and with analysesof the factors explaining demographic behavior. They includestudies relating to the population of Korea, Taiwan, thePhilippines, Malaysia, Japan, and the South Pacific. Anothergroup of studies will be directed to problems of populationpolicy, including studies of application of optimal controltheory; on the demographic impact of abortion legislation inHawaii; and on economic-demographic interrelationships.


As permitted by its financial and personnel resources theInstitute engages in cooperative research and other population-related projects with other organizations, in particular withinstitutions active in population research and training inAsia and the Pacific. Staff are encouraged to maintain anddevelop contacts with scholars and institutions that may leadto such cooperation. The Institute is particularly receptiveto projects which are genuinely collaborative. Within thatframework, and when so requested, the Institute also endeavorsto provide consultation and other technical services in thefield of population.

82

The first large-scale arrangement along these lines wasworked out between the Institute and the Korean Institute forResearch in the Behavioral Sciences (KIRBS), Seoul, Korea.Beginning July 1970 the Institute has cooperated with KIRBS(by providing the services of numerous American professionals,from the Population Institute and elsewhere, backed up witha variety of support services) in the design, testing,execution, and processing of a nationwide sample study offertility behavior, with particular emphasis on psychologicaldeterminants of fertility. On behalf of Population Institutethe project was coordinated by Dr. Palmore. The fieldoperation, covering several samples, took place in February 1971and included interviews with nearly 3,000 currently marriedwomen and with key respondents in close to 100 villages. Thedata from this survey are now on computer tape; preliminaryanalysis will be completed by fall 1971.

During 1970-71 the Institute continued cooperation with theCollege of Health Sciences and the Student Health Service inthe operation and further development of the Family PlanningClinic of the University of Hawaii by providing the serviceof the (part time) clinic coordinator and some additionalassistance. Apart from satisfying community needs, the clinichas been also utilized for teaching and demonstration purposes.

In the spring of 1971 the Institute began cooperation in theHawaii Pregnancy, Birth Control and Abortion Study. Thestudy, jointly conducted by a number of University of Hawaiifaculty members, involves cooperation with all hospitals inthe state. Its major objective is to investigate the impactof the 1970 abortion legislation on fertility behavior inHawaii.

Through the participation of individual staff members andgraduate students in cooperative research projects in 1970-71,in addition to Korea and Hawaii the Institute was alsoinvolved in smaller scale cooperative ventures in Hong Kong,Japan, Malaysia, and the Philippines, as well as in severalplaces in the South Pacific. Further development of some ofthese cooperative relations, as well as development ofadditional ones, notably in Indonesia and India, is envisagedfor 1971-72.

STAFF DEVELOPMENT

Starting from a'small nucleus of staff, substantial buildupof Institute personnel began in the spring of 1970 as wasindicated in the 1969-70 Annual Report. New appointmentsbetween July 1 and September 1, 1970, resulted in a majorstrengthening of Institute-departmental ties and establisheda solid basis for a larger graduate study program and alsoexpanded personnel resources supporting other program components,notably research. The new appointments, arranged on a half-time

83

basis for the academic year, included Dr. Pine and Mr. Fuller(Geography); Dr. Overbeek (Economics); and Dr. Matsumoto andDr. Park (Public Health). Dr. Harrison, a social anthropologistwith a special interest in the demography and ecology ofinsular Southeast Asia, joined the staff as a full-timeResearch Associate on July 1. During the summer of 1970Dr. Robert Crouch, Professor of Economics at the University ofCalifornia, Santa Barbara, and Dr. Michael Pietrusewsky of theDepartment of Anthropology, University of Hawaii, served onbrief visiting research assignments. From July 1, 1970, toMarch 30, 1971, Dr. E. Ross Jenney served as a part-timemedical consultant to the Institute. In the fall and earlywinter, Staff Researchers Mrs. Nordyke (who holds a Master'sdegree in Public Health), Mrs. Martin (who holds a Master'sdegree in Political Science), and research assistantsMr. Modecki and Miss Ikeda were appointed. (Miss Ikeda holdsa Master's degree in information science.) Much overdueimprovement in providing secretarial services occurred byearly 1971 with several new secretarial appointments. Anotable strengthening of staff support services was achievedby the appointment of Mr. Chalkley, formerly co-editor ofDepthNews, Manila, as Publications Officer, and of Mrs. MinjaChoe, formerly of the Computing Center, University of Hawaii,who holds a Master's degree in mathematics, as ComputerProgrammer.

Since its establishment the Institute has undergone changeat a rapid pace. From the earliest stage of this developmentit was envisaged that at a certain point increasing size andcomplexity of Institute programs would require appropriateadministrative rearrangements. By late spring 1971, theapproaching retirement (effective June 30, 1971) of Mr. Sam P.Gilstrap, who served as Deputy Director for Administration,made such a rearrangement timely. Effective May 17, 1971,Assistant Directors were appointed for three of the four majorprogram areas of the Institute, notably for Graduate Study(Dr. Chapman), for Professional Study and Training (Dr. Cho),and for Institutional Cooperation (Dr. Palmore). To fill thegap created by the retirement of Mr. Gilstrap, Mr. Keith E.Adamson, formerly Foreign Service Public Affairs Officer, wasappointed as Executive Officer for Administration.

Since the fall of 1969, Paul Demeny, Director of the Institute,also served as the first Director of the Population StudiesProgram, an interdepartmental program in the College of Artsand Sciences. By the spring of 1971 the steadily increasingscope of the program and the need to give the program morevisibility made a change in its direction timely. EffectiveMay 1, 1971, Dr. Demeny resigned from the post and wassucceeded by Professor Peter Pine. Dr. Pine retains hisposition as Faculty Research Associate of the Institute.

84

The personnel changes briefly outlined above are reflected inAppendix G, which gives the list of the professional staff asof June 30, 1971. At that date five persons in full timeclerical appointments were also on active duty.

The staff listed in Appendix G are holders of advanced degreesin 15 different fields, including holders of doctoral degreesin eight fields. On the professional staff as of June 30, 1971,were nationals of eight countries.

Additional appointments during the summer of 1971 willsubstantially complete the buildup of Institute staff withinthe constraints of the presently available space and financialresources. Two joint faculty appointments scheduled forthis period are Dr. Alan Howard, Professor of Anthropology,who joins the Institute on July 1, and Dr. Kozo Yamamura,Visiting Professor of Economics, whose appointment as FacultyResearch Associate is effective September 1. Mr. GeoffreyMcNicoll, a demographer-economist, Dr. James T. Fawcett, asocial psychologist, and Dr. Susan B. Hanley, a historian, willjoin the lnstitute as full-time Research Associates in July,August, and September 1971, respectively. Three additionalstaff researcher appointments have also been arranged for thisperiod. Professor Peter Kunstadter, an anthropologist fromthe University of Washington, will be with the Institute asa Senior Fellow for a period of 12 months beginningSeptember 1, 1971.

As a result of the developments outlined above, by September 1971the Institute will have, in comparative terms, major strengthin sustaining a continued broad-based program in training,research, and service activities. Yet, given the multidisciplinarydesign of the Institute, and given the large unmet needs forhigh-level trained manpower and organized, applicable knowledgein the field of population in the Asian/Pacific area, the sizeof the Institute staff still remains, by any standard, distinctlysuboptimal. It is to be hoped that continued support for theInstitute, including provision of additional space, will permitfurther expansion of Institute operations to levels commensuratewith the magnitude of its goals.


During the period covered by this report the Instituteco-sponsored, with the Southeast Asia Development AdvisoryBoard, the Seminar on Motivation and Incentive in FamilyPlanning Programs, held at the East-West Center in July 1970.In May 1971, the Institute was a co-sponsor, with several Asianand U.S. organizations, of the Conference on Manpower Problemsin East and Southeast Asia. This conference was held inSingapore. The purpose, agenda, participants, and results ofthese two events are described in Appendix H. The Institutecontributed to the Second World Conference on Problems of

85

Modernization in Asia and the Pacific, held at the East-WestCenter in August 1970, by commissioning a paper on "PopulationPlanning in Asia and the Pacific: Current Problems and FutureOutlook" by L. P. Chow.

Among conferences planned for 1971-72, two had reached thefinal stage of preparation by the end of the fiscal year.In July the Fourth Conference on the Mathematics of Populationwill be held at the Center under the joint sponsorship of theMathematical Social Sciences Board and the Institute. On theprogram of the conference, organized by Dr. Nathan Keyfitz,former Senior Fellow with the Institute, are papers dealingwith mathematical analyses of population projections, birthand death processes, mortality, conception, and birth. Othersections deal with further stochastic models, the economicsof population, and human resources planning.

In August 1971 the International Symposium on StatisticalProblems in Population Research, organized under the jointsponsorship of the International Association for Statisticsin the Physical Sciences and the Institute, will bringtogether a large group of statisticians and populatiônspecialists at the Center. The four main themes of theconference will deal with statistical problems in populationestimation, socio-economic factors associated with fertility,medical effects of contraceptive measures, and with the effectsof population control programs on population.

PUBLICATIONS

In response to increasing needs for efficient disseminationof forthcoming research products, beginning Fall 1970, twopublications series were initiated at the Institute: theWorking Papers and the Reprint Series. Current Institutepublications that are not appropriately accommodated in thisframework are grouped under the label "Occasional Publications."Appendix I gives a listing of the titles (16 Working Papers,7 Reprints and 3 Occasional Publications) that appared in1970-71.

The purpose of the Working Papers is to facilitate earlycirculation and discussion of research materials originatingfrom the Institute. The format permits presentation ofpapers exceeding the usual journal article length althoughmany of the Working Papers will eventually be published instandard periodicals. The Series are now produced in 00copies each and are distributed upon request to qualifiedinstitutions and individuals.

The Reprint Series serves to facilitate a wider distribution ofselected papers originating in the Institute that have appearedin scholarly journals, conference proceedings, symposia, etc.Distribution is similar to that of the Working Papers.

86

Development of additional ways for transmitting usefulknowledge are under consideration in the Institute, includinga printed outlet that would present population news andresearch findings in forms readily accessible to the mass mediaas well as to a variety of special groups, such as policymakers, administrators, university teachers, etc.


In support of its programs, in 1970-71 the Institute hascontinued development of its resource materials collection,consisting of a documentation service/reference collection;a data bank with emphasis on the results of censuses andsurveys in Asia and the Pacific; and in-depth documentationon special subjects. The reference collection now containsover 2,600 catalogued items, including nearly 1,000 reprints,numerous films and receives over 60 serial publications.The materials are primarily concerned with Asia and thePacific and with special areas of emphasis in the Institute'sresearch program. Naturally, all Institute programs continueto rely heavily on the libraries of the University of Hawaiifor most basic materials.

The data bank now contains a number of census tapes forcountries and territories of the South Pacific and tapes fora variety of population sample surveys.

Work on preparing detailed documentations on geographic areasand on subjects of special interest has proceeded on a broadfront. Bibliographies, in most cases accompanied bycorresponding documentation, have been prepared or are underadvanced preparation on population policy; legal aspects ofpopulation; family planning in Hawaii and Korea; humancapital and manpower studies for Asia and the Pacific;non-sampling errors on surveys; life tables of Asia and thePacific; the economics of population growth; and populationcensuses of Asia and the Pacific available in the Universityof Hawaii. Other collections are in the beginning stage ofpreparation or are under consideration. Upon completionspecial document collections are transferred to the referencecollection reading room and become accessible to the generalpublic.

FUTURE PLANS

By the early Fall of 1971 the stage of rapid growth thatcharacterized the development of the Institute during thepast two years will necessarily have come to an end. Thisdevelopment was carried out under general guidelines setforth by the grant supporting the Institute and approved bythe Executive Council. It was also reviewed in detail atmeetings of the Institute's International Advisory Committee

87

in February 1970 and in February 1971, resulting in valuablerecommendations for the detailed program design of theInstitute. (The composition of this Committee and that ofthe Executive Council is given in Appendix J.) It can besaid confidently that continuation and further strengtheningof the program along the broad lines of past developmentwould constitute sound policy.

Nevertheless the stage for a period of consolidation at theInstitute that will begin next Fall will have to be set bya general review of the present program and by a reneweddiligent search for ways and means toward optimal arrangementswithin existing constraints. Such a review will be undertakenfirst within the Institute and completed by the InternationalAdvisory Committee whose next meeting is scheduled for June 1972.At that meeting the Committee will be specially requested toevaluate the performance of the Institute during the precedingtwo years. Questions to be posed and answered by this comingreview concern the nature and size of the graduate trainingprogram; the directions and levels of the professional studyand training activities most responsive to existing needs;the forms and efficiency of multidisciplinary researchefforts, the problems of coordination between individualprojects, and the question of evaluation of researchperformance; and the range of desirable institutionalcooperation in which the Institute should engage. Withrespect to each of the existing support activities--theconference and seminar program, publications, and the resourcematerials collection--similar questions are also to beanswered. The answers should naturally be based on asimultaneous consideration of all program components andprovide improved guidelines and mechanisms for allocating theavailable scarce resources so as to best serve the achievementof the Institute's goals.

88

APPENDIX A

GRADUATE STUDENTS

Affiliated 1970-71

New Arrivals Completed6 Transfers Grants Total

Students 1 July 1970- 1 July 1970- StudentsField 1 July 1970 30 June 1971 30 June 1971 30-June 1971

Anthropology -- 2 2Economics 6 2 1 7Geography 3 10 13Pacific IslandStudies -- 1 -- 1

Public Health 1 3 1 3Sociology 8 6 2 12

22 22 6 38

Country

Australia 1 -- 1 --Ceylon 1 1 -- 2China -- --Hong Kong -- 1 -- 1India -- 3 -- 3Indonesia 1 -- -- 1Japan 1 3 --Korea 5 1 8Malaysia -- 2 -- 2Pakistan -- 2 -- 2Philippines -- 2 -- 2Thailand 2 -- -- 2USA 6 4 3 7Vietnam 1 -- 1

22 22 6 38

89

APPENDIX B

GRADUATE STUDENTS

FY

1970-71

FieldName of Study Country Grant Dates

Ph.D Students: 11

Abayasekara, Wannaku Geography Ceylon 130/69-l2/31/71Kennedy, Gerard F. Anthro. USA 8/30/69-9/12/71Majid, Rosie (Miss) Geography Pakistan 1/2/71-12/31/71Mukherji, Shekhar P. Geography India 8/1/70-12/31/71Ogasawara, Setsuo Geography Japan /22/70-l2/3l/7lOgawa, Naohiro Economics Japan 8/30/69-7/31/72Parsons, John S. Geography USA 12/1/70-12/1/71Shin, Yong Sock Sociology Korea 1/25/69-6/27/72Sigit, Hananto Economics Indonesia 1/25/69-6/27/72Wang, Yen-Kyun Economics Korea 1/25/69-6/27/72Yin, Chien Chung Anthro. Rep. of China 8/30/69-8/31/71

M.A. (or equivalent degree) Students: 27

Bell, Bella Zi (Mrs.) Sociology USA 8/22/70-12/31/71Bhushan, Vidya Pub. Health India 8/22/70-12/31/71Chen, Eddie C. Sociology Rep. of China 6/3/70-12/31/71Higashi, Alton Pac. Is. USA 6/14/7112/31/72

StudiesHong, Sa Won (Miss) Sociology Korea 6/'4/7l-12/31/72Khan, Mohammad M. Geography Pakistan 8/22/70-12/31/71Kiranandana, Thienchay Economics Thailand 8/30/69-8/31/71Kiu, Mee Kuok Geography Malaysia 8/22/70-12/31/71Kong, Chung-Ja (Miss) Sociology Korea 6/3/70-12/31/71Kwak, Hun Economics Korea 6/3/70-12/31/71Kwon, Ho-Youn Sociology Korea 8/1/70-12/31/71Lin, Robert I-Nan Sociology Rep. of China 6/3/70-12/31/71Lott, Edson S. Geography USA 8/30/69-8/30/71Hatsul, Noriatsu Economics Japan 8/22/70-12/31/71Meyer, Paul A. Geography USA 6/3/70-12/31/71Miu, Kenneth L. K. Geography Hong Kong 8/22/70-12/31/71Nordstrom, David L. Pub. Health USA 8/22/70-12/31/71Park, Jong-Woo Sociology Korea 6/'+/71-12/31/72Pitaktepsombati, Pichit Sociology Thailand 6/3/70-12/31/71S]-iirakawa, Ichiro Economics Japan 6/14/7112/31/72Son, Jungshik Economics Korea 6/3/70-12/31/71Sundaram, Chitra (Miss) Sociology India 8/1/70-12/31/71Talibong, Enriqueta (Miss) Sociology Philippines 8/22/70-12/31/71Tan, Poh Kwee Geography Malaysia 8/22/70-12/31/71Villanueva, Elisa (Miss) Pub. Health Philippines 8/22/70-12/31/71Wanigaratne, Dissanayake Geography Ceylon 8/22/70-12/31/71Wu, Yuan Chiao (Miss) Sociology Rep. of China 8/30/69-8/31/71

90

APPENDIX C

WEEKLY SEMINAR SERIES

FY 1970-71

Date Speaker Topic

October 114 Paul Demeny

October 21 Ralph Sachs

October 27 Ansley J. Coale

October 28 Ansley J. Coale

November 14 Willard Johnson

November 11 Murray Chapman

November 18 Johannes Overbeek

November 25 Florangel Rosario

December 2 Lee-Jay Cho

December 9 Lucien A. Gregg

February 3 Robert Harrison

February 10 S. B. Mukherjee

February 17 Gary Fuller

Population Control andPopulation Policy in India

Family Planning in Indonesia

Demographic Transition inEurope since the FrenchRevolution

Demographic Transition inContemporary Asia

Zero Population Growth

Structure of a NonliteratePopulation: A Case fromthe Solomons

Mercantilist PopulationTheory - Old and New

Suggestions for FutureCommunication ResearchStudies in Family Planning

Research on Korean Fertility

Medical Services and FamilyPlanning

Problems of PopulationResearch in Sabah

Some Aspects of Urbanizationand Urban Planning in Indiawith Particular Referenceto Calcutta MetropolitanDistrict

The Spatial Diffusion ofBirth Control Acceptance

91

Date Speaker Topic

February 2 Margaret Lirn

March 3 Peter Pine

March 10 Y. Scott Matsumoto

March 17 Lee-Jay Cho

March 2 H. Bradley Wells

March 31 Robert C. Schmitt

April 7 Vern Carroll

April 21 Robert T. Bobilin

April 28 Kenneth Miu

May 5 Paul Meyer

May 12 James A. Palmore

92

Problems of Family Planningin an Urban Situation: AnExample from Singapore

A Report on the Meeting onPopulation and Resources ofPapua-New Guinea

Fertility Differentials ofJapanese Women in Japan,Hawaii and California

Demographic ResearchPossibilities in South-EastAsia, with Special Referenceto Indonesia

Dual Record Systems forMeasurement of VitalStatistics

Sources of Demographic Datafor Hawaii

Mukuoro Demography: TheStudy of a Small Society

Buddhism and Population

The Applicability of theMonte Carlo Simulation toInvoluntary Movements:Implications for GovernmentPolicy

Fertility Limitation inWestern Polynesia

The KIRBS Family LifeSurvey

APPENDIX D

GRADUATE STUDENT FIELD EDUCATION

FY 1970-71

Name

Abayasekara,Wannaku

Bell,4.0 Bella Zi (Mrs.)

Chen, Eddie

Hull, Terence

Hull,Valerie (Mrs.)

Kennedy, Gerard

Kiranandana,Thienchay

Department

Geography

Sociology

Sociology

Economics

Anthro.

Anthro.

Economics

Dates Place of Study.

7/20/70-9/12/71 University ofMichigan andCeylon

6/11/71-8/7/71 Hong KongMacao

5/20/71-8/29/71 Washington, D.C.Michigan State

9/7/70-12/8/70 Fiji

9/7/70-12/8/70 Fiji

11/1/70-8/31/71 Korea

5/28/71-8/31/71 University ofChicago

Brief Program Description

Course work in populationcensus g social surveymethods continued by Ph.D.research on migration fromthe standpoint of a pen-urbanvillage in Colombo

Collect family planninginformation about mainlandChina

U.S. Census Bureau 7onkshopand Communication workshop

Research on fanily planningin a Suva housing estate andinland village

Research on family planningin a Suva housing estate aridinland village

Research for Ph.D. dissertationon the importance of the Ke(credit/savings organizatTn)to migration into Seoul

Community a Family StudyCenter workshop

(04:-

Name

Kong,Chung-Ja (Miss)

Lin, Robert

Nguyen,Van Cam (Miss)

Parsons, John

Shin, Yong Sock

Sigit, Hananto

Sundaram,Chitra (Miss)

Tan, Poh-Kwee

Villanueva,Elisa (Miss)

Wang, Yen-Kyun

Wu,Yuan-Chiao (Miss)

DepartmentDates Place of Study

Sociology 5/29/71-8/29/71 University ofMichigan


Public 5/31/70-8/27/70 New YorkHealth

Geography 12/9/70-12/6/71 Philippines


Economics 6/6/60-8/24/70 University ofWisconsin

Sociology 6/1/71-8/29/71 Korea

Geography 5/22/71-1/16/72 Malaysia

Public 5/2Lii7l_8/27/7l University ofHealthChicago

Economics 5/29/70-9/3/70 University ofWisconsin

Sociology5/2'4/70-9/l/70 University ofMichigan

Brief Program Description

Take graduate level coursesin population

Course work at ISR on dataanalysis and sampling inpopulation study

Summer program of studyand research at thePopulation Council

Ph.D. dissertation researchon the diffusion of familyplanning information inMarinduque

Course work in researchmethods in population andhuman ecology

Course work in methods andtheory of sample designrelevant to populationresearch

To conduct research inassociation with KIRBSFamily Life Survey in Seoul

Collect data on populationresource relationships forMA. thesis

Participate in familyplanning workshop

Take graduate level coursesin population

Course work at ISR in surveysampling for populationstudies

APPENDIX E


FY 1970-71

First Summer Seminar in Population (June 17 - August 7, 1970)

The main theme of the seminar was the analysis ofpopulation policies and the examination of problems of programevaluation in Asia. The 21 participants represented eightcountries and were selected mainly from among active orprospective upper-middle level staff engaged in teaching,research, or field activities in or closely associated withgovernmental or private population programs. The first fiveweeks of the seminar consisted of intensive coursework andworkshops organized in four daily sessions at the East-WestCenter. The last week of the seminar was devoted to a fieldstudy trip ôonducted under the auspices of the Chinese Centerfor International Training in Family Planning, at Taichung,Taiwan.

Coordinator was E. Ross Jenney, M.D., Consultant, assistedby Mrs. Bella Z. Bell. Resident EWPI staff serving as facultyfor the seminar included Drs. Chapman, Cho, Demeny, Haines,Harrison, Matsumoto, Palmore, and Rosario, as well as LucienGregg, M.D., Consultant, and Professor Nathan Keyfitz, SeniorFellow. Guest lecturers were Professor Ronald Freedman,Director, Population Studies Center, University of Michigan;Dr. John A. Ross, Associate Director, Technical AssistanceDivision, The Population Council; and Dr. Jan Hoem, of theDepartment of Statistics, University of California, Berkeley.

Participants were: Maria Lourdes A. Catolico, SeniorResearch Assistant, Population Institute, University of thePhilippines, Manila, The Philippines; Sita Garg, SeniorResearch Associate, Social Research Division, Central FamilyPlanning Institute, New Delhi, India; Md. Abdul Hafeez,Statistical Officer, Bio-Statistics Section, Ministry ofHealth, Islamabad, Pakistan; Bin Idris Jimin, Deputy Commissioner,Department of Aboriginal Affairs, Kuala Lumpur, Malaysia;Mohammed Kalam, Secondary School teacher, Levukat PublicSchool, Levuka, Ovalau, Fiji; Chander Mukhi Kapoor, Demonstrator,Department of Preventive and Social Medicine, Lady HardingeMedical College, New Delhi, India; Fuangfa Khunadorn, JuniorLecturer, Center for Population and Social Research, MahidolUniversity, Bangkok, Thailand; Dilip N. Kulkarni, researchworker, Christian Medical Association of India; Ho Youn Kwon,Researcher, Family Planning and Evaluation, Ministry of Healthand Social Affairs, Seoul, Korea; Shekhar Prasad Mükherji,Lecturer in Geography, Shree Rainakrishna B. T. College,

95

Darjeeling, University of North Bengal, India; Ajit Kumar Nanda,Editor, Central Family Planning Institute, New Delhi, India;Lolita R. Pamatmat, Analyst, Board of Investment, Makati,Rizal, Philippines; Mizanur Rahman, staff member, FamilyPlanning Association of Pakistan, Dacca, East Pakistan;Han Rochandi Redmana, research worker, National Institute ofEconomic and Social Research, Djakarta, Indonesia; JosuaRoquica, Secondary School Teacher, Queen Victoria School,Mataratucou, Fiji; Strisno Saman, Assistant Lecturer, Facultyof Economics, Gadja-Mada University, Jogjakarta, Indonesia;Idikula Kizhakeveetil Saramma, Psychologist, RehabilitationCentre, Medical College, Trivandruin, India; Amaratlal Bhailal Shah,Mass Education and Information Officer, District Family PlanningBureau, Bhavnagar, Gujarat, India; Bipin Bihari Lal Sharma,Research Worker, Demography and Statistics Division, CentralFamily Planning Institute, New Delhi, India; Chitra Sundaram,Research Worker, Council for Social Development, India; NarayanVijai, Social Science instructor, Regional Family PlanningTraining Center, Meerut, Uttar Pradesh, India.

Professional Study and Training in Population and Family Planning(September 1 - December 23, 1970)

This special program was organized in response to therequest of the Taiwan Provincial Government to provide specialtraining in population and family planning to selected staffmembers of the Institute of Family Planning of the TaiwanProvincial Health Department. Five staff members, each withconsiderable practical experience but lacking specialized formalacademic training, participated.

The program was coordinated by E. Ross Jenney, Consultant.The participants audited a full load of courses at the Schoolof Public Health, supplemented by discussion sessions, additionallectures, and supervised reading assignments at the Institute.

Participants were: Ko-hsiung Su; Min-shing Lin; Hseue-fenTsai; T. W. Hsiah; and Mei-chun Chen--all of the staff of theInstitute of Family Planning, Taiwan Provincial Health Department.

Professional Study in Methods of Computer Utilization (1970-71)

As part of the ongoing cooperative research arrangementbetween the Population Institute and the Korean Institute forResearch in the Behavioral Sciences (KIRES), selected staffmembers of KIRBS came to the Center during 1970-71 for variousperiods of intensive study at the Institute in methods ofutilizing electronic computers in. social science research, and,to some extent, to study research methodology related to otherelements in the cooperative research project.

96

Dr. James Palmore, Assistant Director for InstitutionalCooperation, served as project coordinator.

Participants were: Hong Woo Lee (February 15 -March 7, 1971); Dr. SungJin Lee (July 22 - August 7, 1970 andApril 20 - 29, 1971); and Dr. Sang J00 Lee (April 15 -May 19, 1971), all of the research staff of KIRBS.

97

APPENDIX F

SENIOR FELLOWS

FY 1970-71

1. Dr. Hi-sup Chung, former Minister of Health and SocialAffairs, Republic of Korea


Research and other activity: Centered on four majorprojects: (1) completion of a paper on "Reflections onthe Family Planning Policy of Korea," based on seven years'experience as Minister in charge of family planningprograms (this paper was published as No. 2 in the WorkingPapers Series); (2) writing of a report on the socialdevelopment plan in Korea, with special reference topopulation change and economic development; (3) preparationof a report on the Korean Value Survey (a nationwidesample survey based on 8,400 interviews which was conductedunder Dr. Chung's personal supervision in 1968-1969)including preparation of numerous cross-tabulations of theresponses to the questions in the questionnaire; (4) partialcompletion of a popular book on population control, writtenin the Korean language and intended for policy makers,family planning field workers, and the general public.

Off-campus, Dr. Chung attended the 2nd World Food Congressat the Hague, the Netherlands, as a delegate of the KoreanGovernment; gave a lecture on the Korean Family PlanningProgram at the summer workshop on family planning at theUniversity of Chicago; and participated at the Septemberconference on prostaglandins sponsored by the New YorkAcademy of Sciences in New York.

2. Dr. Nathan Keyfitz, Professor of Demography, University ofCalifornia, Berkeley


Research and other activity: Focused on topics in analyticaldemography. It resulted in four papers (1) "On the Momentumof Population Growth" (2) "Migration as a Means of PopulationControl" (3) "Linkages of Intrinsic to Age-Specific Rates"(14) "How Birth Control Affects Births." These papers werepublished in the Institute's Working Papers Series. Eachwill also be published in various scholarly journals.Other work included (1) completion of parts of the secondrevised edition of a book, Soal Penduduk dan PembangunanIndonesia (The Population Problem and Indonesian Development)

98

originally published in 1953 in co-authorship withProfessor Widjojo; (2) writing of an article, "Populationand its Disequilibrium: The Numbers and Distribution ofMankind" (to be published in Man and EnvironmentW. W. Murdock, ed.); (3) drafts of material on causes ofdeath, including the working out of a new way of computingmultiple decrement tables; (14) start of research onmarriage tables from census data; (5) reviews of AlfredSauvy, General Theory of Population and James H. Cassedy,Demography in Early America Professor Keyfitz alsolectured at the Institute's First Summer Seminar inPopulation and gave seminars to the Hawaii Chapter of theAmerican Statistical Association ("Projection andPrediction") and to the University Department of Sociology("The Population Problem: Why is it Resistant to RationalSolution"). He also carried out his duties as an editorof Theoretical Population Biology reviewed a number ofpapers for other journals; served as President of thePopulation Association of America; organized a new committeeon the Mathematics of Population on behalf of the InternationalUnion for the Scientific Study of Population (IUSSP) andorganized sessions on the mathematics of population for twonational professional meetings.

Off-campus activities included attendance in July at theThird Conference on the Mathematics of Population inChicago where he was discussion leader at two sessions, andattendance at the Mexico City conference of the IUSSP inAugust, where he presented a paper and was organizer ofone of the sessions.

3. Dr. H. Bradley Wells, Professor of Biostatistics, Universityof North Carolina


Research and other activity: In the field of non-samplingerrors in population measurement: (1) Analysis and reportwriting on the "North Carolina Survey of Recently MarriedPersons," a methodological study of the follow-back mailsurvey technique for collecting demographic informationinitiated by Dr. Wells was completed. The report willappear in the methodology report series of the U.S. NationalCenter for Health Statistics (NCHS). (2) An expositorysurvey paper on "Dual Record Systems for Measurement ofFertility Change" was prepared for the United NationsTechnical Committee Meeting on Methods for Analyzing FertilityChange in Developing Countries (Budapest, June 1971). Thepaper appeared in the Institute's Working Papers Series.(3) Development of a bibliography of research in non-samplingerrors, with particular reference to measurement ofdemographic variables. The collection, containing some500 references, includes works on statistical models and

99

theoretical developments as well as on applications todata collected in field investigations. This material willbe published as an occasional publication of the Institute.

Off-campus activities included a one-month visit to India(January 18 - February 13, 1971) under the auspices of theNCHS Office of International Statistical Programs. Thepurpose of the trip was to explore possibilities for newcollaborative demographic research projects to be conductedby Indian researchers, and to review the progress ofpopulation measurement research projects sponsored by NCHS.

ii. S. B. Mukherjee, Senior Economist, Calcutta MetropolitanPlanning Organization, Government of West Bengal


Research and other activity: Divided among four separatebut interrelated projects. (1) Work on a monograph compiling,describing, and analysing age distributions for West Bengalon the district level during the period 1881-1961, includingderivation of vital rates based on age records. (2) Workon a monograph accomplishing the same objective for Indiaas a whole, on the State and major administrative unit level.(3) Research on the measurement of the direction and volumeof migration into the districts of West Bengal, utilizingbirthplace information from censuses and including analysisof economic correlates, such as cultivated land area perhead; size of farms, etc. (14) Measurement of net immigrationinto cities of India with population of 100,000 or more byidentifying components of total population increase. Inaddition to his research activities Mr. Mukherjee has beenactive in lecturing on topics of demography and urbaneconomics on and off campus.

100

APPENDIX C

STAFF

FY 1970-71

Director

Paul Demeny, Ph.D. (Professor of Economics)*

Deputy Director for Administration

Sam P. Gilstrap, also Deputy Chancellor for Administration,East-West Center (Retires June 30, 1971)

Assistant Director for Graduate Study

Murray Chapman, Ph.D. (Assistant Professor of Geography)"

Assistant Director for Professional Study and Training

Lee-Jay Cho, Ph.D. (Associate Professor of Sociology)

Assistant Director for Institutional Cooperation

James A. Palmore, Jr., Ph.D. (Associate Professor ofSocio1ogy)'

Faculty Research Associates

Gary A. Fuller (Assistant Professor of Geography)*Y. Scott Matsumoto, Ph.D. (Associate Professor of Public

Health)*Johannes Overbeek, Ph.D. (Assistant Professor of Economics) CChai Bin Park, M.D. (Professor of Public Health)*Peter N. D. Pine, Ph.D. (Associate Professor of Geography)*

Director, Population Studies Program, College of Artsand Sciences

Florangel Z. Rosario, Ph.D. (Assistant Professor of SpeechCommunication)

Research Associates

Robert Harrison, Ph.D.Robert D. Retherford, Ph.D. (on leave)

* Indicates joint appointment with the University of Hawaii

101

Staff Researchers

Brian Arthur (Visiting, Summer 1971)Monica S. FongSusan P. MartinEleanor C. NordykeDiane DuB. Saunders

Research Assistants

Akiko IkedaSuzi Kindervatter (temporary)James Modecki

Publications Officer

Alan Chalkley

Computer Programmer

Minja Kim Choe

Resource Materials Specialist

Alice D. Harris

Executive Officer for Administration

Keith E. Adamson

Administrative Assistant to the Director

Virginia W. Dolan

Administrative Assistant

Dorothy K. Yoshizumi

Consultant

Lucien A. Gregg, M.D.

102

APPENDIX H


FY 1970-71

1. Seminar on Motivation and Incentive in Family PlanningPrograms

July 29-31, 1970, at the East-West Center, in cooperation(as co-sponsor) with the Southeast Asia DevelopmentAdvisory Group (SEADAG).

Purpose To bring together the experience of variouscountries in Southeast Asia with respect to the role ofmotivation and incentive in creating social/culturalchange in support and acceptance of national familyplanning programs.

Agenda Included country reports on national experiencein motivational programs for six countries: The Philippines,Korea, Hong Kong, Thailand, Laos, and Indonesia and roundtable discussions on a series of topics: the state ofknowledge about the process of motivating people; relationof observed behavior to indicated desire for family size;explanation of divergence between intention and practice;organizational, administrative, evaluation, and otherarrangements needed to create motivation in differentcultures; and other topics.

Panel of Outside Experts Philip N. Hauser, Chairman,University of Chicago; Chung Bom Mo, Korean Institute forResearch in the Behavioral Sciences, Seoul; Maniso Abbay,International Planned Parenthood Federation, Vientiane;Philander P. Claxton, U.S. Department of State; Mercedes B.Concepcion, Population Institute, University of thePhilippines, Manila; Wilhelm Flieger, University of thePhilippines, Manila; Yeeling Fong, Family PlanningAssociation, Hong Kong; Tan Nathanel Iskander, Universityof Indoneisa, Djakarta; Saddasady Khamsone, Vientiane;T. I. Kim, Ministry of Health and Social Affairs, Seoul;John J. Quinn, The Asia Society, New York; Reimert T.Ravenholt, A.I.D.; James K. Shafer, A.I.D.; Peter C. Smith(Rapporteur), University of Chicago; David I. Steinberg,A.I.D.; Irene B. Taeuber, Princeton University, New Jersey;Mali Thaineua, Ministry of Public Health, Bangkok; SomsakVarakamin, Ministry of Public Health, Bangkok; AsavasensWinich, Ministry of Public Health, Bangkok; L. H. Wong,Family Planning Association, Hong Kong.

103

Other Participants Paul Demeny, Director, East-WestPopulation Institute; Nathan Keyfitz, Senior Fellow,East-West Population Institute; Lee-Jay Cho, ResearchAssociate, East-West Population Institute; Johannes Overbeek,Research Associate, East-West Population Institute; JayPalmore, Research Associate, East-West Population Institute.

Conference Results There was nearly general agreementthat insufficient motivation for family planning acceptanceat present is a crucial problem for national family planningprograms as underscored by the large discrepancy betweenindicated desire for family planning services and thenumber actually responding to an invitation to act to controltheir fertility. The country reports made it clear, however,that little systematic work has been done in any of theprograms to (1) assess their impact on levels of motivationand (2) to assess the impact of explicit attempts to changelevels of motivation with respect to family planning. TheSeminar was successful in outlining several basic questionswhich must be answered with respect to the role ofmotivation in family planning, but providing operationallyuseful answers to them will require substantial furtherbasic research on the question of motivation and its social,structural, and psychological determinants.

2. Conference on Manpower Problems in East and Southeast Asia

May 22-28, 1971, in Singapore, jointly sponsored with theUniversity of Singapore; the Asia Foundation; the Instituteof Population Problems, Ministry of Health and Welfare,Japan; the Ministry of Education, Philippines; and theUnited States Agency for International Development.

Purpose To survey existing knowledge and promoteunderstanding of manpower problems of the countries in theregion in relation to the supply and demand for labor, andthe quality of the labor force.

Agenda Twenty-eight papers were presented at the conferencein nine sessions, organized under the three main themes ofthe conference: (1) Labor force and labor supply; (2) Demandfor labor and labor absorption; and (3) Manpower andeducational planning. Papers representing the contributionof the East-West Population Institute were presented undertopics (1) and (2). They included contributions on thesocio-economic classification of the labor force and onlabor absorption in Korea, Taiwan and Hong Kong.

Participants Over 70 experts participated in the conference,of whom over 50 were from outside Singapore. East-WestPopulation Institute sponsored the participation of thefollowing:

104

Laurence C. Chau, Assistant Professor of Economics,University of Hawaii; Paul Demeny, Director, East-WestPopulation Institute; Bert F. Hoselitz, Senior Fellow,East-West Technology and Development Institute; PaulKuznets, Professor of Economics, Indiana University;Harry T. Oshima, Professor of Economics, University ofHawaii.

Conference Results: The conference achieved its aim ofstocktaking of existing knowledge and formulation ofresearch needs in this field. The papers presented at theconference and summaries of discussion results on themajor topics are being prepared for publication. Thework initiated by the conference will be continued throughmore specialized working groups and meetings, includinginvestigations of demographic aspects of manpower trendsand policies in Southeast Asia.

105

APPENDIX I


FY 1970-71

Working Paper Series

1. "On the Momentum of Population Growth," Nathan KeyfitzSeptember 1970, 26 pages

2. "Reflections on the Family Planning Policy of Korea,"Hi-Sup ChungOctober 1970, 31 pages

3. "Husband-Wife Interaction and Family Planning Acceptance,"Florangel Z. RosarioNovember 1970, 21 pages

. "How Birth Control Affects Births," Nathan KeyfitzNovember 1970, 31 pages

5. "Neoclassical Growth Models and the Optimum Rate ofPopulation Growth," Robert L. CrouchNovember 1970, 67 pages

6. "Research in Indonesian Demography: A Bibliographic Essay,"Geoffrey McNicollDecember 1970, 50 pages

7. "Migration as a Means of Population Control," Nathan KeyfitzDecember 1970, 25 pages

8. "Estimating Recent Fertility from Data on Own Children:West Malaysia, 1958 67," Lee-Jay ChoDecember 1970, 31 pages

9. "Linkages of Intrinsic to Age-Specific Rates," Nathan KeyfitzDecember 1970, 33 pages

10. "Methods of Demographic Estimation for StatisticallyUnderdeveloped Areas," Paul DemenyJanuary 1971, 18 pages

11. "A Survey of Social-Psychological Variables Used inStudies of Family Planning," Florangel Z. RosarioFebruary 1971, 28 pages

12. "Interpersonal Communication and the Diffusion of FamilyPlanning in West Malaysia," James A. Palmore, Paul M. Hirschand Ariffin bin MarzukiMarch 1971, 33 pages

106

13. "Dual Record Systems for Measurement of Fertility Change,"H. Bradley WellsApril 1971, 59 pages

l. "Fertility Differentials of Japanese Women in Japan, Hawaii,and California," Y. Scott Natsumoto, Chai Bin Park andBella Z. BellMay 1971, 30 pages

15. "Measuring Mortality: A Self-Teaching Guide to ElementaryMeasures," James A. PalmoreMay 1971, 71 pages

16. "Measuring Fertility and Natural Increase: A Self-TeachingGuide to Elementary Measures," James A. PalmoreMay 1971, 76 pages

Reprint Series

1. "A Population Study in South Guadalcanal: Some Resultsand Implications," Murray ChapmanReprinted from OCEANIA, December 1969, Vol. XL, No. 2,pages 119-147

2. "Causes and Consequences of Excess Fertility," Paul DemenyReprinted from Monograph 7, A Report on a Family PlanningConference, Carolina Population Center, 1970, pages 33_L

3. "Samoa: Two Approaches to Population and Resource Problems,"Peter N. D. PineReprinted from GEOGRAPHY AND A CROWDING WORLD, Zelinsky,Kosinski and Prothero, eds., Oxford University Press 1970pages 493-508

L. "Class and Family in a Modernizing Society," James A.Palmore, Robert E. Klein, Ariffin bin MarzukiReprinted from THE AMERICAN JOURNAL OF SOCIOLOGY, Vol. 76,No. 3, November 1970, pages 375-398

5. "Topics and Networks in Intra-village Communication,"John F. MarshallReprinted from Monograph 9, Carolina Population CenterUniversity of North Carolina 1971, CULTURE AND POPULATION:A COLLECTION OF CURRENT STUDIES, Steven Polgar, ed.pages 160-166

6. "On the Momentum of Population Growth," Nathan KeyfitzReprinted from DEMOGRAPHY, Vol. 8, No. 1, February 1971pages 71-80

107

7. "Korea: Estimating Current Fertility from the 1966 Census,"Lee-Jay ChoReprinted from STUDIES IN FAMILY PLANNING, Vol. 2, No. 3,March 1971, pages 7L_78

Occasional Publications

Bulletin of East-West Population Institute 1970-71, October 1970,12 pages

Bibliography of Population Censuses of Asia and the Pacific inthe Libraries at the University of Hawaii as of October 1970,compiled by Monica Forig, January 1971, 68 pages

Reference Collection - Books and Pamphlets - compiled byAlice D. Harris, January 1971, 52 pages

108

APPENDIX J

FY 1970-71

EXECUTIVE COUNCIL

Everett K1einans (Chairman)Chancellor, East-West Center

Stuart M. Brown, Jr.Vice President for Academic AffairsUniversity of Hawaii

John A. BrownellDeputy Chancellor for Academic AffairsEast-West Center

Robert N. KaminsDean for Academic DevelopmentUniversity of Hawaii

Paul DemenyDirector, East-West Population Institute

INTERNATIONAL ADVISORY COMMITTEE

Philip M. Hauser (Chairman)Director, Population Research CenterUniversity of Chicago

C. ChandrasekaranRegional Advisor on Population PoliciesPopulation Division, United NationsECAFE Secretariat, Bangkok, Thailand

L. P. Chow, M.D.Department of Population DynamicsThe Johns Hopkins University

Ansley J. CoaleDirector, Office of Population ResearchPrinceton University

Mercedes B. ConcepcionDirector, Population InstituteUniversity of the Philippines

Toshio KurodaChief, Migration Research DivisionInstitute of Population ProblemsMinistry of Health and Welfare, Tokyo, Japan

E. Hyock Kwon, M.D.Dean, College of MedicineSeoul National University, Korea

John Maier, M.D.Associate Director, Biomedical SciencesThe Rockefeller Foundation, New York

109

Norma McArthurAustralian National UniversityCanberra, Australia

Visid PrachuabniohDirector, Institute of Population StudiesChulalongkorn University, Bangkok, Thailand

Nafis Sadik, M.D.Director, General, Pakistan Family Planning CouncilKarachi

Saw Swee-HockProfessor of Statistics, University of Hong Kong

Douglas S. YamamuraProfessor of Sociology, University of Hawaii

You Poh SengDirector, Economic Research CentreUniversity of Singapore

110

CHAPTER V

East-West Technology

and Development Institute

East-7 Technologyand Development Institute

The East-West Technology and Development institute facedsome unusual problems during its first year of organization,partly because it inherited a large number of jointly-sponsoredtraining project commitments from the former Institute forTechnical Interchange. At the same time the new Institute hadto formulate an integrated program on technology and developmentto meet the challenge of change in the 1970s. Prime considerationswere the very real advances made in higher education in Asiaduring the last 10 to 15 years, and the heightened role ofresearch and professional training in development planning andadministration.

While professional training and academic programs werecarried at a satisfactory level during the year, primaryemphasis was placed on program planning with advice fromauthorities in Asia, the Pacific area and the United States.As a result of such extensive consultations, the decision wasmade to focus the Institute programs on the dual themes of:(1) fostering the entreprenurial role in development by workingon problems of organization and management of private and publicenterprises, and (2) adaptation of technology and technologicaleducation to current problems of both East and West.

Institute programs give an added dimension to conventionaluniversity education and technical training by involvingstudents, senior scholars, technologists and administrators ona multi-national, multi-disciplinary level. They are based onthe concept that development (in both East and West) occurswhen individuals and groups with entreprenurial orientationand capability initiate and carry through new ideas orcombinations of ideas in an organized manner, using technologyas an adaptable instrument, to produce new and durable normsand standards of action that result in institutional building.

An encouraging start was made on establishing cooperativerelationships with forward-looking technological anddevelopmental institutions in Asia, the Pacific and on the U.S.mainland, as well as collaboration with University of Hawaiidepartments (See below). Such cooperative institutionalrelationships are vital for attracting promising candidatesfor graduate study, developing relevant professional study andtraining programs, and in determining areas for research inthe Institute's four key areas of development entrepreneurship,technology adaptation, integrated development planning, andinstitution building.

113

GRADUATE STUDY

In the first year of the Institute's operation a total of29 graduate students, including six Ph.D. candidates, wereaffiliated with the program. Nationalities represented were:Korea 11; India 7; United States 4; Japan and Pakistan,2 each; and one each from the Republic of China, Nepal andThailand. An additional 40 graduate students from 11 countrieswere selected for affiliation with the Institute in the Fallof 1971. (See Appendix F).

Disciplines in which they are seeking M.A. and Ph.D.degrees included business administration, civil engineering,economics, electrical engineering, ocean engineering,political science, public health, and teaching English as asecond language (Now transferred to the Culture LearningInstitute).

Institute programs provide graduate students withexperience beyond their degree studies by involvement inseminars, training programs, research, field study, and otheractivities carried out in the four main areas mentionedabove.

During the year, for example, Institute studentsparticipated in two seminars on regional cooperation inSoutheast Asia conducted with two Senior Fellows, Dr. SeijiNaya and Dr. Sonisakdi Xuto.

Dr. Maya also directed a series of six seminars in theSpring of 1971 on the theme, "Toward an Understanding ofDevelopment in Asia." Among the discussion leaders were fourPh.D. students, Shabbir Cheema, Richard Wada, William Hellerand Richard Schatz. Other discussion leaders includedDr. Robert Stauffer, Professor of Political Science at theUniversity of Hawaii, and Dr. Bert Hoselitz, Senior Fellow.

The spring semester represented a successful synthesis ofstaff, Senior Fellow and student inputs as an example of theintegration of research and education programs within theInstitute. The free-flowing sessions provided a good deal ofexchange by bringing together not only interdisciplinaryinterests, but also different levels of scholarly input ontoa common forum.

Six Institute students went on field study during thefiscal year. (See Appendix G).


While professional training projects were carried out bythe Institute to fulfill commitments made in earlier years, astart was made on carrying out new Institute concepts.

114

A total of 1,182 short-term participants engaged in theInstitute-concerned professional study and training projectsduring the fiscal year. They included 436 men and women in42 projects carried out in Hawaii at the East-West Centerand at various private companies and governmental agenciesin the community for on-the-job training and observation.Seven workshops were conducted in Asian/Pacific field areasfor 6'46 participants (See Appendix B for details of projects).

Participants came from some 20 countries and territoriesfor the professional study and training projects, whichcovered a variety of subject areas ranging from librarytraining to travel industry management. The largest numberwere enrolled in education and mechanical technology programs.The education programs will be continued in the future bythe East-West Culture Learning Institute. Mechanicaltechnology projects will be continued but the emphasischanged to reflect the Institute's new focus.

Projects planned for the coming year will be focused on thefollowing thematic categories:

Development Entrepreneurship

1. Small business entrepreneurship development.

2. Entrepreneurship in large-scale organizations.

3. Management development in public affairs.

4. Youth and community leadership development.

Technology Adaptation

1. Engineer-turned businessmen.

2. Intermediate technology.

3. Trainers-of-trainers in technical education.

4. Marine technology.

Integrated Development Planning

1. Micro-planning.

2. Social planning.

3. Urban and regional planning.

Institution Building

1. Administrative reform.

115

Two successful examples of "pilot projects" conductedduring the year as a guide to future training were the YouthDevelopment Workshop and the Social Planning Seminar andWorkshop.

In the Youth Development Workshop 16 participants fromnine Asian and Pacific countries met to exchange ideas anddiscuss their respective programs and problems of youthdevelopment. The Social Planning Seminar and Workshoprepresents the initial project of the type planned for thefuture. It aims at a higher level of participant and training,as well as higher caliber resource persons. The purpose ofthis project is to provide the opportunity for policy makersand staff planners to exchange ideas and for technicaltraining in planning methods (See Appendix B for details).

RESEARCH

Eight Senior Fellows from Japan, Korea, Pakistan, Thailandand the United States conducted research in the Instituteduring the fiscal year (See Appendix A for details).In addition to specific research in fields ranging fromcomputer usage in public administration to social andcultural factors in modern management techniques, the SeniorFellows were active in program planning for the Institute andin seminars and other associations with graduate students.


Cultivation of institutional linkages was an importantpart of the initial institution building effort of TDI. Forthis purpose, the Director undertook a series of extensivetrips in the first few months, taking advantage of outsidefinanced conferences and speaking engagements: to San Francisco,Washington, D.C., New York, and Pittsburgh in November 1970;to Manila, Hong Kong, Seoul in December 1970; to Bangkok andSingapore in March 1971. Principal organizations covered inthese trips included:

In November --

National Academy of Science;National Science Foundation;AID Office of Science E Technology;White House Office of Science Technology;AID Office of Development Administration;United Nations Office of Science S Technology;United Nations Division of Public Administration;The Ford Foundation;The Asia Foundation;University of Pittsburgh.

116

In December --

University of the Philippines;Asia Institute of Management (AIM);The Ford Foundation, Manila;Asia Development Bank (ADB);Eastern Regional Organization for Public Administration

(EROPA), Manila;Association for Southeast Asian Institutions for Higher

Learning (ASAIHL), Hong Kong;Chinese University of Hong Kong;Seoul National University;Korea Institute of Science S Technology (KIST).

In March --

Economic Commission for Asia S the Far East (ECAFE);The Ford Foundation, Bangkok;National Institute for Development Administration, Bangkok;Asian Institute of Technology, Bangkok;Nanyang University, Singapore;Commission for Advancement of Christian Higher Education

in Asia, Singapore.

These visits were followed by staff visits to selectedinstitutions in Asia and the Pacific. Dr. R. Michael Pearce,Assistant Director and Dr. Paul Yuen, Associate Dean ofthe College who took up an appointment as staff consultantin the Institute, traveled together to various institutionsto establish cooperative relationships.

Among the institutions they visited were Mindanao StateUniversity, Philippines; Nanyang University, Singapore;Institute of Technology, Bandung, Indonesia; UniversitiKebangsaan and Mara Institute of Technology, Malaysia; AsianInstitute of Technology, Thailand; University of Hong Kong;National Taiwan University; Korean Institute of Science STechnology; Korean Development Bank and Yeung Nam University,Taegu, Korea.

There was a close working relationship with the Universityof Hawaii College of Engineering. Other University of Hawaiicolleges and departments which collaborated in the Instituteplanning process included Marine Programs, College ofBusiness Administration, Department of Economics, Departmentof Political Science, Pacific Urban Studies Planning Program,School of Public Health, and School of Social Work.

Work with these colleges and departments reflects thepurposeful Institute orientation toward education of developmententrepreneurs as whole men embracing some combination ofengineer-manager-planner.

117

In establishing relationships with Asian/Pacificinstitutions, a special emphasis was placed on identifyingand contacting essentially non-metropolitan universities inseveral Asian countries on a preliminary basis for a pilot projectin faculty development through the Institute's educationprograms. The preliminary list includes: Mindanao StateUniversity, Narawi City, Philippines; Cheng Kung University,Taiwan, Republic of China; Yeungnam University, Taegu, Korea;Gadja Mada University, Jogjakarta, Indonesia; UniversitiKebangsaan, Kuala Lumpur, Malaysia; University of lKonkaen,Thailand.

It is planned to bring students in relevant technologyand development fields from these non-metropolitan universitiesfor graduate education at the University of Hawaii and otheruniversities to equip them for eventual faculty roles at theirhome institutions. Such faculty development will resultultimately in a meaningful contribution to the development ofthe relatively underdeveloped regions in which the universitiesare located.

The Institute's planning conference on science andtechnology programs in March also set a pattern for inter-institutional collaboration. Three metropolitan institutionsfrom Asia--AlT, KIST, and National Taiwan University--wererepresented. A fourth Asian institution, Mindanao StateUniversity, was indirectly involved because of its uniquesituation as a non-metropolitan institution. U.S. mainlandrepresentatives were from Colorado State University, Universityof California, Berkeley, Massachusetts Institute of Technologyand the American Society for Engineering Education. A fifthU.S. participant was from the industrial DevelopmentDivision of the Georgia Institute of Technology, which isunique in its developmental role in the non-metropolitan areaof the State of Georgia as well as its relationships inLatin America. It is planned that this pattern of collaborationwill be replicated in other key Institute thematic areas suchas entrepreneurship development in the near future.

STAFF DEVELOPMENT

Dr. Dai Ho Chun, Director of the former Institute forTechnical Interchange, remained past retirement age to serveas Acting Director of the new East-West Technology andDevelopment Institute for its first two months of existence.Dr. Hahn-Been Lee, Dean of the Graduate School of PublicAdministration at Seoul National University and former SeniorSpecialist (1965-66) at the East-West Center, became Directorin September 1970 and inherited a three-man program stafffrom ITI. While the business of formulating the conceptualframework of the Institute required time, the need forerecting a pattern of functional integration was pressing.In addition to several on-going training activities initiated

118

by its predecessor organization, a number of SeniorSpecialists (the category was later renamed Senior Fellows)already had been reassigned to the Institute from the formerInstitute of Advanced Projects as well as an initial groupof students assigned from the former Institute for StudentInterchange.

The initial organizational solution was reorientation, withrequisite revamping, of the inherited staff into a skeletonof a new organization. Thus, one of the senior programofficers, Mr. Frederich Burian, whose past duty had involvedmainly programs in travel industry management and othermanagerial training, was reassigned to be in charge of allstudent affairs in the Institute. Another senior programofficer, Mr. Harold Ajirogi, who had been chiefly involvedin training in the health and public affairs field, wasgiven the assignment of coordinating all non-degree programsin the Institute. A third senior program officer,Mr. Gregory Trifonovitch, whose main interest had been intraining programs designed for participants from the TrustTerritories, was reoriented toward a broader assignment intechnology and development training for the entire SouthPacific area. He was later seconded to the East-WestCulture Learning Institute at the request of the latter andthe Chancellor's office.

The obvious missing link in the basic organization was inthe research sector and Senior Fellow support. The newdirector decided to recruit a person who would combine theduties of a "deputy" and also be responsible for researchinitiation and Senior Fellows support. Thus, Dr. R. MichaelPearce, who was then assistant to the President of theUniversity of Hawaii, was recruited as Assistant Directoreffective January 1, 1971, although his actual service withthe Institute started with the forward planning effort, inmid-November 1970. A social scientist with personalexperience in Southeast Asia, the new Assistant Directoradded an intellectual element which was essential in fillingthe organizational gap mentioned above, as well as becominga partner in forward planning. The addition of a deputymaterially relieved the director of these tasks in order forhim to lead program development, staff recruitment andinstitutional outreach.

Another important step in staff development was therecruitment of Dr. Paul Yuen, Associate Dean of the Collegeof Engineering, University of Hawaii, as Consultant to theInstitute, effective January 1971. Working as a part-timeconsultant on planning science and technology programs,Dr. Yuen specifically took charge of staff planning for theplanning conference on Science and Technology in March 1971and undertook an extensive trip in Asia already mentionedabove. His report from this trip included assessments of thequalities and relevance those institutions have as potentialpartners of the Institute.

119

Once the skeletal structure to deal with the daily operationof the Institute was established, concrete steps were takento recruit resource persons into the permanent staff whowould represent substantive inputs to the various programsand projects spelled out in the planning process. TheDirector's own institutional visits plus the conference inMarch were the main sources of this staff recruitment.During the latter half of the program year, negotiations forappointment of the following four individuals were concluded:

Louis Goodman, Project Specialist, Engineering Education andRegional Development, the Ford Foundation, Philippines.(Joint appointment with the University of Hawaii College ofEngineering).

Young Whan Hahn, Ph.D. 1971, Economic and Social Development,University of Pittsburgh.

Marshall Merriam, Associate Professor, School of Engineering,University of California, Berkeley.

John Richards, Ph.D. 1971, Development Economics, Universityof Wisconsin. (Joint appointment with University of HawaiiDepartment of Economics).

Each of the new resource staff will be assigned to one of thefour main thematic areas of the Institute's programs inconjunction and collaboration with the continuing staff.Although further addition of talents will be necessary inthe coming years, this first group of resource personsrepresents a significant step toward the development of acritical mass of substantive staff. Together with thesystematic selection and inflow of Senior Fellows and Fellows,they are expected to provide essential intellectual inputsfor the continued development of meaningful Institute programs.

CONFERENCE AND SEMINARS

The Planning Conference for New Science and TechnologyPrograms in March 1971 brought together leading authoritiesin the field from the Republic of China, Korea, Thailandand the United States. In addition to helping establish anetwork linking Asian, Pacific and American institutions forscientific and technological development, the participantsmade many valuable recommendations for all Institute programs(See Appendix D).

Two key ideas originating from this conference were ofparticular importance in establishing the Institute'spriorities: (1) The Institute was suggested as a linkorganization for promoting relevancy of technology educationboth in Asia and the United States; and (2) The Instituteshould serve as a "school for entrepreneurship." Both

120

concepts were closely related and it was recognized by thegroup of experts that in the developmental context therewas no dearth of knowledge on technology, but there was adistinct lack of creative organizations of individual andinstitutional resources which could mobilize such knowledge.

A Micro-Planning Seminar also brought together planningofficials from Asian countries and scholars to present theirviews on the long-range needs for micro-planning projectswhich might be undertaken by the Institute. The participantsconcluded that the areas which might seem appropriate for theInstitute are those which have been neglected by internationalorganizations and governments, and which are too specializedand inter-disciplinary for academic institutions. Suchprojects should emphasize labor-intensive industries andhave a strong impact on social development. Accordingly,these recommendations have been included as a fundamentalpart of the Institute's integrated development planningprogram.

Two Asian scholars, Dr. Kee Chun Han from Korea, andDr. Moriuemon Ito from Japan, joined an eminent Americanscholar, Dr. Bert F. Hoselitz, as Senior Fellows to work ona project jointly sponsored with the Asian Productivityorganization on "Cultural Factors in Productivity Dynamics."This team project initially consisted of a series offaculty-level seminars which included members from theDepartments of Anthropology, Sociology, Economics, PoliticalScience and College of Business Administration, Universityof Hawaii. Following this, the team members focusedspecifically on the question of entrepreneurship in developingnations. The preliminary results of these sessions havebeen a fundamental contribution to the Institute planning forthe dominant theme of entrepreneurship.

A series of four research and planning seminars have beenscheduled for the coming year to serve as the continuation ofthe sessions held during the past year, as well as to provideintegrating links for the various functional program formats.The proposed schedule of these seminars are:

November 1971 -- Entrepreneurship and technologicalinnovation

February 1972 -- Relevant curriculum for developingengineering

April 1972 -- Research design on institution building

June 1972 -- Social indicators and development planning

121

PUBLICATIONS

Plans were made to initiate two Institute publications series:reprint series, and working papers. At the end of thereporting period eleven reprints were scheduled forpublication, and two working papers are being prepared. (SeeAppendix C).


The Institute research collection increased steadily during thepast year, but the real growth is anticipated duringFY 1971-72 when four new staff members will be added to theInstitute.

FUTURE PLANS

The formulation of the 1971-72 program and budget for theInstitute is the culmination of the year's main work ofthinking and planning. It is hoped that this integratedprogram will set a pattern for several years to come.Naturally, expansion and revision will be necessary as theInstitute develops. But it should serve as an adequate basis.

Program year 1971-72 will be a critical year for the Institute,for both the relevance of the program themes and theadequacy of the structure and resources which will be testedduring that period. Among the several important contributingfactors that stand out are:

a

1. The capability of the newly grouped staff to sharpen theprogram focus and ensure program effectiveness. Arigorous system of evaluation will be built into everyproject undertaken, and hasty program planning and thequest of sheer numbers constantly guarded against. Teamefforts will be made to maximize inter-program followups and feedbacks. Special efforts will be made by theInstitute leadership to streamline the working relationshipsamong the program staff and resource staff. This willperhaps be the single most crucial factor in determiningthe effectiveness of the Institute program.

2. In order to assure acceptance and diffusion of Instituteconcepts by students, University of Hawaii departmentsand cooperating institutions, and to augment the strengthof the program and resource staff, it will be necessaryto draw a substantial number of highly reputed andrelevant Senior Fellows and Fellows in the key thematicfields. Thematic relevance is being rigorously emphasizedin the selection of Senior Fellows and Fellows. Theinstitutional impact and collaboration of the appointmentsalso is a consideration.

122

3. Selection of the appropriate students and participants isof critical importance for the short-term and long-rangeeffectiveness of Institute programs. Energetic effortswill be made to increase the inventory of relevantinformation regarding sources of requisite student andparticipant resources. Staff travel will be systematicallyarranged to maximize staff opportunities to personallycontact individuals and institutions for potential andcontinuing cultivation and collaboration.

. Concentrated efforts will be made to cultivate continuingproductive relations with carefully selected units ofthe University of Hawaii, especially the College ofEngineering, College of Business Administration, MarinePrograms, and PUSPP. Program effectiveness will requirea conscious concentration of attention and resourcestoward realizing these relations.

5. Efforts will be made to develop a "creative overlap"with other institutes of the Center through joint programplanning and implementation. The proposed Center-wideConference on "Development as a Whole" could be a mostopportune vehicle for inter-institute collaboration andcoordination.

123

APPENDIX A

SENIOR FELLOWS

FY 1970-71

1. Dr. B. A. Abbas, Deputy Secretary, Establishment Division,Government Pakistan, Islamabad, Pakistan


Research and other activity: Computers and publicadministration training. Member of TDI Forward PlanningCommittee. Co-author of book, Pakistan A Compendium ofits Government Politics, and Development Administration.Completed manuscript onin-Pakistan.

The Politics of Famil

2. Dr. Kee Chun Han, Chairman, Department of Economics,College of Commerce and Economics, Yonsei University,Seoul, Korea


Research and other activity: Team member in the jointlysponsored TDI/Asian Productivity Organization researchproject on "Soclo-cultural factors in productivitydynamics." TDI seminar on "The Social and PoliticalAspects of Modern Economic Development." Independentresearch on differential growth rates of Asian countries,which will be published shortly.

3. Dr. Bert F. Hoselitz, Professor of Economics and SocialSciences, University of Chicago, Chicago, Illinois


Research and other activity: The development and role innation-building of an entrepreneurial class in Asia. Leda weekly seminar on "The Social and Political Aspects ofModern Economic Development." Participated in a TDIseminar on The Role of Entrepreneurship in Underdevelopedcountries. Discussion leader for "Urban Development inAsia" as part of TDI spring seminar, "Toward anUnderstanding of Development in Asia." Presented twopublic lectures: "Population, Agriculture and Income inChanging Societies"; "Social Implications of EconomicGrowth." Participated as discussant in Asian Manpowerconference in Singapore. Presented three lectures inJapan on unemployment and underemployment in India.Prepared a list of articles and wrote an introduction for

125

a book, Health in Underdeveloped CountriesProducedseveral papers Tncludedinvarious books:

ItSocio*.psychological Factors in Development" to be published inConference on Micro-Aspects of Development; "TheDevelopment of a Labor Market on the Process of EconomicGrowth," to be published in Labor__Movements in EconomicDevelopment "Social implication of Economic Growth, tobe published in Dimensions of Underdeveloped__Countries"Economics" to be 7-d17 shed, in Sources of Information inthe Social Sciences.

4. Dr. Moriuemon Ito, Professor of the Otaru University ofCommerce, Otaru, Hokkaido, Japan


Research and other activity: Team member of the jointTDIIAsian Productivity Organization sponsored researchproject, "Cultural Factors in Productivity Dynamics."Participant and discussion leader in TDI seminar, "TheSocial and Political Aspects of Modern Economic Development."Planner and participant in TDI seminar on the role ofentrepreneurship in underdeveloped countries. Results ofindependent research on the influence of social andcultural factors in modern techniques of management to bepublished.

5. Dr. James S. McKenzie-Pollock, Medical Director, AmericanSocial Health Association, New York, New York


Research and other activity: The Science of NationalHealth Planning. Participation in TDI non-degree trainingproject on health and social planning

6. Dr. Seiji Naya, Professor of Economics, Department ofEconomics, University of Hawaii, Honolulu, Hawaii


Research and other activity: International economicproblems of Asian countries The role of trade ineconomic development, including short-run trade expansionand policy problems, and regional cooperation as a meansto promote foreign trade and industrialization ofdeveloping countries in Asia. Organized and conductedstudent seminar on "Regional Cooperation in Asia."Organized and conducted seminar on "Toward an Understandingof Development in Asia," Presented paper, "Role ofDeveloped Pacific Basin Countries in Asian and Pacific

126

Economic Development," at Pacific Basin EconomicCooperation Council. Delivered lectures on tariffpolicies and protections in Thailand and Indonesia.Published "The Vietnam War and Some Aspects of itsEconomic Impact on Asian Countries," in The DevelopingEconomies Produced other papers for publicationincluding: "Fluctuation in Export earnings and economicpatterns of Asian countries"; "Trade, Foreign Investment,and Aid: The Role of the U.S. and Japan in EconomicDevelopment" (with Richard Schatz); "The Pattern ofEffective Protection Under Fixed Coefficients andSubstitution, Korean Case."

7. Dr. Harry T. Oshima, Professor of Economics, Department ofEconomics, University of Hawaii, Honolulu, Hawaii


Research and other activity: Income inequality and Asiangrowth. Growth of employment, underemployment and thelabor force explosion. The relation between the growthof income and employment. Participant in Asian Manpowerconference in Singapore. Member of TDI Forward Planningcommittee. Presented two public lectures on "TheProblems of Postwar Asian Growth: The Labor ForceExplosion"; "Income Distribution, Consumption and Growth.Published "Income Equality and Growth: Postwar AsianExperience," in Malayan Economic Review.

8. Dr. Somsakdi Xuto, Associate Professor, Chairman,Department of Foreign Affairs & Diplomacy, ChulalongkornUniversity, Bangkok, Thailand


Research and other activity: Regional cooperation inSoutheast Asia: problems, possibilities and prospects.Planned and participated in TDI spring seminar "Toward anUnderstanding of Development in Asia." Joint participantin TDI seminar, "Regional Cooperation in Southeast Asia."Member of the planning committee for a new program inhumanities and the arts. Member of the humanities projectadvisory committee. Consultant to the Center forCross-Cultural Training and Research. Produced severalpublications including: "The Image of Politics," to bepublished in the PHP Institute Journal; "Prospects forstability and security in Southeast Asia" in PacificCommunity "The Nixon Doctrine, Regionalism and theSecurity of Southeast Asia" to be published in The AsiaQuarterly Review of Toward Disengagement in Asia byBernard Gordon.

127

APPENDIX B


FY 1970-71

MANAGEMENT

Management Development (August 3 - 28, 1970)

Eleven participants from Guam, American Samoa, Republicof China, Western Samoa, Fiji, U.S. Trust Territory and Tongaparticipated in this project. The purpose of this trainingseminar was to allow opportunity for mid-management personnelto exchange ideas and experiences about management functionsso they can gain from each other to improve their managementskills. Review principles of administration and managementfunctions.

The primary resource people for this project were:Mr. Dewey Kim, Vice-President in Charge of Systems, Universityof Hawaii; Dr. Emmanuel Voulgaropoulos, School of Public Health,University of Hawaii; Dr. E. Ross Jenney, Population Institute,East-West Center; Dr. Walter Quisenberry, Director, HawaiiState Department of Health; Mr. Robert Hewett, Director ofPublic Affairs, East-West Center; Dr. Satoru Iztusu, Chief ofOperations, Regional Medical Program; Dr. Csaba Sziklai,Psychologist, Private Practice and various agencies such asKapiolani Maternity Hospital, College of Continuing Education, etc.

The participants were: Mr. Huey-Te Hu, Director, HealthCenter, Republic of China; Mr. Ping-Shi Yu, Superintendent,Republic of China; Mrs. Yu-Fen Wang, Acting Chief, NursingDepartment, Republic of China; Miss Elaine Tuatoo, AssistantMedical Records Librarian, Fiji; Mrs. Betty Guerrero,Administrator, Comprehensive Health Planning, Guam; Mr. RoscoeBonod, Hospital Administrator, U.S. Trust Territory;Mr. Ngirakesau Tkel, Hospital Administrator, U.S. TrustTerritory; Mr. John Kite, Assistant Secretary to the Premier,Tonga; Dr. Sale leremia, Chief, Division of Public Health,Western Samoa; Mr. Eneliko Sofai, Teacher, American Samoa;Mrs. Annie Jennings, Vice-Principal, American Samoa.

Program proved valuable for middle-management group butcourse should include other broader subject areas that havebearing on policy and decision making.

128

Micro-Planning Seminar (September 2 - 12, 1970)

The purpose of this seminar was to develop plans for a longrange program of intensive training and research for juniorplanning officials from Asia and the Pacific. Nine senior-levelofficials from selected planning agencies were gathered todiscuss the nature of planning needs confronting the countriesand the priorities in training fields of the scope and methodsof organizing East-West Center sponsored training projects inmicro-planning.

The resource persons for this seminar were Dr. K. S.Krishnaswamy, Economic Development Institute; Dr. GustavPapanek, Harvard University; Dr. Wilfred Owen, BrookingsInstitution; Dr. Leland Burns, UCLA; Dr. Arie Beenhakker, FordFoundation, Nepal; Dr. Steen McCall, AID/Washington; Dr. HiroshiKitamura, Senior Specialist, EWC; Dr. Harry Oshima, Universityof Hawaii; Dr. Burnham Campbell, Dr. Edward Barnet, Dr. SeijiNaya, Dr. Louis Crampon, Dr. Walter Miklius, Dr. Robert Kamins,Dr. Richard K. C. Lee, Dr. Heinz Spielmann, Dr. Steven Lau,Dr. Salvatore Comitini, Dr. Chennat Gopalakrishnan, Dr. Fred Hung,Dr. John Haines, Dr. Teruo Ihara, Dr. Yeong-Her Yeh, Universityof Hawaii; Dr. Lee-Jay Cho, Dr. Paul Demeny, East-West Center;Dr. George Kanahele, State of Hawaii; Dr. Shelley Mark, Stateof Hawaii; Dr. Lucien Gregg, Rockefeller Foundation;Dr. K. N. Kohli, Asian Development Bank, Philippines; Dr. AlfredWhite, NESA, AID/Washington.

The participants were Dr. Heinz Arndt, Director, PacificSchool, Australia National University, Australia; ShaharuddinBin Haron, Principal Assistant Secretary, Economic Planning Unit,Prime Minister's Department, Malaysia; Dr. K. C. Han, Professorof Economics, Yonsei University, Seoul, Korea; Mr. Hung Ao-Lee,Senior Specialist, Overall Planning Division, CIECD, Taiwan;Mr. Apolinario N. Orosa, Deputy Director-General for Programming,Presidential Economic Staff, Philippines; Dr. Miyohei Shinohara,Director, Economics Research Institute, Japan; Thomrat Sivaranon,Director, Economic Studies Division, Office of National EconomicDevelopment Board, Thailand; Mr. Soekarno, Head of Bureau ofProject Financing, Indonesia; Mrs. Foong Yin Koh, EconomicResearch Center, University of Singapore.

Asian Business School Junior Faculty Development (June 10 -December 15, 1971)

Three junior-level faculty members from Asian Colleges ofBusiness Administration are participating in this project. Theobjectives of this project are (1) to assist the participant inevaluating his own teaching and/or research; (2) to present toparticipants American business school teaching practices andencourage evaluation of their applicability to his own country;

129

(3) to renew or update the participant in his special field ofstudy. Each participant is assigned a faculty member and servesas his teaching and/or research assistant. Participants alsotake a limited number of academic courses and assist in thedevelopment of case studies in the area of internationalbusiness.

The resource persons for this project are Dr. IKwan Hi Lie,International Programs, College of Business Administration,University of Hawaii; and other CEA professors.

The participants are Mr. Gouri S. Gupta, Lecturer,University of Delhi, India; Mr. Kouji Tsubaki, Assistant,School of Commerce, Waseda University, Japan; Mr. Krit Umpote,Junior Lecturer of Training Center, NIDA, Thailand.

This project is part of TDI's effort to upgrade the levelof curriculum and instruction in Asian schools of businessadministration.

Ocean Seminar (April 28 - May 2, 1971)

The East-West Center cooperated with the Pacific BasinEconomic Council in implementing this seminar. The seminar wasdesigned for outstanding, young businessmen from Australia,Canada, Japan, New Zealand, United States and South Vietnam.The purpose of the seminar was to provide an environment wherebusinessmen could discuss their mutual professional problems inan international setting.

The leadership for the seminar drew heavily on TDI's seniorfellows. Included as lecturers or discussants in the seminarwere Dr. Seiji Naya, Dr. Moriuemon Ito, Dr. Kee Chun Han andDr. Somsakdi Xuto.

The participants were from Australia: C. A. Attfield,Administrative Officer, Bank of New South Wales; M. R. Bayliss,International Banking Division, The Commercial Banking Companyof Sydney, Ltd.; R. T. Brunskill, Manager, Stock ExchangeBranch, Australia & New Zealand Banking Group, Ltd.;H. A. F. Byrnes, Manager, Credit and Lending, The CommercialBank of Australia, Ltd.; J. Crabb, Assistant Manager, SouthernStates, Sims Consolidated, Ltd.; G. W. Simpson, Treasurer,Sims Consolidated, Ltd.; P. E. Day, Merchandise Supervisor,Elder Smith Goldbrough Mortgage, Ltd.; from Canada:E. C. Hanington, Project Planning Manager, MicrosystemsInternational, Ltd; from Japan: M. Arasaki, Sub-Manager,Staff Department, The Sanwa Bank, Ltd.; I. Horii, LoanSupervisor, The Bank of Tokyo; S. Ishihara, Assistant GeneralManager, Technical Development Department F. EnvironmentalDevelopment Center, Mitsui Company, Ltd.; Y. Kajiura, ChiefRepresentative, The Fuji Bank; T. Natori, InternationalOfficer, Foreign Department, The Industrial Bank of Japan, Ltd.;

130

K. Mishimura, Chief of Asia-Oceania Section, InternationalDepartment, Marubeni-lida, Ltd.; W. Ohini, Passenger Manager,Mitsui 0. S. K. Lines, Ltd.; T. Ohshima, Manager, PlanningDepartment, Ishikawajima-Harima Heavy Industries Company, Ltd.;Y. Sakamoto, Deputy Manager of International Affairs Division,Japan Chamber of Commerce, Industries; C. Samejima, SectionManager, Ship Sales Department, Mitsubishi Heavy Industries, Ltd.;T. Suzuki, Manager, West Asia S Middle East Section Marketing SCoordination Department, Mitsubishi Shoji Kaisha, Ltd.Y. Takasawa, Chief of Gas Section, Gas S Petroleum, C. Itoh SCompany, Ltd.; S. Tashiro, Planning Department, TorayIndustries, Inc.; K. Yoshida, Assistant Manager, OverseasDepartment, Kawasaki Heavy Industries, Ltd.; T. Yoshimura,Assistant General Manager, Budget S Accounts, Nippon SteelCorporation; from New Zealand: N. C. Harris, Cargo OperationsManager, Seatrains Consolidated (New Zealand) Ltd.; from U.S.J. T. Hallisy, Coordinator, Cargo Scheduling and ContractAdministration, Marcona Corporation; S. Iki, Manager, Marketing-Commercial, Marcona, Inc.; R. C. Palma, Vice President, CorporateBanking Division, Bank of Hawaii; from Vietnam: Duong-Ngoc Suu,President, Saigon Chamber of Commerce; Nguyen Ba Dich, Director-General, Thanh-My Industrial Company; Nguyen-Tan Doi, President,Tin-Nghia Bank; Huynh-Dao Ngia, General Manager, Kaping Company,(HYNOS) Cosmetic Products Industry; from Puerto Rico: RolandPerusse, Executive Director, Caribbean Economic DevelopmentCorporation.

Resource persons were K. J. Kavic, University of BritishColumbia; T. Yamada, Nippon Steel Corporation; G. L. Ness, NessIndustries; George Kanahele, State of Hawaii Department of PlanningS Economic Development; A. F. C. Hean, Barristers S Solicitors,Canada; Clifton Terry, President, Bank of Hawaii. Mrs. LeoneProck, Ph.D., of Simon Fraser University was coordinator.

Travel Industry Management Academic Development #2 (September(September 1, 1970 - August 31, 1971)

Six teachers of post-baccalaureate-level travel industrymanagement academic programs were invited to take two semestersof course work in the School of Travel Industry Management,University of Hawaii. In addition to their academic program theparticipants were assigned to selected Waikiki hotels for twomonths of on-the-job training. The combination of academiccourse work and internship afforded an optimal mix of theoryand practice.

The resource persons for the project were Robert N. Rinker,Executive Vice President, Hawaii Hotel Association;Professor Chuck Y. Gee, Associate Dean, School of TravelIndustry Management, University of Hawaii; Mrs. Kathy Luther,Personnel Director, Kahala Hilton Hotel; Mrs. Melissa Fontes,Personnel Director, Ala Moana Hotel; Dr. Clarence Hodge, HawaiiVisitors Bureau.

131

The participants were Mr. Dong Ho Kim, Lecturer, KyonggiCollege, Korea; Mrs. Sangworn Panyadilok, Assistant Professor,Faculty of Commerce S Accountancy, Chulalongkorn University,Thailand; Mrs. Nantana Pokpong, Instructor, Faculty ofHumanities, Chiengmai University, Thailand; Mr. Dennis Shying-faSheen, Assistant to Manager of Business Division, China TourismDevelopment Corporation, Repdblic of China; Mrs. SuraneeSrichandr, Head of Hotel Business Division, Bangkok TechnicalInstitute, Thailand; Mr. Don Hseuhcheng Ting, Assistant toChief of Business Division, Tourism Bureau, Republic of China.

This is the second project in TDI's continuing effort toupgrade the level of curriculum and instruction in Asian TIMacademic programs.

Travel Industry Management #6 (September l - December 5, 1970)

This project brought together 2!4 middle-and-top levelhotel management personnel for an intensive three-month projectwhich included formal classroom presentations, group discussions,individual projects, and internships in selected Waikiki hotels.

The participants were from Pakistan, Thailand, Nepal,New Zealand, Japan, Korea, Hong Kong, Philippines, Indonesia,Australia, Malaysia, Vietnam and Fiji.

Resource persons included Dr. Edward Barnet, Dean andProfessor Chuck Gee, Associate Dean, School of Travel IndustryManagement, University of Hawaii; Robert H. Burns, KahalaHilton; Menu Freitas, Kahala Hilton; Peter Sun; Ray Milici,Milici Advertising; Charles Novak, United Airlines; Tom Hansen,Peat, Marwich S Mitchell; Stanley Takahashi, Sheraton Hotels;Thomas A. Rohr, Rohr S Company; Harvey Keating, Cinerama Hotels;Gerald Glendenning, Park Shore Hotel; Milton King, Hawaii HotelSupply; Michael Brennan, ASB; Quincy Kaneshiro, Sheraton Hotels;Yvonne Miller, Kalaha Hilton; William Charlock, III, MacKenzieTravel; Harry Yee, Kahala Hilton. Coordinator was Jane T.Barrows, Hawaii Hotel Consultants.

This project is being discontinued due to TDI's shift inprogrammatic emphasis in the future.

TIM Observation Taiwan (May 10 - 19, 1971)

This project is a follow-up to the TIM Field Seminar heldin Taipei, July 27 - August 7, 1970. Twenty seminar participantswere invited to Hawaii for a two week period to observefirst-hand American travel industry management practices. Theproject included visits to hotels, travel agencies and visitorattractions in Oahu, Maui and Hawaii. Each visit included staffbriefings and a discussion of facility operations and planning.

132

The resource persons for this project were Robert Rinker,Executive Vice President, Hawaii Hotel Association; ClarenceHodge, Hawaii Visitors Bureau; John Brogan, Sheraton-Waikiki;Professor Chuck Gee, Associate Dean, School of Travel IndustryManagement, University of Hawaii.

The participants were Peter C. Y. Chang, Manager, StoneHouse Hotel; Charlie V. Chen, Manager, King's Hotel; Ferix H. D.Chen, Park Hotel; Wen-Haw Chen, Chief Accountant, China TourismDevelopment Corporation; Yen-Nian Chiao, Manager of GeneralAffairs, Central Hotel; Hang-Chang Chow, Planning Section Chief,Tourism Council; Sean H. S. Chuang, General Manager, LeofooHotel; Vivian S. W. Chuang, Assistant Manager, New Life Villa;Chi-ming Ho, Vice President, Olympic Hotel; Jem F. L. Hsu,Manager, Green Garden Hotel; Tse-Chang Hu, Manager, China TourismDevelopment Corporation; Jerome F. J. Hsu, Manager, Oasis Hotel;Johnny T. Huang, General Manager, Hotel New Asia; Ching shih Lin,Chief of Division, Tourism Council; H. L. Peng, AssistantManager, China Tourism Development Corporation; David C. Pien,Manager, President Hotel; Pearl Ai-Chu Shaw, Manager, MayflowerHotel; James C. Ting, Sales Manager, Emperor Hotel; Burton W. H.Wei, Assistant, Taipei Tourism Bureau; Paul S. Yee, AssistantManager, Taiwan Hotel. All participants from Taiwan.

TIM Seminar - Korea (June 15 - 24, 1971)

A team of three travel industry management experts weresent to Korea by TDI to conduct this two week seminar. Theseminar was primarily for middle and top level hotel managementofficials and also for personnel connected with the tourismindustry in Korea. Emphasis of the seminar was in modernmanagement techniques, personnel development, hotel organization,food and beverage control, marketing and sales, hotel budgetand control.

The seminar attracted 70 participants from hotelsthrough Korea and other organizations who are connected withthe tourist industry.

Resource persons were Professor Chuck Gee, Associate Dean,School of Travel Industry Management, University of Hawaii;Robert H. Burns, Managing Director, Regent Hotels International;Harvey Keating, Manager, Reef Hotel.

Visitor Information Services Management (July 13 - August 18, 1970)

Fifteen tourism information specialists were invited tothe East-West Center to participate in an intensive trainingproject designed to achieve the following objectives:

133

(1) Familiarize participants with the effective use ofpublicity in the travel industry; (2) Upgrade participants'skills in utilizing various communications media to promotevisitor attractions, activities, services, etc.; (3) Examineelements of good public relations in the travel industry;() Discuss the role of advertising in promoting a visitorattraction; (5) Learn ways of interpreting the cultural andhistorical components of a potential visitor attraction.

The resource persons for the project were Mr. Robert Rinker,Executive Vice President. Hawaii Hotel Association; Mr. RobertL. Potter, Scandanavian Airlines System, Inc.; Robert R. Midkiff,American Security Bank; Mrs. Mary K. Robinson, Mary K-TravelConsultant; Dr. Thomas Hamilton, Hawaii Visitors Bureau;Mr. Robert Burns, Kahala Hilton; Mr. Doug Jenkins, PacificBasin Travel Systems; Jock Mahoney Paradise Park; John Hayasaki,Japan Air Lines; Robert C. Allen, Travel Development Corp.;Jacquelin Harbottle, Ilikai Hotel; Owen Fowler and Barry Evans,Hawaii Visitors Bureau; Norman Blackburn, Honolulu AdvertiserClub; Eldred Chan, Hilton Hawaiian Village; Simon Cardew, SeaLife Park; John Hayes, State Department Reception Center;James Cockett, Moana-Surfrider Hotel; Tookie Evans, HiltonHawaiian Village; Ed Remington, Sheraton-Waikiki; Kay Ahearn,Kahala Hilton; Nina Dods, American International TravelService; Dee Prather, Ala Moana Hotel; Marge Studor,Inter-Island Trade Wind Tours.

The participants were Soejanto Karmawan, Chief SeniorOffice to Mayor's Office, Miss Masiria Lavau, Public RelationsOfficer, Djakarta Metropolitan City Tourist Development Board,Suhaimi Simbangan, Public Relations Officer, DjakartaMetropolitan City Tourist Development Board, Indonesia;Mrs. Maniseh Subari, Tourist Officer, Department of Tourism,Ministry of Commerce a Industry, Kevin Peterson, Accounts'Clerk, National Electricity Board, Miss Bee Chin Tan, TouristPromotion Officer, Mimaland (Mini Malaysia), David G.C. Lim,Administrative Assistant, United Nations Development Program,Esa B. Jaafar, Postal Clerk, Postal Headquarters, Malaysia;Oubert Son, UNESCO Fellow, Cambodia; James J. Chang, Spokesman,Deputy Director, International Division, Tourism Council,Harry K. Lu, Assistant Chief of Research a Statistics Division,Tourism Council, Taipei, Taiwan; Federico M. Salcedo,Researcher-Copywriter, Philippine Tourist E Travel Association,Benjamin J. Farolan, Technical Consultant, Philippine Tourista Travel Association, Philippines; Miss Titima Phitakspraiwan,Assistant Professor of History, Assistant Director of TouristGuide Training Course, Chulalongkorn University, Thin Ratikanok,Dean, Faculty of Humanities, Chiengmai University, Thailand.

Due to TDI's decision to phase out travel industrymanagement projects, this project will not be continued duringthe next fiscal year.

13

Thai Labor Seminar (July 20 - 31, 1970)

This project was aimed at staff development in theregional labor offices and field units of the Thai LaborDepartment. The objectives of the project were (1) to discussmethods used to coordinate operations between regional laboroffices and the labor department center in Bangkok; (2) tohelp participants better understand the basic principles ofAmerican administrative practices; (3) to evaluate currentlabor practices as used in the United States and the considerationapplicable modifications to meet conditions in Thailand.

The project serviced 0 participants through a series ofone or two day seminars conducted by the resource person infour regions in Thailand.

Cooperating with the East-West Center was the USOM/Thailandoffice in Bangkok, the Thai Labor Department, Bangkok, Thailand.Resource person was Robert Hasegawa, Director, Hawaii LaborDepartment.

Weather Bureau Station Management (August 1, 1970 - May 31, 1971)

The basic aim is to train Pacific Islands personnel inWeather Bureau Management with the purpose of eventuallyreplacing Americans who are presently manning these positions.This has been accomplished in Palau and Truk and hopefully thesame will occur in Ponape.

Resource persons included: Ben Norris, Director, Personnel,US. Weather Bureau; Frank Koscis, Personnel Manager, U.S. WeatherBureau.

The participant was Akira Suzuki, Meteorological Technician,U.S. Weather Bureau Office, Ponape.

EDUCATION

Pacific Languages Development (October 15, 1970 - July 30, 1971)

This is the first project conducted by the Center whichis specifically designed to train Pacific Islanders in Linguisticsand to equip them with scientific knowledge and techniques toanalyze their own language and to produce basic dictionaries,grammars and aid them in standardizing their orthgraphies.

Resource persons included: Staff and Research Assistants,University of Hawaii Department of Linguistics and Pacific SAsian Linguistics Institute.

135

The 12 participants were from Ponape, Nauru, Truk,Marianas, Yap, Marshalls, Kapingamarangi, and Mokil. Theywere: Damian Sohi, Adult Basic Education Specialist, Departmentof Education, Ponape; Masaharu Tmodrang, Teacher, Departmentof Education, Palau; Anthony Tawerilmang, Student, Universityof Guam, Guam; Longlin Alik, Administrative Advisor, Officeof District Administration, Marshalls; Salich Albert, CensusParticipant, Department of Education, Ponape; Kimeuo Kimiuo,Junior Teacher/Acting Principal, Truk Education Department,Truk; Kalio Hikarip, President/Secretary, Federation ofCoops (Kapingamarangi), Ponape; Lino Olopai, Adult BasicEducation Specialist, Department of Education, Marianas;Rufino Tudela, Teacher, Department of Education, Marianas;Leo Pugram, Disc-jockey, Radio station WSZA, Yap; LyndonCornelius, Teacher, Department of Education, Ponape; AlexDeiye, Senior Clerk, Education Department, Republic of Nauru.

ESL Administrators (September 1, 1970 - February 28, 1971)

This was the first project conducted by the Center forEnglish Program Supervisors and Administrators. Due to thesuccessful result of this project, the Center will continue thisproject in 1971-72 and also conduct another project specificallydesigned for English Language Teacher Trainers.

Cooperating organizations included: University of HawaiiLinguistics and ESL Departments; Ministries of Education ofKorea, Japan, China S Thailand; The Governments of the TrustTerritory and American Samoa; Hankuk University of ForeignStudies in Korea; the DOE of the State of Hawaii.

There were 20 participants from Palau, Truk, Saipan, Korea,Japan, Thailand, China, and American Samoa. They included:Romana Anastacio, Assistant English Language Specialist,English Program Officer, Koror, Palau; Sapuro Rayphand, Teacher,Eduction Department, Saipan, Marianas; Satauo Fiti, MasterTeacher, Education Department, Truk; Charlotte Bor-ing Lin,Instructor, National Chengchi University, Taipei, Taiwan;Hsiu-Ling Wu, Assistant, Kaohsiung Teachers College, Kaohsiung,Taiwan; David Chen Ch'ing Li, Language Laboratory Assistant,National Taiwan Normal University, Taiwan; Young-Choon Kim,Supervisor, Board of Education, Seoul, Korea; Man-Kun Yoon,English Supervisor, Board of Education, Choong Pock, Korea;Jong Kun Choe, English Supervisor, Kyungnam Board of Education,Pusan, Korea; Hiraoki Fukuda, Supervisor of Tokyo MetropolitanBoard of Education, Tokyo Metropolitan Institute for EducationalResearch, Meguro, Tokyo; Yoshio Noda, Supervisor, WakayamaPrefectural Board of Education, Wakayema-shi, Japan; Hisao Nitta,Consultant of English Education, Shimane Education Board, ShimanePrefecture, Japan; Shokichi Endo, Teachers Consultant forEnglish Education, Miyagi Prefectural Education Center, MiyagiPrefecture, Japan; Eiji Ito, Supervisor, Iwate Prefectural

136

Board of Education, Uchimaru Morioka-shi Japan; UraiMangtrisan, Head of English Departments Chiengmai TeachersCollege, Chiengmai, Thailand; Boonpriab Prachanboribal, Headof English Department, Chandrakasem Teachers College, Bangkok,Thailand; Supranee Khamrnuang, Second Grade GovernmentOfficial, Udornthani Teachers College, Udorn, Thailand; EnelikoSofai, Department of Education, American Samoa; Michael Foley,Student; Nobuo Kagiya, Supervisor, Hokkaido Board of Education,Hokkaido, Japan; Jae-Young Joe, Instructor, Hankuk Universityof Foreign Studies, Seoul, Korea.

Educational Administration Teacher Education (August 10, 1970 -

May 24, 1971)

This is the fifth project in this series designed to meetthe needs of Pacific Island Educational Administrators andTeacher Educators who have assumed positions of responsibilityin the educational field without the self confidence which iacquired through formal education.

The 26 participants were from American Samoa, Marshalls,Marianas, Ponape, Palau, Truk, and Yap.

Cooperating organizations were: University of Hawaii,College of Education; U.S. Trust Territory; Government ofAmerican Samoa.

Resource persons included: Dr. John Crossley; Dr. ChesterIngils; Dr. Mary Reddin; Dr. Frank Brown; Mrs. Shirley Fujita;and several cooperative teachers from DOE and other staff fromthe College of Education.

Educational Curriculum Development and Instruction (June 21 -July 31, 1971)

The field project in American Samoa was designed to assistour Educational Administration and Teacher Education projectparticipants in the application of their newly acquiredknowledge in their own environment and culture and alsoprovide our resource persons with a more up-to-date informationon the needs of educators in the Pacific Islands.

Cooperating organizations were: University of Hawaii,College of Continuing Education, College of Education, andOffice of Foreign Contracts; Government of American Samoa.

Resource persons included: Dr. Frank Brown; Dr. Mary Reddin;Mrs. Shirley Fujita; Mrs. Maile Akana; Mrs. Tokie Watanabe;Mrs. Lily Tanaka; Mr. Carl Dunn; Mr. Gregory Trifonovitch.

A total of 185 educators participated in the fieldproject in American Samoa.

137

U.S Trust Territory Teacher Orientation (August 2 - 16, 1971)

This was the fifth orientation program conducted jointlyby the Center and the Trust Territory of the Pacific Islands.Our main objective was to eventually turn over the operationof this project to Micronesia. This will become a reality inAugust 1971 when the whole project will be conducted on theisland of Moen in Truk. The Center will play only a minorrole in this project with the heaviest burden being placed onthe staff from Micronesia.

Some 115 teachers from the United States who were ontheir way to educational assignment in the Trust Territoryreceived training in this project. The project was held onthe neighbor island of Molokai in order to provide anenvironment similar to that of the Trust Territory.

Stagecraft Techniques #8 (September 15, 1970 - May 31, 1971)

Six stagecraft artists from Thailand, China, Indonesia,Malaysia, India, arid Japan participated in this-project. Theparticipants became actually involved in stage productionsput on by the University Drama Department, audited courses,and introduced elements of Eastern drama to Universitystudents.

Resource persons included: Dr. Earle Ernst, Chairman,University of Hawaii Drama Department; Professor Richard Mason,Associate Professor, University of Hawaii Drama Department.

The participants were: Roedjito, Art Director, Set aLighting Designer, Bengkel Theatre Jogkarta, KetkngguneanWetan, Jogkarta; Thanit Docragklang, Technician Supervisor andAssistant to Director of Activities, American UniversityAlumni Language Center, Bangkok, Thailand; Supiat Nokri,Malaysia; Takeshi Ohbayashi, Japan; Chung-Ray Fong, SceneryDesigner, China T.V. Company, Taipei, Taiwan; MadhusudanThaker, Copywriter, Navnitlal a Company, Bhadra, Ahmedabad-l.

ecial Education - Phase II (September 1, 1970 - May 30, 1971)

Three participants from the Republic of China and Japanparticipated in this training program. The purpose of theproject was especially designed to provide academic and fieldtraining experiences for supervising teaching staff of thespecial education teacher-training program.

138

The primary resource people for this project were:Dr. Dean McIntosh, Professor, College of Education, Universityof Hawaii; Mrs. Rose Lee, Director, Variety Club School;Dr. Satoru Izutsu, Regional Medical Program; Dr. James Apfelt,Assistant Professor, College of Education, University ofHawaii; and Dr. Lloyd Dunn, Professor, College of Education,University of Hawaii and various agencies such as Hawaii StateDepartment of Education; Waimano Training School and Hospital;Diamond Head School for Deaf and Blind, etc.

The participants were: Mrs. Chang Tsung-Chih Tsui,Supervisor, Teacher's College, Republic of China; Mrs. Hung-HsiangLiu Yang, Supervisor, Teacher's College, Republic of China; andMiss Yoshiko Suzuki, Researcher, MentalRetardation, Japan.

The project was second phase of program to assist theTaiwan Ministry of Education to establish special educationprograms in the public schools. It merits continuance ofprogram for another year.

Special Education - Phase III (February 1 - May 30, 1971)

Five participants from the Republic of China participatedin this project. The purpose of this project was to trainteacher-trainers in the curriculum methods, organization andthe training skills required in the teaching of handicappedchildren.

The primary resource people for this project were:Dr. Dean McIntosh, Professor, College of Education, Universityof Hawaii; Mr. Toma Tasaki, Principal, Lanakila School; andMr. Fusao Uchiyama, Specialist, Department of Education, Stateof Hawaii.

The participants were: Mr. Yu-Sheng Chung, ElementarySchool teacher; Mr. Der-Liang Hwang, Elementary School teacher;Mr. Grong-Li Shieh, Elementary School teacher; Miss Wendy Wang,Elementary School teacher; and Mrs. Chu-Tau Pai, ElementarySchool teacher all from the Republic of China.

The project was part of the four phase program to assistthe Taiwan Ministry of Education to develop special educationprograms in their public schools. It met the country's needsand it is an institutional-building project.

Library Techniques (January L - May 15, 1971)

This is the fifth project of this type designed specificallyto meet the need of trained library personnel for developinglibraries in the Pacific Islands. Libraries are beginning toplay a larger role in the transitional cultures of the PacificBasin.

139

Cooperating organizations included: Hawaii State Libraryand the Church College of Hawaii.

Resource persons included: Mrs. Eleanor Davis, Mrs. EthelBowen, and over 30 librarians from school and community libraries.

The ten participants came from American Samoa, WesternSamoa, Fiji, Marianas, Falau, Ponape, and Indonesia. Theywere: Chandraiya, Library Assistant, Western Regional LibraryServices, Lautoka, Fiji; Rudy Calvo, School Librarian, RotaSongsong Village; Oilau Teo, Clerk-Typist, Library of AmericanSamoa, Department of Education, Pago Pago, American Samoa;Tina Ah Kuoi, Senior Library Assistant, Nelson Memorial PublicLibrary, Apia, Western Samoa; Siavata Nofoaiga, LibraryAssistant, Nelson Memorial Public Library, Western Samoa (Apia);Alama Sao, Library Clerk, Research Library, Department ofEducation, American Samoa; Kerengiliangeded Olkeriil, Clerk-Secretary, Micronesian Occupational Center, Koror, Palau;Hermana Spesungel, Library Aide, Palau High School, Koror,Palau; Purwatin Setijono, Supervisor of Main Library,Brawidjaja University, Malang, Indonesia; Perdin Esiel, HighSchool Librarian, Pics, Ponape, Eastern Caroline Islands.

Library Science (September 1, 1970 - May 31, 1972)

This project in library science trained one participantfrom Indonesia with the cooperation of the Asia Foundation.The student was Nastini Hardjo Prakoso, Marshall of LibraryStudies, National Museum Library, Merdeka Barab 12 Djakarta,Indonesia.

Advanced Library Techniques (January 25 - July 25, 1971)

Resource persons included: Miss Joyce Wright andMr. Allan Kamida.

Two librarians from Japan received training in thisproject through the cooperation of the University of HawaiiLibrary. The two participants were: Nobuo Yamamoto, Librarian,Processing Department, Waseda University Library, Tokyo, Japan;Yoshinobu Usui, Librarian, Acquisition Department, WasedaUniversity Library, Tokyo, Japan.

Library Faculty & Administrators In-service Training Project(September 15, 1970 - June 30, 1971)

This project proved to be very effective in providing anopportunity for Asian and American Library Science Instructors toconduct research and instruction as a team in Library Science

140

and thus be able to share knowledge and to cultivate a bettercross-cultural understanding.

Resource persons included: Dr. Sarah Vann, Professor,UI-I Graduate School of Library Science; and Dr. Ira Harris,Professor, UH Graduate School of Library Science.

The three participants came from the Philippines,Indonesia, and Thailand. They were: Filomena Mercado,Librarian IV-Assistant Professor of Library Science, Universityof the Philippines, Manila, Philippines; Vanida Suravádi,Assistant Professor E Assistant Librarian, ChulalongkornUniversity, Bangkok, Thailand; Rusina Sjahrial, Chairman,Department of Library Studies, University of Indonesia,Djakarta, Indonesia.

Mechanical Technology Automotive Mechanics (June 1 -August 31, 1971)

An extremely effective project designed to provide theself-trained mechanics from the Pacific Islands withtheoretical knowledge and modern technology which they, inturn, pass on to their colleagues and understudies on theirislands.

Cooperating organizations included: Honolulu CommunityCollege; U.S. Trust Territory; Government of Guam; Dominionof Fiji; Government of American Samoa.

Resource persons included: Mr. Richard Wong, HonoluluCommunity College, Instructor-Auto Mechanics; Mr. WalterUehira, Honolulu Community College, Instructor-Auto Mechanics;Mr. Francis Warner, Honolulu Community College, Instructor-Auto Mechanics.

The 11 Pacific area participants were: Esteban Ayuyu,Automotive Mechanic, Central Repair Shop-Lower Base, Saipan,Marianas Island; Carlos Clinton, Automotive Mechanic SDiesel Mechanic, Public Works Department, Majuro, MarshallsIsland; Takeshi Goto, Leader Foreman (Mechanics), PublicWorks Department, Koror, Palau; Malae lafeta, Teacher's Aide,Community College, American Samoa; Muliaga Mamaia, Tradesman,Public Works Department, Western Samoa; Juan Moglith, HeavyEquipment Operator, Public Works Department, Colonia, Yap;Kuaea Peneueta, Automotive Instructor, Community College,Department of Education, American Samoa; Istor Pillimon,Inter. Mechanic, Public Works Department, Truk; RaymondQuitanilla, Automotive Mechanic II, Department of Public Works,Tumon, Guam; Nepou Teren, Automotive Mechanic, Public WorksDepartment, Moen Island, Truk; Gyan Deo, Vehicle Examiner,Department of Transport S Civil Aviation, Lautoka, Fiji.

141

Mechanical Technology Heavy Equipment I (November 1, 1970 -

April 30, 1971)

Resource persons included: Mr. Edward Sorenson, PacificMachinery Division-Shop Manager; Mr. Itsu Shiraki, PacificMachinery Division-Shop Foreman; Mr. Joseph Domingo, PacificMachinery Division-Instructor.

There were four participants from the Marianas, AmericanSamoa, and Western Samoa. They were: Afa Poutoa, HeavyEquipment Mechanic, Public Works Department, Apia, WesternSamoa; Francisco Celis, Journeyman-Heavy Duty EquipmentMechanic, Central Repair Shop, Saipan, Marianas Islands;Manuel Cruz, Assistant Extension Agent B-6/5, AgricultureDepartment, Tinian, Marianas Islands; Talailotu Fuimaono,Heavy Equipment Mechanic, Tafuna Construction Heavy Equipment,Pago Pago, American Samoa.

Mechanical Technology Heavy Equipment II (May 1 - October 31,1971)

Cooperating organizations included: Theo H. DaviesCompany; U.S. Trust Territory; Government of American Samoa;Government of Western Samoa.

The four participants from the Marshalls, Marianas,Western Samoa and American Samoa were: Afa Poutoa, HeavyEquipment Mechanic, Public Works Department, Apia, WesternSamoa; Lumon Graham, Marshalls; Sofala Malaya, AutomotiveInstructor, Pre-vocational School, Department of Education,Pago Pago, American Samoa; Francisco Guerrero, Leader, HeavyEquipment Operator, Agriculture Station, Saipan, Marianas.

Mechanical Technology Outboard Engines I (October 11, 1970 -

January 10, 1971)

The outrigger canoe with the pandanus sail has given wayto the fiberglass boat with an outboard engine. The PacificIslanders are willing to borrow western technology if it isnot directly detrimental to their island culture. A moreefficient and safe means of transportation is one of theirdesires. However, the technical knowledge needed to operate,repair and maintain these technical devices was not adequatelyprovided. The Center, through the participants, is passingthis technological "know-how" to scores of other islandersthrough their informal means of sharing and disseminatingknowledge and information.

142

The four participants were: Brel Ngiralemau, BoatLeader, Department of Public Works, Koror, Palau; NgraidongMelimarang, Mechanic, Palau Boatbuilding, Koror, Palau;Masaru Matisima, Education W/House Supervisor, Truk EducationDepartment, Truk; Patta Kikku, Outboard Mechanic, TrukCommunity Action Agency, Truk.

Mechanical Technology Marine Engines g Marine Craft II(January 11 - April 11, 1971)

Cooperating organizations included: McWayne MarineSupply Company, Ltd.; U.S. Trust Territory; Republic of Nauru;Government of Guam; Dominion of Fiji.

The four participants were from Nauru, Fiji, Guam andPalau. They included: Nelson Tamakin, Republic of Nauru;Sailosi Qaloiwai, Mechanic, Agriculture/Fisheries Division,Fiji; Frank Mendiola, Guam; Takada Taro, Journeyman, CentralRepair Shop, Marianas.

Mechanical Technology Marine Engine E Craft III (April 11 -

July 11, 1971)

Cooperating organizations included: McWayne MarineSi,ipply Company, Ltd.; U.S. Trust Territory; Dominion of Fiji.

The six participants were from Fiji, Palau, Ponapeand Truk. They included: Gyan Deo, Vehicle Examiner,Department of Transport and Civil Aviation, Lautoka, Fiji;Ambai lyar, Heavy Duty Equipment and Boat Mechanic, DistrictDepartment of Public Works, Koror, Palau; Kose Defang, PublicWorks Department, Ponape; Joseph Eliam, Public Works Department,Ponape; Kennam Ham, Public Works Department, Truk; LukasMechenuk, Public Works Department, Truk.

PUBLIC HEALTH

Medical-Surgical Nursing (August 3 - November 27, 1970)

Ten participants from Solomon Islands, Gilbert ElliceIslands, Fiji, Cook Islands, American Samoa, Western Samoaand the U.S. Trust Territory participated in this project.The purpose of this project was to provide training in thelatest techniques in the medical and surgical nursing staffof the hospitals in the Pacific Island countries.

143

The primary resource people for this project were:Mr. Masaichi Tasaka, Hospital Administrator, Kuakini Hospital;Mrs. Harriet Tonaki, Chief, Nursing Division, KuakiniHospital; Dr. Emmanuel Voulgaropoulos, School of PublicHealth, University of Hawaii; and Dr. P. Sachs, School ofPublic Health, University of Hawaii.

The participants were: Mrs. Perise Tagaloa, Nurse;Miss Tautiare Aviu, Nursing Sister; Mr. Isao Frank, Nurse;Mrs. Foua Fuimaono, Head Nurse; Mrs. Mary delight Leo,Nursing Sister; Miss Elizabeth Lutelu, Nurse; Mrs. Falol Pulu,Nurse; Miss Cathelina Roberts, Graduate Nurse; Mrs. KimieSigrah, Head Nurse; and Miss Rigieta Vakacabeqoli, NursingSister.

Such Medical and Surgical Nursing training projects willbe phased out in line with the new direction of TDI.

Nursing Administration (August 3 - October 30, 1970)

Twelve participants from Western Samoa, American Samoa,U.S. Trust Territory, Guam, Fiji and Republic of Chinaparticipated in the project. The purpose of this project wasto train nursing administrators from the Pacific Islandcountries in the art of management such as organizing, directing,controlling, etc.

The primary resource people for this project were:Mr. Masaichi Tasaka, Hospital Administrator, iKuakini Hospital;Mrs. Harriet Tonaki, Chief, Nursing Services, Kuakini Hospital;Mrs. Kazue McLaren, Assistant Chief S Education Coordinator,Public Health Nursing Branch, Hawaii Detartment of Health andvarious hospitals and organizations such as Kapiolani MaternityHospital, Kaiser Foundation, etc.

The participants were: Mrs. Luz Abcede, AssistantDirector, Guam; Miss Chiung-Shu Chang, Nursing Supervisor,Republic of China; Mrs. Mei-Hua Chang, Head Nurse, Republicof China; Mrs. Hung-Chien Chen, Subdivision Chief of NursingDivision, Republic of China; Mrs. Yu-Hsin Chiang, ChiefNurse, Republic of China; Mr. Didacus Gapach, Head Nurse-Surgical,U.S. Trust Territory; Mrs. Lily Pai-Ho Lin, Head Nurse, Republicof China; Mrs. Lupe Meredith, Hospital Nursing Service Supervisor,Western Samoa, Mrs. Taliilagi Meleah, Supervisor, AmericanSamoa; Mrs. Shinobu Poll, U.S. Trust Territory; Mrs. Mary GraceSongsong, Head Nurse, Guam; and Miss Leila Ram-Samuj, Fiji.

Nursing Administration project should be incorporated intoManagement Development program since principles of Administrationare the same. General administration training can be followedby on-the-job training.

144

Public Health Services (September 1, 1970 - May 30, 1971)

Two participants from Republic of China participated inthis training program. The purpose of the project was toprovide academic and theoretical training for staff of publichealth training institutes and to offer opportunity for fieldexperiences.

The primary resource people for this project were:Mrs. Yukie Gross, Professor, School of Nursing, University ofHawaii; Dr. Gerald Grossman, Professor, School of PublicHealth, University of Hawaii and Miss Doris Davenport,Specialist, School of Public Health, University of Hawaii andvarious organizations such as State Department of Health, andvarious public health offices in Kapahulu, Palama, etc.

The participants were: Mrs. Fu-Mei Pau Chuang, PublicHealth Nurse, and Mr. Ke-Ming Yao, Acting Chief of Trainingand Health Education Section.

Project provided training to two trainers of healthpersonnel of the Taiwan Health Institute. Program willstrengthen staff of Institute to take over some of the clinicaland technical training provided by TDI.

General Medicine g Specialty (September 1 - December 30, 1970)

Six participants from the U.S. Trust Territory andWestern Samoa participated in this project. The purpose ofthe project was to provide opportunity to Pacific Islandphysicians and medical technicians in specialized medicaltraining.

The primary resource people for this project were:Dr. Dudley Seto, Physician, Private Practice, Dr. BenjaminTom, Physician, Private Practice, Dr. Paul Tamura, Privatepractice and agencies such as Tripler Army Hospital, PathologyAssociates and Queen's Medical Center, and also Children'sHospital.

The participants were: Dr. Fa'ali'i Aloaina, medicalofficer, Western Samoa; Dr. Jose Chong, Medical Officer,U.S. Trust Territory; Mr. Tiagogo Misa, laboratory assistant,Western Samoa; Dr. Nobuo Swei, medical officer, U.S. TrustTerritory; Dr. Mioki Stanle, U.S. Trust Territory; Dr. DavidNgirakesau, U.S. Trust Territory.

Training met specific needs to upgrade skills of medicalofficers and technicians in the Pacific Island countries.

145

Community Nutrition (October 1 - 30, 1970)

Twelve nutritionists from Fiji, New Caledonia, U.S.Trust Territory, Papua-New Guinea, Tonga and the Netherlandsparticipated in the training program. The purpose of thetraining project was to upgrade the skill levels of practicingcommunity nutritionists and others in related fields throughacademic and field observation and demonstrations such asorganizing and preparation of local foods, etc.

The primary resource people for the training session were:Miss Beatrice Billings, project coordinator; Dr. Horace F. Clay,Horticulturalist, Leeward Community College; and Mrs. MarjorieAbel, Chief Nutritionist, Hawaii Department of Health.

Participants were: Miss Josephine J. Wittenberg, FrenchInterpreter, Netherlands; Mrs. Venaisi Vaniqi, Women'sInterest Assistant-Class II, Fiji; Miss Salanieta Rika,Women's Interest Assistant, Fiji; Mrs. Raj Ratnam Lal,Women's Interest Assistant, Fiji; Mrs. Loata iKaravaki,Locality Field Officer, Fiji; Nile. Clothilde Tindao, RuralCounsellor, New Caledonia; Mme. Gisele Delatre, New Caledonia;Mrs. Roberta Rengulbai, Women's Group Advisor, Palau,U.S. Trust Territory; Miss Kala Kila, Teacher S WelfareWorker, Papua-New Guinea; Mrs. Tapuaki Ha'unga, AssistantTeacher, Tonga; Miss Toe'umu Fineanganofo, Dioceson Women'sWorker, Tonga; and Mrs. Elenoa Amanaki, Principal, InserviceTraining Center, Tonga.

Training provided practical application to the nutritionalneeds of the Pacific Island countries. Recommend thattraining be continued by Food Institute.

Field Training Team Approach to Health (November 1 - 21, 1970)

Two hundred and seventy-seven persons from the varioussectors of the health and education field attended the threeseminars held in Chonju and Seoul, Korea and Taipei, Taiwan,Republic of China. The primary purpose of the seminarsessions was to demonstrate the use of multi-discipline teamapproach to health and educational administration, manpowertraining and in clinical work.

The primary resource people for the training sessionwere: Mr. Dewey Kim, Associate Dean, College of Education,University of Hawaii; Dr. Satoru Izutsu, Psychologist,Regional Medical Program; Dr. Merle Ansberry, Speech Pathology6 Audiology Department, University of Hawaii and Mr. RichardSuehiro, Specialist, School of Public Health, University ofHawaii.

146

The seminar sessions were well attended and theparticipants were interested and enthusiastic. Future fieldseminars should be planned well in advance so there could bebetter use of local resource persons.

Dietetics (February 1 - April 30, 1971)

Six dieticians from the U.S. Trust Territory, Fiji,Gilbert S Ellice Islands and Western Samoa participated inthis training project. The purpose of the training was totrain potential candidates for work in diet kitchens inhospitals of the Pacific islands and to upgrade the levels ofpracticing dieticians.

The primary resource people for the training sessionwere: Mrs. Nancy Shiraki, project coordinator; Mr. TokuTanaka, Poultry Specialist, University of Hawaii and Dr. RichardBlaisdell, Internist, School of Medicine, University of Hawaiiand also various cooperating organizations such as HawaiiDietician Association; Maluhia Hospital; Leahi Hospital andState Department of Health.

The participants were: Miss Maria Stol, Graduate Nurse,Ponape District, U.S. Trust Territory; Miss Rotia Tito,Hospital Sister, Gilbert S Ellice Islands; Miss Mata Mua,Sister-in-charge, Fiji; Miss Kikuko Ngiraitei, Staff nurse,Palau, U.S. Trust Territory; Miss Anuilagi Aiono, KitchenSupervisor, Western Samoa; and Mr. John Tharngann, Nurse,Yap District, U.S. Trust Territory.

Course was designed to train hospital dieticians fromPacific Island countries. Project should be incorporated withcommunity nutrition project. Recommend Food Institute continueprogram.

Maternity Nursing (February 1 - May 30, 1971)

Six participants from the U.S. Trust Territory, AmericanSamoa, Western Samoa, and Guam participated in this project.The project was organized to meet the special training needsof nurses in the management of maternity wards in the hospitalsof the Pacific Island countries.

The primary resource people were: Mrs. June Nakashima,Assistant Nursing Director, Kapiolani Maternity Hospital andMrs. Martina Kansagrad, Project Coordinator.

147

The participants were: Miss Notaria Shirai,Nurse-in-charge, U.S. Trust Territory; Mrs. Merced Ruluked,Staff Nurse, U.S. Trust Territory; Mrs. Barbara Anjain, HeadNurse, U.S. Trust Territory; Mrs. Mauga Faalagiga, HeadNurse, American Samoa; Mrs. tAne Nee-Nee, Western Samoa andMrs. Isabel Ulloa, Staff Nurse III, Guam.

There is continuing need for maternity nursing trainingin the Pacific Island countries. However, since the projectis not consistent with TDI's objectives, it will be phased out.

Field Training Continuing Medical Education (March 21 -

April 3, 1971)

Twenty-five medical officers and three medicaladministration staff participated in Continuing MedicalEducation on the island of Noen, Truk District, U.S. TrustTerritory of the Pacific Islands. The purpose of the fieldtraining was to upgrade and maintain the levels of medicalskills of medical practitioners in Micronesia.

The resource people for the seminar were as follows:Dr. Benjamin Tom, Surgeon, Private Practice; Dr. George Suzuki,Internist, Private Practice; Dr. Richard Blaisdell, Internist,School of Medicine, University of Hawaii; Dr. Nelson Link,Ear, Nose C Throat, Tripler Army General Hospital; Dr. DanielPalmer, Dermatologist, Private Practice; Dr. Edward Colby,Physical Medicine and Rehabilitation, Pacific RehabilitationInstitute; Dr. Alexander Anderson, Medical Educator, RegionalMedical Program.

These seminars have been conducted annually in thedifferent districts of the U.S. Trust Territory in conjunctionwith the Micronesia Medical Association. The seminars haveserved a useful purpose in providing opportunity for themedical officers who are isolated from the mainstream ofmedical education to keep up with the latest techniques andmethods in medicine.

Health C Social Planning Seminar (June 21 - August 13, 1971)

Thirteen participants from Thailand, Guam, Okinawa,Japan, New Zealand, Philippines, Republic of China, Koreaand the U.S. Trust Territory participated in this project.The purpose of this project was to provide opportunity forinterchange among policy makers and staff planners and providetechnical training in the planning methods and process.

The primary resource people are: Dr. A. Peter Ruderman,Health Economist, University of Toronto; Mr. Jerrold Michael,Associate Dean, School of Public Health; Dr. Richard Lee,

148

Director, Research Corporation, University of Hawaii;Dr. Paulo Campos, Chairman, School of Medicine, Universityof Philippines; Dr. Ramon Hermano, Professor, U.N. AsianInstitute, Bangkok; Mr. Masao Isobe, Y.M.C.A.; Miss PenniSt. Hilaire, Project Coordinator, Mrs. Mary Smith, ProjectCoordinator, and South Pacific Commission.

The participants are: Mr. Masahiro Hamakawa, Chief,Administrative Affairs, Okinawa; Mr. Soo-Byung Choi, Chief,Price Policy Division, Korea; Mr. Sompong Piamsilpa, ChiefAssistant of Social Studies & Planning Division, Thailand;Mr. Felix Abesamis, Executive Director, Urban Rehabilitation,Philippines; Dr. Chau-Ching Lin, Director, CommunicableDisease Center, Republic of China; Mr. Mike Ngirairikl,Health Supervisor, U.S. Trust Territory; Mr. Hak-Ki Kim,Senior Staff planner, Korea; Mr. Peter San Nicolas, AssistantDirector, Health & Social Services, Guam; Mrs. ChandraRabibhadana, Chief of Child Welfare Institutions, Thailand;Mr. Wei Wang, Director, Office of Health Planning, Republicof China; Mr. Cyril Helgenberger, Elementary School Principal,U.S. Trust Territory; Mr. Thomas Dunn, Staff Planner,Department of Health, New Zealand; and Dr. Saburo Nishi,Chief, Public Health Practice Unit, Japan.

Youth Development (April 5 - 30, 1971)

Sixteen participants from Indonesia, Republic of China,Fiji, Thailand, Western Samoa, Australia, Japan, Korea andGuam participated in this project. The purpose of this projectwas to provide opportunity for interchange among youth leadersto encourage innovative ideas and programming to cope withyouth problems.

The primary resource people for this project were:Dr. Leonard Mason, Project Coordinator; Dr. Paul Pederson,Assistant Professor, University of Minnesota; Mr. MasaruOshiro, Director, Liliuokalani Trust; Mr. H. Yu, Director,Children & Youth Commission and Mr. H. Nakamura, ProgramDirector, Y.M.C.A.

The participants were Mr. Mohamad Jahja, Vice-President,Student Organization, Indonesia; Mr. Chaidir Makarim,Vice-President, Student organization, Indonesia; Mr. Tsung-ChaoLiu, Senior Staff, Republic of China; Mr. Chi-Hwang Shih, Chief,Youth Corp, Republic of China; Mr. Chia-pu Chyu, AssociateProfessor & Supervisor, Boy Scouts, Republic of China;Mr. Samuela Vanini, Organizing Commissioner, Boy Scouts,Fiji; Mr. Charm Thaneerat, Director, Boy Scouts, Thailand;Mr. Sutas Maolikul, Supervisor, Boy Scouts, Thailand; Mrs. SienoiKashemsanta na Ayuddhaya, Second Grade Official, Thailand;Dr. Krasae Chanawongse, Director, Rural Youth Development,Thailand; Mr. Laulu Elisara, Youth Organizer, Western Samoa;Mr. Ian Anthony Kincaid, Junior Chamber of Commerce, Australia;

149

Mrs. Emiko Honma, Area Director, Y.W.C.A., Japan;Professor Masarni Nakagaki, Commissioner of Youth Educationand Guidance, Eiddhist Church, Japan; Mr. Sung-Nook Hong,Lecturer and Research Secretary, Y.M.C.A., Seoul, Korea andMiss Annie Borja, Social Worker and Teacher's Aide, Guam.

Recommendations of participants suggests need for annualprogram and expand to invite community leaders from othercountries.

FOOD

Tropical Root and Tuber Crops (August 23 - September 13, 1970)

Root crops are second to rice in diet of the people ofAsia and the Pacific. This project was designed to offeragriculturalists specializing in root crops an opportunity toexchange information pertaining to production, processing andmarketing of root crops. The project included workshops anddemonstrations on fertilizer application, use of herbicides,fungicides, and insecticides on root crops as well asmechanization techniques and processing.

The resource persons for the project were Dr. Horace Clay,Leeward Community College and Dr. Donald Plucknett, HAES,Kauai.

The participants were: Edward Dela Cruz, DistrictAgriculturalist, Department of Agriculture, Yap, U.S. TrustTerritory; Dr. John P. Evenson, Senior Lecturer, Departmentof Agriculture, National Australia University, Australia;Mr. Chan Seak Khan, Agronomist, Federal Experiment Station,West Malaysia; Mr. Liang Li, Senior Specialist, ChiayiAgricultural Experiment Station, Taiwan; Filiva'a N. Mageo,Government Farm Manager, Department of Agriculture, AmericanSamoa; Pitoitua Malele, Officer-in-charge, AgricultureDepartment, Western Samoa; Setijati Sastrapradja, ResearchStaff, Tremb Institute, Indonesia; Param Sivan, ResearchOfficer, Research Division, Agriculture Department, Fiji;Masao Soakai, Senior Agricultural Officer, Department ofAgriculture, Tonga; Vijai Nath, EWC student, Fiji.

This project was coordinated with the Second InternationalSymposium and Interchange on Tropical Root and Tuber Crops.The symposium attracted nearly 100 participants from aroundthe world. The East-West Center participants took part inthe symposium and then participated in the two-week post-symposium field project described above.

150

APPENDIX C


FY 1970-71

Institute Reprint Series

1. "Bureaucratic Models and Administrative Reform," Hahn-BeenLee, published in Development and Change

2. "The Vietnam War and Some Aspects of Its Economic Impact onAsian Countries," Seiji Maya, published in The DevelopingEconomies.

3. "Income Equality and Growth: Postwar Asian Experience,"Harry T. Oshima, published in Malayan Economic Review.

4. "Socio-psychological Factors in Development," Bert F.Hoselitz, to be published in Conference on Micro-aspectsof Development

5. "The Development of a Labor Market in the Process ofEconomic Growth," Bert F. Hoselitz, to be published inLabor Movements in Economic Development

6. "Social Implications of Economic Growth," Bert F. Hoselitz,to be published in Dimensions of Underdeveloped Countries

7. "Economics," Bert F. Hoselitz, to be published in Sourcesof Information in the Social Sciences 2nd edition.

8. "The Politics of Family Planning in Pakistan," B. A. Abbas(forthcoming)

9. Pakistan A Compendium of Its Politics Government andDevelopment Administration Garth Jones and B. A. Abbas.

10. "Prospects for Stability and Security in Southeast Asia,"Somsakdi Xuto, to be published in Pacific Community.

11. "The Nixon Doctrine, Regionalism and the Security ofSoutheast Asia," Somsakdi Xuto, to be published in TheAsia Quarterly.

-


1. "Education for Librarianship in the Philippines: BlendingEastern and Western Technology," Filomena Mercado.

151

2. "Seasonality, Underemployment and Growth in Southeast AsianCountries," Harry T. Oshima.

152

APPENDIX 0


FY 1970-71

1. Planning Conference for New Science and Technology Programs

March 17-23, 1971 at East-West Center in cooperation withthe Asia Foundation, Asian Institute of Technology, ColoradoState University, The Ford Foundation, Georgia Institute ofTechnology, Korea Institute of Science and Technology andthe National Taiwan University.

Purpose Help establish a network linking Asian, Pacificand American institutions for scientific and technologicaldevelopments and set progress direction for TDI.

Agenda Included reports on the technological developmentlevels of several Asian countries, discussion of the presentand future development of technology and labor markets, andextensive review and evaluation of new program needs, fromimprovement of existing colleges and universities andplanning for new ones. Also of paramount importance was areview of the relevant programs for foreign students inthe United States and the development of institutionalrelations between institutions in the United States andAsia. Final agenda items included plans and programs forTDI and the selection of fellows and students.

Panel of Outside Experts Dr. Sang Joan Han, Vice Presidentfor Development, Korea Institute of Science and Technology;Dr. Jerry C. L. Chang, Director of External Affairs, AsianInstitute of Technology; Dr. George Hsu, Chairman, ElectricalEngineering Department, National Taiwan University;Dr. Louis J. Goodman, Project Specialist in Engineering,Education and Regional Development Planning in thePhilippines, Ford Foundation; Dr. Maurice L. Albertson,Centennial Professor of Engineering, Colorado StateUniversity; Dr. Ross W. Hammond, Chief, IndustrialDevelopment Division, Engineering Experiment Station,Georgia Institute of Technology.

Other Participants Dr. Hahn-Been Lee, Director, TDI;Dr. Michael Pearce, Assistant Director, TDI; Dr. Paul Yuen,Consultant; Gregory Trifonovitch, Senior Program Officer,TDI; Merton R. Barry, Director, Engineering ForeignPrograms, University of Wisconsin, Madison, Wisconsin;Mateo L. P. Go, Chairman, Department of Civil Engineering,UH; Daniel Lerner, Ford Professor of Sociology, MassachusettsInstitute of Technology, Cambridge, Massachusetts;

153

T. Y. Lin, Professor of Civil Engineering, University ofCalifornia, Berkeley, California; George Maslach, Dean,College of Engineering, University of California, Berkeley,California; John Shupe, Dean, College of Engineering, UH.

Conference Results: Planners said TDI should play acentral role in promoting greater cooperation betweenuniversity, industry, and government in the Asian, Pacificand United States theater, in order to maximize thecontribution of each in the development process. They alsorecommended that TDI promote a program for "development-mindedentrepreneurs" as an important part of the whole developmentprocess.

154

APPENDIX E

STAFF

FY 1970-71

Director

Hahn-Been Lee, Ph.D. (on leave from Seoul NationalUniversity, Professor of Development Administration SDean, Graduate School of Public Administration)

Assistant Director

R. Michael Pearce, Ph.D., former Assistant to President,University of Hawaii

Consultant

Paul Yuen, Ph.D., Associate Dean, College of Engineering,University of Hawaii

Senior Program Officers

Harold Ajirogi, N.E., former Director of Research andDemonstration for Mental Retardation, Department ofEducation, State of Hawaii

Fredrich Burian, B.A.

Gregory Trifonovitch, B.A. (Ph.D. candidate)*


Harriet Kusuhara

* Transferred April 1971 to Culture Learning Institute

155

APPENDIX F

DEGREE STUDENTS

Affiliated 1970-71

DegreeName Country Sought

Aim, Chung_Si* Korea MABhat, K.V. Subramanya India MSChattopadhyay, Krishneda India MSCheema, G. Shabbir Pakistan PhDFoley, Michael USA MAHan, Myung Hwa (Miss) Korea HAHellar, William USA PhDKim, Chang Kwon Korea MBAKim, Haingja Korea MAKim, Kook Chin Korea MAKim, Kwang-Woong Korea PhDKobayashi, Shigeo* Japan MSKoh, Hik-Yoo Korea MSKumar, Amar Jit India MBAKumar, Vinod India MSKwon, Won-Key Korea MAMm, Byoung Kyun* Korea MAMurthy, Parimi India MSNayak, Baiderbettu India MSPark, Chong Shik Korea MAPark, Yong_Ok* Korea NASchatz, Richard E. USA PhDShrestha, Omkar L. Nepal PhDSinghal, Vijai India MBATakahashi, Masahiro* Japan MAThongdethsri, Munlika (Miss) Thailand MSWada, Richard 0. USA PhDYao, Ke-Min Rep. of China MPHZaidi, Syed I.R. Pakistan MA

* Arrived in June 1971


Name

Ahmad, SuhailAim, Chee Young (Miss)Ashraf, MunawarBhat, Parameshwara ID.Chen, Po-HaiinChung, Byung-SooCorbell, Edward D.

Country

PakistanKoreaPakistanIndiaRep. of ChinaKoreaUSA

Major Field

Political ScienceElec. EngineeringElec. EngineeringPolitical ScienceTESLPolitical SciencePolitical ScienceBus. Admin.Political SciencePolitical SciencePolitical ScienceElec. EngineeringInfo. ScienceBus. Admin.Civil EngineeringEconomicsEconomicsElec. EngineeringOcean EngineeringEconomicsPolitical ScienceEconomicsEconomicsBus. Admin.Economics:Civil EngineeringEconomicsPublic HealthCivil Engineering

Major Field

Mech. EngineeringSocial WorkElec. EngineeringCivil EngineeringInfo. ScienceEconomicsGeosciences.

156

Name Country Major Field

Dua, Shyam SunderDubey, Krishna KumarFewsmith, JosephGhosh, Bhaskar KumarGrigg, Bruce O.J.Gurnani, Chandan K.S.Hannett, Leo JosephHarada, ToshiakiHarter, Richard A.Karim, AshanKim, Dennis C.H.Lara, Lilia M. (Miss)Lee, Hye Kyung (Miss)Liu, Ming-DerLu, Shyue-ChingMian, Munawar A.Minai, Viqar A.Morrow, James W.Mukherjee, BiswaroopNena, Jacob A.Venkathswaran, PerinkolamRao, Aniuldalapelli G.Saleem, AsifSamad, Md. AbdusSantiago, Mercedes (Miss)Soriaga, Manuel P.Srikantia, Srinath K.Susman, Howard D.Takuma, Thomas M.Tanaka, HiroshiTravers, Lawrence H.Ueda, ToshioUmpa, Camar A.Velasquez, Enrico P.Zhowandai, SalehaYu, Teh-Pei

IndiaIndiaUSAIndiaNew ZealandPakistanNew GuineaJapanUSAPakistanUSAPhilippinesKoreaRep. of ChinaRep. of ChinaPakistanPakistanUSAIndiaTrust TerritoryIndiaIndiaPakistanPakistanPhilippinesPhilippinesIndiaUSAUSAJapanUSAJapanPhilippinesPhilippinesAfghanistanRep. of China

Mech. EngineeringBus. Admin.Political ScienceBus. Admin.Info. ScienceMech. EngineeringPolitical SciencePhysicsSociologyStruct. EngineeringBus. Admin.EconomicsSocial WorkCivil EngineeringElec. EngineeringElec. EngineeringElec. EngineeringPublic HealthBus. Admin.Political ScienceBus. Admin.Elec. EngineeringCivil LngineeringCivil EngineeringChemistryChemistryElec. EngineeringInfo. ScienceEconomicsElec. EngineeringGeographyElec. EngineeringPolitical ScienceBus. Admin.EconomicsEconomics

157

Name

Foley, MichaelHellar, WilliamKim, Chang KwonKim, Haingja (Miss)Han, Myurig Hwa (Miss)

APPENDIX G

FIELD EDUCATION

FY 1970-71

Location

USTT, South PacificAustralia, New ZealandUSA - CornellUSAUSA - Harvard

Duration

6/7/71-12/12/715/22/71-9/2/715/214/71_1/31/726/18/71-10/13/715/25/71-1/31/72

158

CHAPTER 6

Open Grants

Open Grants

Open Grants are flexible Ceuter-wide resources for respondingto new opportunities, developing new programs, and insuring abroad geographic representation. The Center deems flexibilitynecessary in order to provide- grant opportunities foroutstanding students and scholars having interests beyondthose of the Center's existing problem-oriented Institutes.So, for example, Open Grants provide opportunities for Fellowswhose interests and activities are those of the generalist aswell as for those having more specialized research interests.(See Appendix A). Open Grants also enable the Center torespond to students with interests in areas outside those ofthe various Institutes.

Aware that changing times also bring to the fore urgent issues,the Center seeks to maintain the capability of responding tosuch issues through new program experimentation and development.So, for example, recognizing that a revolution in values andcreativity is sweeping the world, the Center, using theresources of Open Grants, initiated activities to determinewhether or not the humanities and the arts, by providingassistance in understanding the nature of contemporary valuechanges and creativity, can thereby assist in the effort morefully to realize the long-range objectives of the East-WestCenter. A proposal for a new program to which the arts andhumanities make major contributions has been submitted to theChancellor. The proposal was developed by a planning committeecomprising Center students, Fellows, staff, and University ofHawaii faculty and consultants from Asia and the United States.(See Appendix D for a summary of the planning workshop held atthe East-West Center in April and the two seminars convenedduring the spring semester, both of which also contributed tothe new program planning process).

DEGREE STUDY

With the reorganization of the Center on July 1, 1970, most ofthe students from the former Institute for Student Interchange(ISI) were transferred to Open Grants. Thus, Open Grants beganthe fiscal year with a total of 56 students. During theyear, 174 students completed their grants while 38 studentstransferred to other Center Institutes. At the same time,111 students arrived in September of 1970 and February andJune of 1971, so by June 30, 1971, Open Grants continued tobe responsible for 358 students. For September 1971, 9students are expected, representing 16 Asian and Pacificcountries and the United States.

The Open Grants staff, though reduced in number, continued itseffort to assist students in gaining maximum benefit fromtheir East-West Center experience by counseling and advisingstudents on personal and other matters related to their grants;

161

providing liaison between the students and the University ofHawaii on academic matters; maintaining contacts withAsian/Pacific countries on matters related to students andtheir programs; and assisting students in developing meaningfulfield education programs in Asia, the Pacific, and theUnited States.

The academic performance of students in Open Grants hascontinued at a high level of achievement. For the fallsemester of 1970, for example, 36.5 per cent of the graduatestudents earned a .0 grade point average ("A" is .0) and30 per cent earned high honor grades (3.5 - 3.9 GPA), for atotal of 66.5 per cent of graduate students doing high orhighest honors work in the University of Hawaii. Of the 96undergraduates registered last fall, 414 per cent achieved3.0 or higher grade point average.

Field education opportunities in Asia and the Pacific and theUnited States mainland have been broadened considerablyduring the past few years, resulting in interesting and variedprograms. For example, a number of Asian/Pacific students havetaken advantage of internship opportunities as follows:

1. A Japanese student in Architecture is working this summerwith the New York City Department of City Planning;

2. A Japanese student who earned a Master's degree inEconomics is serving a three-month internship in theDepartment of Economics and Social Affairs, Office ofTechnical Cooperation, United Nations;

3. A student from Afghanistan who completed the bachelor'sprogram in Civil Engineering is working as an intern forthe summer in Colorado with a construction firm;

A Lao student who earned his bachelor's degree inchemistry is serving an internship with the U.S. GeologicalSurvey in Washington, D.C.;

5. A Hong Kong student working toward the Master's degree inInformation Science is learning a new computer languageat the State University of New York at Binghamton;

6. A Singapore student in Library Science is working atthe Cornell University Library for two months to becomefamiliar with their Southeast Asian Library collection.

American Studies students participated in various fieldeducation programs designed to provide an overview ofAmerican society combined with a specific research topic.For example, a student from Korea concentrated on BlackCulture in America, visiting black theatrical and musicalgroups throughout the country. A Chinese student and aJapanese student carried out research projects on Americansof Chinese and Japanese ancestries respectively. Another

162

Chinese student from Taiwan compared American Studiesprograms at eight different universities showing regionaldifferences and emphases, while a Japanese student conductedresearch on the first Japanese students in the United Statesand their subsequent influence on Japanese education.

American students have also participated in interestinginternship programs in Asia, as exemplified by thefollowing:

1. An M.A. student in history and the Overseas CareersProgram worked in Hong Kong for Pacific CommunicationsLimited, writing for two periodicals: Orientations andInsight Her final project was a six-page spread onHong Kong in Insight carrying her own byline.

2. An M.A. student in Asian Studies worked for the JapanTimes and wrote articles on Asian economic developmentcarrying his own byline. His internship was sosuccessful that he was asked by the Times to remain as aregular staff member.

3. After completing her M.A. in economics, an Americanstudent spent five months in Thailand working for theBank of Thailand and the Board of Investment. Theresults of her research project at the Bank of Thailandare expected to be published in the fall.


The single professional training project located this yearin Open Grants was the Basic Humanities Project. The projectwas initiated in cooperation with the Ministry of Educationof Indonesia, which has embarked on a five-year personneland curricula development program to institute basichumanities studies in the context of university generaleducation throughout Indonesia.

The purpose f the project is to provide educationalopportunities for persons who will become the core group oflecturers in the new basic humanities course to be introducedin the Indonesian university system. The lecturers will beresponsible for developing the humanities course, selectingreading and other materials, planning for manpower and budgetrequirements, implementing and teaching the new course,and training other teachers who will not have the opportunityto study abroad.

While the project began with faculty from a single country,other countries in Southeast Asia may participate in thefuture. Funding for the project is presently provided bythe Indonesian Ministry of Education, the Ful]right Program,and the East-West Center. To date, nine faculty members

163

from Indonesia have participated in the project. (SeeAppendix B). As already indicated, the lifetime of theproject is five years. The third year begins August 1, 1972.

Adequate project evaluation can only begin once the basichumanities course is actually being taught. It is anticipatedthat teaching will begin in 1973. in general, it can be saidthat all of the participants have shown noteworthy developmentin their understanding of their task, their knowledge of thedifficulties involved in saying what the humanities are, theirknowledge of the traditions of their nation, their region, andthe world at large, their ability to contribute to thedevelopment of a course of study, their knowledge of availableeducational materials, and their knowledge of the principlesof planning.

There are, however, a number of problems and questionsbeginning to emerge. First, should the division between theIndonesian humanities group and the social sciences groupwhich is based at the University of California in Berkeleybe continued? Secondly, should the participants be composedlargely of university English lecturers? Third, should theparticipant mix include representatives from other disciplinessuch as engineering, medicine, law, public health andbusiness as well as the humanities? Fourth, shouldconsideration be given to combining the basic humanitiescourse and the basic social science course?

Finally, the 13-month period has proven to be an insufficientlength of time in which to accomplish what has been set outas the purposes of the project. Consequently, if sufficientadditional funding is available, the time period for the thirdgroup will be extended to 18 months. Because of the substantivestaff available and the close association of this project withculture learning, the third group will receive administrativesupport from the East-West Culture Learning Institute.

RESEARCH

Descriptions and results of research activity by students,Fellows, and staff will be found in Appendices A, C, and D.During 1971-72, some of the research activity on the partof Open Grants participants will be oriented toward thefurther planning of the new program.

STAFF DEVELOPMENT

During the past year, the program officers in Open Grantswere assigned students according to disciplines, as it wasfelt that familiarity with a field of specialization, itsdegree requirements and its faculty is highly desirable inworking with students. A staff member is responsible for astudent's progrm for the entire period of his grant,including field education. Staff participation in professional

164

conferences on the mainland was greatly curtailed due tolimited travel funds; however, there was staff participationin professional seminars and meetings held in Honolulu aswell as enrollment in courses at the University.

WORKSHOP AND SEMINARS

In cooperation with the Chancellor's Office, Open Grantssponsored a workshop in April. Workshop members includedthose appointed by the Chancellor from the United States,Asia and the Pacific and members of the new program planningcommittee also appointed by the Chancellor. The workshopwas convened to assist in the planning for a new instituteto which the humanities and the arts will make the majorcontribution (See Appendix D for the composition of theworkshop and a summary of the results).

Two seminars were convened by Open Grants Director Herbert D.Long, for the purpose of contributing to the East-West Centerplanning for the new institute and for exploring the issuesidentified under the general seminar themes. The titles ofthe seminars were: The Nature and Destiny of Man, andAppraising Development Values. (See Appendix D for a briefdescription of each).

Throughout the year a seminar for Open Grants Fellows wasalso convened by the Director. The purpose was to focus onthemes or issues of sufficient general interest that all ofthe Senior Fellows could participate, including thoseworking primarily in the Social Science Research Institutein the University of Hawaii. (See Appendix D for list ofsample seminar topics).


Open Grants continued its cooperation with MARA in Malaysiaand the Mindanao State University in the Philippines inbringing students to the East-West Center. This was thethird year of cooperative effort with MARA in providingeducational opportunities for the indigenous people ofMalaysia and the results have been most gratifying. Thefirst MARA student to complete the bachelor's programreturned to Sarawak in May. Another student who received thebachelor's degree in May, received a second grant from theFood Institute to work toward a master's degree in Nutrition.In addition to their high academic achievement, the MARAstudents have contributed significantly to the Center'sintercultural community. Under our agreement with MindanaoState University, one student was brought to the Centerduring the fiscal year to work toward the master's degree inelementary education. This was the final year of theMindanao State University-East-West Center agreement, and12 students in all have studied at the University of Hawaiiunder this agreement.

165

CONTRIBUTIONS TO NEW PROGRAM PLANNING

Dr. John E. Walsh, East-West Center Senior Fellow andformerly Vice President for Academic Affairs at the Universityof Notre Dame, was appointed by the Chancellor to chair thePlanning Committee for a new program to which, as indicatedabove, the humanities and the arts will make the majorcontribution.

A number of meetings and discussions had been held earlier,in response to a proposal submitted by Dr. Herbert D. Long,Director of the Open Grants Program,to the Center's ForwardPlanning Committee. The New Program Committee began itswork on February 1, 1971, and met each week through thespring semester.

The Committee itself was representative of a large numberof cultural backgrounds, disciplines, and age groups. Itwas composed of Senior Fellows, University of Hawaii facultymembers, and East-West Center grantees. The Committee wasalso greatly assisted in its work by a group of localconsultants and by a panel of outside experts who met withthe Committee in a Workshop on April 22-25, 1971. (SeeAppendix D). In July, 1971, the proposal will be consideredby the East-West Center Planning Committee.

The proposal submitted to the Chancellor grows out of thethought that the humanities, whether considered as a bodyof knowledge, an educational program, or an attitude towardlife, have much indeed to contribute to the search forunderstanding between the peoples of the East and the West.But it is also a new and challenging approach to thehumanities themselves for it assumes that, at least much morethan has been the case in the last two or three centuries,the humanities as revitalized may be able to say somethingto modern man about his moral choices, his politicaldecisions, and his social and economic policies -- in short,about his values, priorities, and options.

PUBLICATIONS

Publications in Open Grants include those of students,Fellows, and staff. They cover a wide variety of topicsand concerns. (See Appendices A and C).

FUTURE PLANS

Beginning in Fiscal Year 1971-72, Open Grants Office will belocated in the Chancellor's Office. Through the SeniorProgram Officer, the Open Grants staff will report to theDeputy Chancellor for Academic Affairs. In addition toproviding leadership in administering both student andFellow awards, the Deputy Chancellor will provide leadershipfor planning and developing the new program to which thehumanities and the arts will make the major contributions.

166

APPENDIX A

SENIOR FELLOWS

FY 1970-71

1. Dr. James Araki, Professor of Japanese, University ofHawaii, Honolulu, Hawaii


Research and other activity: A comprehensive study of theworks of Yukio Nishima and Yasunari Kawabata, as firstphase of a larger study of representative Japanese writersof the 1970's. Participated in symposium on IndianLiterature during UH Interim Session with presentation onphilosophical and aesthetic parallels between Indian andJapanese literature and drama. Member of planning Committeefor proposed EWC Humanities Institute. Completed thefollowing manuscripts: "The Death of Yukio Mishima (1925-1970)," for inclusion in a book to be edited by HarveyResnik and M. D. Fager; "Kiyotsune, a No Drama, with anIntroduction and Performing Instructions," for inclusion inAnthology of Asian Drama edited by Martin Cobin; and twoshort articles for the Dictionary of Oriental Literatureedited by J. Pruseek for UNESCO.

2. Dr. Mantle Hood, Director, Institute of Ethnomusicology,University of California, Los Angeles (Senior FellowAffiliate)


Research project: A comparative evaluation of the ways inwhich the generative laws of musical grammar are relatedto the cultural and social aspects of society. Publications:The Ethnomusicologist McGraw-Hill: New York, acomprehensive and critical study of the entire field ofethnomusicology; "Music of Indonesia," Handbuch derOrientalistik Part 3: Indonesien Malaysia und diePhilippinen E. J. Brill: Leiden (in press). Manuscriptin preparation: "Music of the Roaring Sea" (tentativetitle), a book in two volumes and three parts to bepublished by the University of California Press, a studyof Javanese gamelan viewed in the context of culturalhistory from neolithic times to the present.

167

3. Mr. Toshikazu Kaze, Ambassador-at-Large and Professor,College of International Commerce, Tokyo, Japan


Research and other activity: A critical assessment ofJapan's foreign policy. Addressed various local groups andgave EWC seminar presentation, "Comments on the NationalTraits of the Japanese People." Completed two manuscripts:(in Japanese) "From Conflict to Conciliation," book to bepublished in July by Shinchosa, Tokyo; (in English) a partof a larger work, "Fateful Decade, 1931-1941," entitled"Season of Assassination."

4. Dr. Andrew Lind, Senior Professor Emeritus of Sociology,University of Hawaii


Research and other activity: Underlying patterns of racerelations and development of a theory of race relations.Made presentations to Open Grants Senior Fellows seminarand to larger EWC group on "Interethnic Issues in Singaporeand Malaysia" and "Race Relations in Hawaii," respectively.Completed book-length manuscript, "Nanyang Perspective:Chinese Students in a Multiracial Setting," to be publishedby Nanyang University in Singapore.

5. Mr. David T. Stanley, Senior Fellow, Governmental StudiesProgram, The Brookings Institution, Washington, D.C.


Research and other activity: Organization theory,evaluation of government activities, and theory of publicemployment. Gave seven lectures or seminar presentationsbefore EWC, UH, and local groups, as well as to visitingofficials from Indonesia and Vietnam. Presented papersat annual meeting of the American Society for PublicAdministration, Denver, Colorado, April 1971 ("Impact ofUnions on Job Evaluation and Pay") and at the InternationalSymposium on Public Employment Labor Relations, New YorkCity, May 1971 ("Impact of Unions on Public Administrationin Local Governments"). Rewrote two book-length manuscripts,"Operation of the Federal Bankruptcy System," and "Impactof Employee Unions on Public Administration in LocalGovernments"; wrote guest editorial for Public AdministrationReview on realism in public service.

168

6. Dr. Dae-Sook Suh, Professor of Political Science, Universityof Houston, Houston, Texas

Period of residence: 1/15/71 - 9/l'4/7l

Research and other activity: Analysis of the politicaldevelopment of North Korea from 1946 to 1966, focusing onthe ruling party and competing elites. Taught seminar onModern Korea, Spring Semester, 1971, under terms of jointappointment with UH Department of History. Gave lecturesto various campus and local groups and led one session ofthe Open Grants Senior Fellows seminar. Participated inthe Conference on Traditional Korean Society and Culture,June 7-11, 1971. Served as chairman of the Ad HocCommittee to create a Center for Korean Studies at theUniversity of Hawaii.

7. Dr. Stephen Uhalley, Jr., Associate Professor of History,Duke University, Durham, North Carolina


Research and other activity Study of the phenomenon ofrevolutionary renewal in China, with emphasis on how thevalues of party leadership are communicated to the partymembership and to Chinese society as a whole. Researchwill result in book-length work dealing with China as amodel of revolutionary development. Conducted graduateseminar on Contemporary China during 1970-71 academicyear, under terms of joint appointment with UH Departmentof History and Asian Studies Program, and gave lectures toseveral campus and community groups. Presented papers at28th International Congress of Orientalists, Canberra,Australia, Jan. 1971 ("The Taipigs at Ningpo") and atAsian Studies Pacific Coast Conference, University ofSouthern California, Los Angeles ("The Taipings: Rebellionor Revolution?"). Publications: "Li Hsui-ch'eng: TaipingHero," in Revolutionary Leadershi in Modern China ed.Chun-tu Hsueh, London: Oxford University Press, 1971;"The Loyal Prince of the Taipings," Orientations Vol. I,No. 11, 50-58; "Lord Elgin and the Taipings," Journal ofthe Hon Kong Branch of the Royal Asiatic Society Vol. X.Manuscripts completed, awaiting publication: "The Taipingsat Ningpo," in Journal of the Hong Kong Branch of the RoyalAsiatic Society "The Incredible Long March of the ChineseCommunists," in Orientations a book manuscript,"Revolutionary Taiping China and the West," underconsideration by University of California press.

169

Participants in EWC/SSRI Culture and Mental Health in Asia andthe Pacific Program:

8. Dr. Mikail Bharja, Lecturer, Department of Psychiatry,Faculty of Medicine, University of Indonesia


Research and other activity: The phenomenon of suicide.Paper presented at the March 1971 Conference on Cultureand Mental Health in Asia and the Pacific: "A RetrospectiveStudy of Hospitalized Suicidal Patients in Djakarta."Participated in weekly SSRI seminars and bimonthly OpenGrants seminars.

9. Dr. Chu-chang Chen, Associate Professor, Department ofNeurology and Psychiatry, National Taiwan UniversityHospital


Research and other activity: The methodology of grouppsychotherapy in the Chinese culture. Paper presented atMarch 1971 Conference on Culture and Mental Health in Asiaand the Pacific: "Group Therapy with Predelinquent SchoolChildren in Taiwan." Other papers: "Experiences withGroup Psychotherapy in Taiwan," submitted to InternationalJournal of Group Psychotherapy "Day Hospitalization andIts Relation to Rehabilitation in Community," to bepresented at Plenary Session on Rehabilitation in Psychiatry,Fifth World Congress of Psychiatry, Mexico City, Nov. 28-Dec. 14, 1971; "Preliminary Report on International PilotStudy of Schizophrenia," in progress. Participated inweekly SSRI seminars and Open Grants seminars.

10. Dr. Won Shik Chung, Associate Professor of EducationalPsychology, Seoul National University, Seoul, Korea


Research and other activity: Child development and guidance.Paper presented at March 1971 Conference on Culture andMental Health in Asia and the Pacific, "Value Orientationsof Korean Children." Writing in progress: "Optimal LearningEnvironment for Cognitive Development of Korean Children,"tentative title; book-length manuscript, "Adong Baltal kwaJido" (Child Development and Guidance), the first textbookon the subject in the Korean language, to be published bySeoul University Press; "Hanguk Adong eui Euijonsung"(Dependency of Korean Children: A Cross-cultural Comparison);"Cross-cultural Study on Prenatal Care," in planning stage,to be written in collaboration with Dr. D. Price-Williams,U.C.L.A. Participated in weekly SSRI seminars and inbimonthly Open Grants seminars.

170

11. Dr. Pura M. Flores, Dean, College of Education and Head,Psychology Department, The Philippine Women's University,Manila, Philippines

Research and other activity: A study of the Filipinoadolescent today, oriented toward serving guidancecounselors, teachers, and community workers. Paperpresented at March 1971 Conference on Culture and MentalHealth in Asia and the Pacific, "Problems ConfrontingFilipino School Youth." Book manuscript nearing completion,"Socio-psychological Development of Filipino Adolescents."Participated in weekly SSRI seminars and in Open GrantsSenior Fellow seminars.

12. Dr. Fuad Hassan, Deputy Dean, Faculty of Psychology,University of Indonesia, Djakarta, Indonesia


Research and other activity: A study of the psychologicalfactors in the process of social change, especially thoseaspects which reflect changes in social values. Paperpresented at March 1971 Conference on Culture and MentalHealth in Asia and the Pacific: "Some Notes on the Problemof Socio-cultural Discontinuity and Social Anomie inTransitional Societies." Manuscripts completed: "Kami andKita An Analysis of Two Basic Modes of Togethernes'; (inIndonesian) "Perkenalan Dengan Existensialisme," anintroductory text on existentialism. Participated inweekly SSRI seminars and in informal Open Grants seminars.

13. Mr. Takao Murase, Head, Psychological Research Division,National Institute of Mental Health, Ichikawa City, Japan


Research and other activity: Naikan-ho asystem of psychotherapy practiced in Japan. Paperpresented at March 1971 Conference on Culture and MentalHealth in Asia and the Pacific: "Mental Health Problemsof Japanese Early Adolescents, A Pilot Study Report."Publications: (in Japanese) "Primary and SecondaryTherapeutic Factors in Naikan," in Naikan No. 5 1971;"Naikan and Japanese Culture," Clinical Psychology Series,eds. H. Hoshino and K. Yamamoto, 1971, in press. Contributedpaper entitled "Naikan" to Working Paper Series, Cultureand Mental Health Program. Participated in weekly SSRIseminars and in informal Open Grants seminars.

171

14. Dr. Sangun Suwanler-t, Head, Female Services, SrithunyaPsychiatric Hospital, Nodhaburi, Thailand


Research and other activity: Study of the suitability ofgroup psychotherapy techniques for Thai psychiatricpatients. Paper presented at March 1971 Conference onCulture and Mental Health in Asia and the Pacific:"Psychiatric Study of Phii Pob." Work in progress: "PhilPob: A Phenomenon of Spirit Possession in NortheastThailand," paper to be presented at the Fifth World Congressof Psychiatry, Mexico City, Nov. 28-Dec. 4, 1971.Participated in weekly SSRI seminars and in bimonthlyOpen Grants seminars.

FELLOWS

1. Dr. Charles Courtney, Associate Professor of Philosophy,Drew University, Madison, New Jersey


Research and other activity: Development of a conceptualscheme for interpreting varieties of religious phenomenaphilosophically. Made presentations to Open Grants SeniorFellows seminar ("The Implications of Nuclear Weapons forPolitics as a Human Activity") and the Seminar onAppraising Development Values. Participated in threeseminars in philosophy at the University of Hawaii andattended three conferences at the EWC. Assembled materialsfor project comparing Eastern and Western thought on dreamconsciousness. In process: testing of the hypothesis thatreligions can be judged according to how much they increaseawareness. Wrote four book reviews of books in philosophyand philosophy of religion, to appear in scholarly journals.

172

APPENDIX B


FY 1970-71

The Basic Humanities Project

The project was initially designed and initiated by theIndonesian Ministry of Education. Efforts are under way tomake the project multinational by including, if other ministriesof education and university administrations are so inclined,participants from additional Southeast Asian countries.

The project began with the Indonesian Government'srecognition of the need for reforming the Indonesian educationalsystem, for discarding inappropriate educational patterns,practices, and curricula inherited from the Dutch, and forcreating a new system of education geared to the problems andneeds of a changing society.

As one of the first steps in this process, the IndonesianMinistry of Education is focusing its reform in the area ofHumanities in higher education and has initiated a five-yearpersonnel and course development program with the end-purposeof instituting basic humanities studies in the context ofuniversity general education throughout Indonesia. The purposeof the humanities course is to broaden the awareness ofIndonesian University students. As potential leaders of theirrespective disciplines and of their country, it is hoped thatthey will resist temptations to parochialisms. The course isintended to facilitate interdisciplinary communication whichwill produce men and women who have firm knowledge of theproblems of their own society, of Asia, and of the rest of theworld, and who have a sense of their own identity as well. Inthe process of modernization, Indonesia is concerned that itsfuture leaders be more aware of their identity as Indonesiansand as Asians.

The first group of Indonesian junior faculty membersarrived at the East-West Center in September, 1969. The lastmembers of group I returned home in January, 1971, afterhaving engaged in special research and training in thehumanities. Group II arrived in July, 1970, and will returnhome in August, 1971.

The purpose of the project is to train a number ofuniversity lecturers, recruited from among the best availablecandidates in the Indonesian universities, to become the coregroup of lecturers in the new basic course in humanities to beintroduced in one or two universities in February of 1972.

173

They will be responsible for developing the humanities course,selecting reading and other materials, planning for manpowerand budget requirements, implementing and teaching the newcourse, and training other teachers who will not have theopportunity to study abroad.

With these purposes in mind, the project aims to achievethe following objectives: a) to provide participants with theopportunity to enhance their knowledge of the humanities of theirnation, their region, and the world at large; b) to promote anacquaintance with general education and humanities experimentsthroughout the world; c) to help the participants develop acourse of study and lectures for the basic humanities courses;d) to help the participants select educational materials foruse in the classrooms and to designate work for translation foruse in the classrooms; e) to acquaint participants withprinciples of planning and change in higher education.

Project director is Dr. Herbert D. Long, Director, OpenGrants. Members of the UH faculty advisory committee were:Dr. James Brandon, Professor of Drama and Theatre; Dr. EliotDeutsch, Professor of Philosophy; Dr. Reynold Feldman,Assistant Professor of English; and Dr. Robert Van Niel,Professor of History. Also serving in an advisory capacity wasDr. Somsakdi Xuto, Senior Fellow in the Technology andDevelopment Institute.

Participants were: Group I -- Hiang Nio Be, Instructorof English, University of Indonesia, Djakarta; Ismail Marahimin,Junior Lecturer, IKIP, Medan; Chairuddin Rahman, Dean of theFaculty of Letters, State University of NorthSumatera, Medan.Group II -- Sapardi Damono, Junior Lecturer, UniversitasDiponegoro, Semarang; Budi Darma, Junior Lecturer, IKIP,Surabaja; Ardantiningsih Sulaeman Kartawinata, GraduateAssistant, University of Parahyangan, Bandung; Melkiannus PaulLambut, Junior Lecturer, Lambung Mangkurat University,Bandjarmasin, South Kalimantan; Sri Liana Suryo-Atmodjo,Assistant Lecturer, Diponegoro State University, Semarang;Muhammad Husmi Thamrin, Assistant Lecturer, University ofIndonesia, Djakarta.

174

APPENDIX C


FY 1970-71

Books Articles

Papers

See Appendix A for publications of the Senior Fellows.

1. "Education: East and West," Herbert D. Long, published inthe annual proceedings of the Council of Associate DegreePrograms, National League for Nursing, 1970.

2. "Arts and Humanities: Proposal for a New East-WestProgram," Herbert D. Long, published in Development NewsMarch-April, 1971.

3. "Free Recall and Organization as Functions of Paced orUnpaced Responding and Presentation Rate," Irene Ponce(Baguio, Philippines, M.S. in Psychology) and S. I. Shapiro,Psychonomic Science, 1970, Vol. 18 No. 16.

Thesis Papers Produced by Students

1. Benson, Louis P., Miami, Florida, Ph.D. in PoliticalScience, Political Leadership Through Liders A NewApproach for the Analysis of Philippine ProvincialPolitical Positions

2. Buyannanonth, Varunee, Bangkok, Thailand, M. S. in Geoscience,Biostatagraphis Correlation in he Area of the Ontong-JavaPlateau.

3. Campbell, Robert, Rouland, North Carolina, Ph.D. inAgricultural Economics, Resettlement in the Mekong BasinAn Economic Case Study of Nam Pong Project

L. Choudhury, Barbara, Honolulu, Hawaii, Ph.D. in History,The Genesis of Neo-Vedanta and its Consanguinity withIndian Nationalism

5. Hahn, Young Whan, Seoul, Korea, Ph.D. in Public Administration,Socio-Cultural Mobility and National Development A CaseStudy of Modernization in Korea

6. Hill, Eric A., Jr., Wood River Jct., Rhode Island, Ph.D. inAnthropology An Event-Structure Approach to the Thai-LaoSocial Structure.

175

7. Khoo, Bin Khong, Kedah, Malaysia, M.S.Toxicity and Anticholinesterose ActiviHa1oenated Organophosphates to Boettc(Robineau-Desvoidy)

8. Kim, Dong Hi, Seoul, Korea, Ph.D. in AgriculturalEconomics, Economics of Fertilizer Use in Production ofFoodgrains in Korea

9. Manoto, Eugenia, Caloocan City, Philippines, M.S. inEntomology, Effects of Gamma Radiation on the Developmentof the Testes and Ovaries of the Oriental Fruit FlyDacus Dorsalis Hendel.

10. Misra, Mahesh Kumar, Kanpur, India, Ph.D. in Soil Science,Soil-lation Interaction in Plants

11. Prizzia, Rosario, Highland, New York, Ph.D. in PoliticalScience, Student Activism in a Comparative PerspectiveThe Study of Political Participation of Thai UniversityStudents.

12. Quijano, Walter, Cebu City, Philippines, M.A. in Psychology,A Comparative Study of Hypnotic Susceptibility and RelatedVariables in Filipinos and Caucasian-Americans

13. Respicio, Napoleon C., Manila, Philippines, M.S. inEntomology, Toxicity and Anticholinesterose Activity ofSeveral Carbamates to Two Species of Calliphorid Flies

lLl.. Rujiporn, Pantiva, Bangkok, Thailand, M.A. in Psychology,Behavior Assessment and Interventions in the Classroom:A Case Study.

15. Smith, Thomas B., Hilo, Hawaii, Ph.D. in Political Science,Induced Political Change Develbpment Planning in Nepal

16. Villanueva, Marianito, Batongas, Philippines, M.S. inAgronomy, A Genotype Environmental Study of 15 CornVarieties Grown under three Population Levels at ThreeDifferent Locations

17. von Fleckenstein, Friederick, Hollywood,in Agricultural Economics, Factors AffectAdoption and Continuation of Income-Increin a Northeastern Thai Village

18. Yu, Hyo-sok, Seoul, Korea, M.S. in Entomology, TheBiology and Public Health Significance of Musca SorbensWeed in Hawaii.

in Entomology,y of relatedenisca Peregrina

California, Ph.D.ing the Acceptance,asing Innovations

176

APPENDIX D

WORKSHOP AND SEMINARS

FY 1970-71

New Program Workshop: April 23 to April 25.

Purpose To obtain an international perspective on theEast-West Center's planning for a new program to which thehumanities and the arts will make the major contribution.

Agenda Included discussion and critique of the conceptualizationof the program as well as of themes proposed by the EWC planningcommittee; suggestions for additional program areas andspecific projects by outside experts; consideration of thename for the new Institute; and brief discussion of problemswhich might be anticipated in relation to funding.

Panel of Outside Consultants Dr. Denis Goulet, developmentphilosopher at the Center for the Study of Developmentand Social Change, Cambridge, Mass.; Rev. Theodore M.Hesburgh, President of the University of Notre Dame andchairman of the U.S. Commission on Civil Rights; Dr. UmarKayam, Indonesian novelist and chairman of the Arts Councilof Djakarta, trustee of the International BroadcastingInstitute; Dr. Y. P. Mei, philosopher and President of NewAsia College, Hong Kong; Dr. Richard P. Niebuhr, professorof Divinity, Harvard University; and Dr. V. Raghavan,Indian author and foremost Sanskrit scholar, formerly ofMadras University.

Members of the New Program Planning Committee Dr. Evangelos A.Afendras, Senior Fellow Affiliate, Culture Learning Institute;Dr. James Araki, Senior Fellow, Open Grants Program; AnnBatteen, EWC student; Dr. Bhabani Bhattacharya, VisitingProfessor, Department of English, UH; Dr. James R. Brandon,Professor of Drama and Theatre, UH; Patricia Calman, EWCstudent; Dr. Thomas H. Fujimura, Professor of English, UH;Dr. Herbert D. Long, Director, Open Grants Program; RosieMajid, EWC student; Tricia Mcllroy, Office of Public Affairs;Dr. Winfield E. Nagley, Professor and Chairman, Department ofPhilosophy, UH; Prithwish Neogy, Professor of Art, UH;Dr. P. J. Philip, Director, Institute for Religion and SocialChange; Dr. Armand Russell, Professor and Chairman, MusicDepartment, UH; Sabeena Watanabe, EWC student; Dr. John A. White,Professor of History, UH; Dr. Somsakdi Xuto, Senior Fellow,Technology and Development Institute; Dr. John E. Walsh (Chairman),Senior Fellow, Culture Learning Institute.

177

Workshop Results:

Conceptualization. An effort was made early in theWorkshop to identify precisely the problem, issue, orconcern to which the new program might best addressitself. Is it possible to state a or the problem towardwhich a new program emphasizing the humanities and the artswould be oriented? If so, is the issue one of inhumanity,radical change mutual understanding clarificationfreedom human dignity Or is the problem one simply ofhow to be more human in a technological age? Are wetalking about the humanities and arts as disciplines orabout emphasizing a humanistic attitude toward life? Ithad not been anticipated that in such a short time anyclear consensus could be reached on an exact focus for thenew program. Nonetheless, a consensus at a higher or moregnera1 level did appear, namely, that the new programshould stress values and creativity against a background ofradical change.

2. Name for the New Program. A number of names were proposedduring the course of the workshop. One, The Institute forthe Study of Values and Creativity, seemed to follownaturally from the earlier consensus on goals, and severalof the participants expressed enthusiastic support of it.However, the name finally recommended by the PlanningCommittee was simply The Humanities Institute.

3. Projects. The workshop was especially rich and fruitfulin suggesting possible projects for the new program.There was general concern expressed for making sure thatthe new program would not be elitest or exclusivistic butsomehow should include expressions from minorities in allcultures. Great emphasis was placed on projects that wouldconsider the person as contributor and as creator. Amongthe many suggestions offered were: identity and self-esteem,a theory of the person and of human needs, man andtechnology, shame, the myth of growth, voluntary austerity,collective man and personal destiny, festivals and games,attitudes toward the human body, world community, theman-woman relationship, the parent-child relationship,labor as demeaning or ennobling, corruption, man asreligious being and the varieties of religious experience,the reconstruction of values, death, man as subject ratherthan object of his own destiny, and "beyond survival."

4. General Concerns.

a. Any new program should involve the search forunderstanding, but understanding should lead to arespect for, and appreciation of, differences.Understanding should not be thought of as a preliminaryto manipulation or control or as a way of gaining power.

178

b. Though the purposes and procedures of the new programshould be stated as clearly and boldly as possible,the new program itself should begin as a kind of "actof faith." Its results will be long-range rather thanshort-range, and the program would have to be evaluatedon its own terms.

c. The new program should not be unmindful of traditionand history, but its main impetus should be onresponding to contemporary conditions and on lookingto the future.

d. When it is said that the new program should beinterdisciplinary, what is meant is that it should betruly such. It should seek ways of incorporating thethinking of the natural and social scientists as wellas the thinking drawn from the various humanistic andartistic disciplines.

Seminars: Three seminars were convened by the Director.

Purpose To contribute to the conceptualization process inrelation to planning for the new program, and to consider thevarious themes selected for attention under the seminar topics.

1. Seminar on the Nature and Destiny of Man

Among the themes considered were: (a) death; (b) play(c) creativity; (d) parent-child relations; (e) the natureof religious experience; and (f) the learning act. Inaddition to the Director of Open Grants, Senior Fellowsparticipating included Dr. Evangelos Afendras, AssociateDirector of Research, International Center for Research onBilingualism, Laval University; Gregory Bateson, ChiefScientist, Biological Relations Division, Oceanic Institute,Waimanalo, Hawaii; and Dr. John E. Walsh, Former Vice-Presidentfor Academic Affairs, University of Notre Dame. Visitinglecturers included Dr. K. N. Upadhyaya, Associate Professorof Philosophy, UH, and Francis Haar, photographer.Participants: 2 undergraduate and graduate studentsenrolled for credit; 30 auditors.

Seminar on Appraising Development Values

The seminar devoted a major portion of its effort toexamining the assumption that a primary model informing thethinking of those engaged in "development" or "modernizing"activities is the modern technological society. A numberof themes were examined, including: The idea of the ThirdWorld; elitism; China as a development model; the logic ofdevelopment; images of man in development; Micronesia as acase history of past mistakes and future possibilities; analternative pedagogy; emerging development dogma. Participantsof the seminar included staff, UH faculty and students.Membership was limited to 15.

179

3. Open Grants Fellows Seminar

This seminar met biweekly to consider topics of sufficientgeneral concern to engage the attention of Fellows fromdisparate disciplines and having a wide range of interests,both specialized and general. A general purpose of theseminar was to provide a vehicle both for intellectualinterchange across traditional boundaries of discipline andprofession and for interchange across cultural boundaries.The following are samples of the kinds of topics taken upby the seminar: National Traits of the Japanese People,Interethnic Issues in Singapore and Malaysia, Prejudice--Brown vs Black in the U.S., Evaluation of GovernmentActivities, Do Nuclear Weapons Make Politics Absurd?

180

APPENDIX E

STAFF

FY 1970-71

Director

Herbert D. Long, Th.D. (Associate Professor of Religion*),former Dean of Students and Francis Greenwood PeabodyLecturer on Church Theology, The Divinity School,Harvard University


Sumi Y. Makey, M.A.

Associate Program Officers

Lyn F. Anzai, M.A.

Rose S. Nakainura, B.S.

Field Education Research Specialist

Dorothy E. Roberts, Ph.D.

Program Assistant

Miriam Gould

* Indicates joint appointment with the University of Hawaii

181

APPENDIX F

OPEN GRANTS FIELD EDUCATION REPORT

FY 1970-71

Field Education on U.S Mainland Field Education in Asia/Pacific

Plan A-l 20 Plan I-A 2Plan A-2 8 Plan I-B 9Plan A-3 22 Plan I-C 11Plan B 31 Plan II-A 1Plan C 11 Plan II-B 12Plan D 16 Plan III 8

Total 108 Total 43

Asian/Pacific Island students on Plans A-i, A-2, or A-3enrolled in one of the following institutions for one semester(except Plan A-3 -- enrollment for summer and fall which couldbe at two different schools):

Adeiphi University 1Brown University 3University of California - Berkeley 3University of California - Los Angeles 2University of Colorado 1Columbia University 7Columbia University Teachers College 2Cornell University 1Dartmouth University 1Georgetown University 2Harvard University 1Indiana University 1University of Illinois 1Illinois State University 1Massachusetts Institute of Technology 2University of Michigan 1Michigan State University 2Middlebury College 1State University of New York-Buffalo 7

(Linguistics Institute)University of North Carolina 1University of Pennsylvania 2Pennsylvania State University 1University of Pittsburgh 1San Francisco State College 1Smith College 1Stanford University 3Syracuse University 1University of Vermont 2University of Washington 1University of Wisconsin

59182

Americans on Field Education from July 1 1970 June 30, 1971

Plan I-A Kyoto Japanese Language Center - Japan 1University of Singapore 1

2

Plan I-B Ataneo de Manila - Philippines 1Gadjah Mada University - Indonesia 1Mandarin Training Center - Taiwan SUniversity of Singapore 1Sophia University - Japan 1

9

Plan I-C Gadjah Mada University - Indonesia 1Kyoto Japanese Language Center - Japan 3Mandarin Training Center - Taiwan 5New Asia College - Hong Kong 2

11

Plan II-A Indonesia 1

Plan II-B JapanAfghanistan 1Indonesia 1Thailand 3Hong Kong - Singapore 1Indonesia - Singapore 1Hong Kong 1

12

Plan III Japan, Indonesia, India 1Japan 3Japan, India 1Philippines 1New Zealand, Australia, Fiji, American Samoa 1Hong Kong 1

8

183

APPENDIX G

ACADEMIC PERFORMANCE OF OPEN GRANTS STUDENTS

FY 1970-71

Mean Grade Point Average

Fall, 1970 Spring, 1971

Graduate Students 3.6 3.6

Undergraduate Students 2.7 2.8

Proportion of Grantees Attaining Specific Levels of Achievement

Graduate Students* Fall, 1970 Spring, 1971

4.0 CPA 36.5% 41.0%

3.5 - 3.9 CPA 30.0% 30.0%

3.0 - 3.4 CPA 28.5% 24.0%

2.9 and below 5.0% 5.0%

Undergraduate Students*

4.0 CPA 6.0% 3.0%

3.0 - 3.9 GPA 38.0% 46.0%

2.0 - 2.9 CPA 42.0% 42.0%

1.9 and below 14.0% 9.0%

* Acceptable graduate performance is 3.0 and above; acceptableundergraduate performance is 2.0 and above.

184

CHAPTER 7

Office of Contract Training

Office of Contract TrainingThe Office of Contract Training, which originated under theGovernor's Office in Hawaii and was transferred to theEast-West Center in 1961, completed its 17th year of foreignparticipant training. The Office of Contract Training isessentially an in-service training agency for foreignparticipants sponsored by the Agency for InternationalDevelopment (AID) and its cooperating agencies. The Officearranges, monitors, and administers training requested by AIDand by other agencies (including international organizations,foundations and foreign governments), the programs of whichare coordinated by the U.S. Government.

During the past year 359 participants received training, thelargest number in the Office's 17 year history. This was asignificant 30 per cent increase over the previous year withan average of 39 man-days per participant, and also thesecond consecutive year with an all-time high in participanttraining. The last few years may be indicative of a trendfor increased utilization of Hawaii's resources.

While training requests from AID/Washington and cooperatingagencies include participants trained entirely in Hawaii, thegreater number constituted short-termers whose programs wereessentially supplementary training in their fields of interest.

FIELDS OF INTEREST

Major fields of interest and program involvement in the orderof the largest number of participants trained were ineducational administration, agriculture, cross-culturalseminars, public health/family planning and public administration.Among the highly successful and noteworthy projects includedprograms for Rural Thai Elementary School Administrators, twoteams of Regional Directors of Family Planning from thePhilippines, Thai Labor Administration Team and Cross-CulturalSeminars.

Approximately 80 per cent of the training involved on-campusresources with the balance spread over governmental andprivate agencies. To the extent possible, arrangements weremade for participant exposure over a broad spectrum ofcommunity-wide resources without unduly deviating from themain program objectives. The total program, for the mostpart, included direct and indirect contacts with public andprivate sectors.

187

SUPPORTIVE SERVICES

For maximum utilization of the time for short-termers, timeschedules on a day-by-day basis were arranged in accordancewith program objectives, and participants were escorted byprogram officers to assist in focusing on relevant topics ofinterest as indicated in their background information. Inaccordance with established practice, all AID participantswere met by program officers at the airport on arrival,assisted with hotel reservations, onward flights, transportationto and from the airport and generally accorded the normalcourtesies and support services.

While most of the participants were of middle-managementcategory, 33 protocol participants were also programmed andaccorded appropriate courtesies.

ACADEMIC PROGRAMS

Thirty-seven participants representing 17 countries wereenrolled in academic programs at the University of Hawaii.Except for one participant from Laos who failed, allparticipants performed exceedingly well and beyond ourexpectations. Fifteen completed their academic programs inFY 1971, and included a Thai woman who received her Ph.D. inSoil Science; a Ghanian who completed her M.S. in Horticultureand is now pursuing the doctoral degree at the University ofCalifornia, Davis; one from Peru who completed his M.S. inHorticulture; two from Indonesia who completed their M.S.programs in Animal Science; a Filipino who completed the Ph.D.in Soil Science; an undergraduate from Laos who completed hisB.S. in Tropical Agriculture; an Afghan who completed aone-year, post-doctoral non-degree program in ElectricalEngineering; a woman from Trinidad who completed one semesterof non-degree study in Business Administration; an Indianpost-doctoral student who completed ten months of non-degreework in sugar cane physiology; one each from the Philippines,Western Samoa and Brazil in fruit fly control, biologicalcontrol of pests and weeds, and sugar cane production,respectively.

Twenty-two participants are currently continuing their academicprograms, either degree or non-degree, and include fourMalaysian master's candidates in agriculture; two Thai post-FAOFellows pursuing the master's degrees on a self-financed basis;a Colombian Ph.D. candidate in Botany also on a self-financedbasis; four Vietnamese undergraduates including three warorphans and a Montagnard; a Nigerian Ph.D. candidate inHorticulture; a Ghanian M.S. candidate in Horticulture; anIndonesian Ph.D. candidate in Geography; an Indonesian M.P.H.candidate; a Korean non-degree student in Public Health; anM.P.H. Filipina student; a Korean and a Cook Island undergraduatein Travel Industry Management; two Vietnamese and one Indonesianin a one-year, non-degree program in Public Health.

188

PROGRAM HIGHLIGHTS

In addition to the academic participants, program highlightsfor the fiscal year included the following:

1. Pre-University Workshop was held for two weeks in August.Sixteen participants representing the Philippines, Korea,Indonesia, Laos and Thailand participated in the Workshop.

2. Cross-cultural dialogue sessions which were developed andinitiated last fiscal year were continued this year for66 participants prior to their programs on the mainland.All indications appear to judge the programs highlysuccessful. To obviate duplicate efforts of theWashington International Center, substantive topics wererestricted to facets of cross-cultural and contrastingdifferences.

3. Protocol officials included six governors from Turkey; aVietnamese Presidential Advisory team of five and anotherteam of four; a team of four top-level officials fromThailand in urban administration leadership; theUndersecretary for Planning from India; two teams ofIndonesian Parliament officials who spent several days atthe State Legislature; the Undersecretary of the Departmentof Social Welfare in the Philippines; four Thai Parliamentmembers; the Director of Budget from Thailand; and two keymembers in national educational development from Korea.

L" Fifteen Thai administrators of rural elementary educationspent two and one-half months in Hawaii in the terminalphase of their program. The program proved highlysuccessful and Hawaii has been credited for salvaging aprogram which did not meet participant satisfaction onthe mainland. Similar, but smaller, groups of educatorsare now in the planning stage for FY 1971-72.

5. Two groups of Filipina regional directors in social workspent two- and three-month periods of study in curriculumdevelopment in family planning. Their programs, coordinatedthrough the joint efforts of the University of HawaiiSchools of Public Health and Social Work, were outstandingsuccesses as reported by all participants and also by thetraining agencies.

6. Other short-termers included a team of 11 Brazilians inrural rehabilitation and sugar technology under the jointsponsorship of AID and the sugar cooperative of northeastBrazil; a Chinese in four months of observational studyin commercial fisheries; a Laotian in a three-monthprogram in industrial management -- tire recapping; ateam of six Indian public health officials; a Vietnamesein health logistics; two Filipinas in educationaladministration and population planning; three Indian

189

fertilizer officials; a team of six Vietnamese in customsobservation; a team of three Korean management consultantsand one in transportation planning; a woman from Papua-NewGuinea in community health development; one from Ecuadorin public administration, a faculty member of the SaigonMedical School who spent seven months of observationalstudy in Virology in the University of Hawaii's Departmentof Medical Microbiology; a Laotian who spent three monthsof observational study in education development andadministration at the University of Hawaii and the Hawaiischool system; Thai labor administrators; and anAustralian in veterinary science.

7. Recent arrivals in technical training are three Thai laborofficials on a three-month training program with the StateDepartment of Labor; a city planner from Jamaica currentlywith the City Planning Department in Hawaii for threemonths; a Vietnamese woman on a six-month program incytogenetics under the joint sponsorship of AID and AMA;a woman from the Republic of China in Entomology forthree months and a Filipina in Horticulture for one year,both under the sponsorship of the National ResearchCouncil, National Academy of Sciences.

8. USAID Local Employees included seven from USAID Missionsin Indonesia, Thailand, Korea, India and the Philippines,who stopped over in Hawaii for briefings and discussionson their way to the mainland United States.

190

APPENDIX A

STAFF

FY 1970-71

Director

Ray Katekaru

Associate Program Officers

Roger Bellinger, Roy Muramoto


Mrs. Irene Harada

191

TABLE 1PARTICIPANTS TRAINED IN HAWAII

For the Period July 1, 1970 to June 30, 1971

ARRIVALS CARRYOVERSExclusive Combination Exclusive Combination TOTAL TOTAL

COUNTRY OF ORIGIN Total Total Total Total NO. OF WORKLOAD DEPARTURESMan- Man- Nan- 1-inn- PARTIC. (Man-Days)

No. Days No. D'ys No. Days No. DaysA. AID-spons. Partic.

With P10/P's1. Afghanistan 1 4 1 216 2 220 22. Brazil 13 540 13 540 133. Rep. of China 7 151 7 151 74. Colombia 1 365 1 655. Ghana 1 173 1 89 2 262 16. India 14 84 1 5 15 89 157. Indonesia 29 542 3 688 32 1,230 298. Korea 20 687 20 687 189. Laos 7 237 3 250 10 437 10

10. Nigeria 1 365 1 365I-' 11. Peru 1 94 1 94 1

12. Philippines 25 1,520 1 240 26 1,760 2513. Thailand 81 1,412 1 171 82 1,583 7914. Turkey 6 42 6 42 615. Vietnam 29 500 16 2,230 45 2,730 38

Subtotal 7 237 226 5,655 3 250 27 4,463 263 10,605 244(l.515 man-wks)

B. AID-spons. Partic.Without P10/P's1. India i 1 3 12. Indonesia 1 3 1 3 13. Korea 1 3 1 3 14. Philippines 2 6 2 6 25. Thailand 2 6 2 6 26. Vietnam 3 6 3 6 3

Subtotal 7 21 3 6 10 27 10(3 6/7 man-wks)

TOTAL (AID) 7 237 233 5,676 3 250 30 4,469-

273 10,632 254(1,518 6/7 man-wks)

Table 1 - page 2

ARRIVALS CARRYOVERSExclusive Combination Exclusive Combination TOTAL TOTAL

COUNTRY OF ORIGIN Total Total Total Total NO. OF WORKLOAD DEPARTUIESMan- Man- Man- Man- PARTIC. (Man-Days)

No. Days No. Days No. Days No. DaysC. Non-AID sponsored

Participants*1. Australia 1 3 1 3 12. Rep. of China 3 63 3 63 23. Cook Is. 1 242 1 2424. Ecuador 1 4 1 4 15. England 1 4 1 4 16. Ghana 1 43 1 43 17. Hong Kong 2 8 2 8 23. India 1 3 1 3 1

c.o 9. Jamaica 1 82 1 82(A) 10. Japan 39 116 39 116 39

11. Malaysia 3 202 3 1,095 6 1,297 112. Mauritius 1 43 1 43 113. Nepal 1 32 1 32 114. New Zealand 1 5 1 5 115. Pakistan 2 37 2 37 216. Papua-New Guinea 1 8 1 8 117. Philippines 3 88 3 88 218. Singapore 1 2 1 2 119. So. Africa 1 8 1 8 120. Thailand 5 33 2 730 7 763 521. Trinidad 1 203 1 203 122. Vietnam 9 9 9 9 923. Western Samoa 1 132 1 132 1

TOTAL (Non-AID) 72 1,361 14 1,834 86 3,195 75(456 3/7 man-wks)

GRAND TOTAL 7 237 305 7,037 3 250 44 6,303 35 13,827 329'L975 2/7 rnan-wks)

-

* Participants referred by AID's cooperating agencies,

CHART 1

PARTICIPANTS TRAINED IN HAWAII BY COUNTRIES OF ORIGIN

Percentage of Total

FY 1971

194

1 each from Australia, Colombia, Cook Is., Ecuador, England, Jamaica,Mauritius, Nepal, New Zealand, Nigeria, Papua-New Guinea, Peru, Singapore,South Africa, Trinidad, Western Samzoa; 2 each from Afghanistan, Hong Kong,Pakistan; 3 from Ghana; 6 each from Malaysia, Turkey; 13 from Brazil;39 from Japan.

TABLE 2PARTICII:ANTS TRAINED IN HAWAII BY AREAS OF STUDYFor the Period July 1, 1970 to June 30, 1971

-Public Public Public

Agric. Corn. Dev. Educ. Industry Labor Admin. Health Safety TOTALCOUNTRY OF ORIGIN Man- Man- Man- Man-Man- Man- man- Man- ilan-

No. Days No. Days No. Days No. Days No. Days No. Days No. Days No. Days No. DaysA. AID-spons. Partic.

With P10/P's1. Afghanistan 1 41 2162 2202. Brazil 13 540 13 5403. Rep. of China 3 1372 62 8 7 1514. Colombia 1 365 1 3655. Ghana 2 262 2 2626. India 6 42 1 316 7 38 15 897. Indonesia 4 337 5 3941 820 137 2 354 32 1,2308. Korea 3 247 306 14 2 10 7 343 20 6879. Laos 2 249 7 1531 8510 487

10. Nigeria 1 365 1 36511. Peru 1 94 1 94

H12. Philippines 4 4025 28 2 241 3 14 1,303 26 1,760

o 13. Thailand 4 200 2 10 25 1,038 5 137 41 140 5 58 82 1,53314. Turkey6 42 6 4215. Vietnam 2 372 4 48 15 1,865 16 1116 326 2 8 45 2,73

Subtotal 43 3,365 11 86 59 3,505 13 624 7 147 37 448 41 2,422 . 8 263 10,605-- (1,515 man-7qks)

B. AID-sports. Partic.Without P10/P's1. India 1 3 132. Indonesia 1 3 133. Korea 1 3 134. Philippines 2 6 265. Thailand 2 6 266. Vietnam 3 6 3..

Subtotal 7 21 3 61027- -==---

TOTAL (AID) 43 3,365 11 86 59 3,505 13 624 7 147 94469 44 2,423 2 8 273 10,632(1,518 6/7mac-wks

Table 2 - page 2

Public Public PublicAgric. Corn. Dev. Educ. Industry Labor Admin. Health Safety TOTAL

COUNTRY OF ORIGIN Man- Man- Man- Man- 'itan- Man- Man- Man- Man-No. Days No. Days No. Days No. Days No. Days No. Days No. Days No. Days No. Days

C. Non-AID sponsoredParticipants1. Australia 1 3 1 32. Rep. of China 3 63 3 633. Cook Is. 1 242 1 2424. Ecuador 1 4 1 45. England 1 4 1 46. Ghana 1 43 1 437. Hong Kong 2 8 2 88. India 1 3 1 39. Jamaica 1 32 1 8210. Japan 12 48 27 68 39 11611. Malaysia 5 1,291 1 6 6 1,29712. Mauritius 1 43 1 4313. Nepal 1 32 1 3214. New Zealand 1 5 1 515. Pakistan 1 15 1 22 2 3716. Papua-New;Guinea 1 8 1 817. Philippines 3 88 3 8818. Singapore 1 2 1 219. So. Africa 1 8 1 820. Thailand 2 730 1 15 4 13 7 76321. Trinidad 1 203 1 20322. Vietnam 9 9 9 923. Western Samoa 1 132 1 132

TOTAL (Non-AID)32 2,496 1 15 31 33 3 266 12 298 7 37 86 3,195(Non-AID) (456 3/7

man-wks)GRAND TOTAL 75.5,861 12 101 90 3,588 16 890 7 147 106 767 51 2,465 2 8 359 13,827

(1,975 2/7man-w1cp

CHART 2

PARTICIPANTS TRAINED IN HAWAII BY AREAS OF STUDY

Percentage of Total

FY 1971

PubiSafe

6

Lab1.

197

PART II

EasimWest Center Support Services

CHAPTER 8



The East-West Center Press is the publishing division of theCenter. Its purpose is to promote mutual understandingbetween East and West through the publication and exchange ofscholarly books. A nonprofit publishing operation, the Pressis supported partly by East-West Center appropriations butlargely by income from sales, grants, and other privatesubsidies. General policies of the Press are determined bythe Chancellor of the Center, and all publications arereviewed by an editorial board made up of Center staffmembers, University of Hawaii faculty members, and onemember from the intellectual community of Hawaii outside theUniversity.

MAJOR ACCOMPLISHMENTS

During the year the Press published ten new titles, eight ofwhich were originals and two were imports. Additionally,four backlist titles were reprinted to meet the demand forcertain Press titles used as texts and collateral readingsin many educational institutions. (See Appendix A).Italian-language rights to one of our new originals -- APrimer of Soto Zen -- were sold to an Italian publisher:

Although the publishing industry as a whole -- commercial aswell as scholarly -- has been especially hard hit by thegeneral economic recession over the past two years, the Pressregistered total sales of $130,000 during the year, whichrepresents a nine per cent increase over the previous year.This increase resulted partly from the fact that the numberof textbook adoptions and the number of institutions usingthem throughout the United States and abroad has continued toexpand.

No of Adoptions No of Institutions

FY 69 251 77FY 70 272 104FY 71 286 127

For a listing of those institutions which utilized variousPress titles as texts during the year, see Appendix B.

Perhaps the most significant event of the year occurred inMay, when the sizeable cash overdraft that had plagued thePress for a number of years was finally eliminated.

201

SALES AND DISTRIBUTION IN THE ASIAN-PACIFIC REGION

According to figures provided by the American Book PublisherstCouncil, foreign sales of commercial publishers represent6.3 per cent of their total business; for scholarly presses,this figure is 13.2 per cent. During 1971, 24.3 per cent ofEast-West Center Press total sales were foreign; 76.4 per centof these foreign sales (or 18.5 per cent of total sales) werein the Asian-Pacific areas (exclusive of Hawaii) that are thespecial purview of the East-West Center.

Our East-West Export Books (EWEB) program continued to expandduring the year, representing the following nonprofit scholarlyand technical presses in the Asian-Pacific areas:

Colorado Associated University PressIndiana University PressNew York University PressPress of Case Western Reserve UniversityState University of New York PressSociety of Manufacturing EngineersUniversity of Hawaii PressUniversity of Washington PressWesleyan University Press

As the fiscal year ended, negotiations were being completed toadd Vanderbilt University Press to the above list.

Sales of the publications of the above presses to theAsian-Pacific areas totaled $58,000, marking a 23 per centincrease over the previous year not only in their sales, butalso in EWEB's commissions. Adding the Press' own sales ofover $24,000 to these areas, a total of approximately $82,000worth of American scholarly books found their way to theAsian-Pacific markets through EWEB's efforts.

Sales of East-West Center Press books in the United Stateswere approximately $99,000.

FUTURE PLANS

In December, 1970, the founding director of the East-WestCenter Press, John H. Kyle, resigned to become a vice-presidentof Franklin Book Programs, Inc., New York. During the lastsix months of the fiscal year, Lambert Davis, on a jointappointment by the East-West Center and the University ofHawaii, served in the dual capacity of acting director of theEast-West Center Press and consultant to the Center and theUniversity on the feasibility of combining the East-WestCenter Press and the University of Hawaii Press into oneoperation. As the fiscal year ended, there were strongindications that the new, combined University Press of Hawaiiwould shortly come into existence.

202

APPENDIX A

STAFF

FY 1970-71

Director

John Kyle *

Acting Director

Lambert Davis **

Sales Manager

Norman Wright

Production Manager

Mrs. Janet Heavenridge

Editor

Mrs. Wake Fujioka

Associate Editor

Mrs. Stella Neiman **

Design Assistant

Mrs. Laura Morgenstein

Research Assistant

Miss Georgia Garrett

* Resigned December 31, 1970** January to June, 1971

203

APPENDIX B

PUBLICATIONS

FY 1970-71

Original Publications

Zaidi, S. M. Hafeez, The Village Culture in Transition AStudy of East Pakistan Rural Society

Rauf, Abdur, West Pakistan Rural Education and Development

Marr, John C., ed., The Kuroshio A Symposium on the JapanCurrent

Duing, Walter, The Monsoon Regime of the Currents of theIndian Ocean International Indian Ocean ExpeditionOceanographic Monograph, Number 1

Dogen, A-Primer of Soto Zen A Translation of Dogen'sShoboge ZüTmonki translated by Reiho Masunaga

Adams, William Mansfield, ed., Tsunamis in the Pacific Ocean

Portman, Donald J., and Ryznar, Edward, An Investigation ofHeat Exchange International Indian Ocean ExpeditionMeteorological Monograph, Number 5

Jones, Garth N., et al., eds., Planning Development andChange A Bibliography on Development Administration

Imports

Hudson, W.J., Australia and the Colonial Question at theUnited Nations

Laquian, Aprodicio A., Slums Are for People The BarrioMagsaysay Pilot Project in Philippine Urban CommunityDevelopment

Reprints

Nakamura, Ways of Thinking of Eastern Peoples (Fifth Printing)

Young and Nakajima, Learn Japanese College Text Volume I(Fourth Printing)

Young and Nakajima, Learn Japanese College Text Volume II(Fourth Printing)

Young and Nakajima, Learn Japanese College Text Volume III(Third Printing)

204

APPENDIX C

INSTITUTIONS ADOPTING EAST-WEST CENTER PRESS BOOKS

FY 1970-71

AlaskaDistrictof ColumbiaUniversity of AlaskaInstitute of Modern Languages

George Washington University

ArizonaGrand Canyon CollegeUniversity of Arizona

CaliforniaCalifornia State College, DominguezCalifornia State College, HaywardCalifornia State College, Long BeachDe Anza CollegeHumboldt State CollegeIsla Vista CollegeLoma Linda UniversityLos Angeles City CollegeOrange Coast CollegeSacramento City CollegeSacramento State CollegeSan Anselmo SeminarySan Diego State CollegeSan Francisco State CollegeSonoma State UniversityStanford UniversityUniversityUniversityUniversityUniversityUniversityUniversityWhittier C

ofofofofofofDll

California,California,California,California,California,Redl andsge

FloridaFlorida State College

HawaiiHills Hawaii Loa College

Honolulu Community CollegeKauai Community CollegeLeeward Community CollegeMaui Community CollegeMauna Olu CollegeMid Pacific InstitutePunahou SchoolUniversity of Hawaii, HonoluluUniversity of Hawaii, Hilo

BerkeleyIrvineLos AngelesSanta BarbaraSanta Cruz

ColoradoColorado CollegeTemple Buell CollegeTn-State Buddhist ChurchUniversity of ColoradoUniversity of Northern ColoradoU.S. Air Force Academy

ConnecticutHartford SeminarySouthern Connecticut State CollegeYale University

IllinoisBradley UniversityIllinois Central CollegeNorthwestern University

IndianaIndiana UniversityNotre Dame University

IowaGninnell CollegeState College of IowaUniversity of Iowa

KansasUniversity of Kansas

MarylandSt. Mary's CollegeUniversity of Maryland

205

MassachusettsBoston UniversityHarvard UniversityMount Holyoke CollegeTufts University

MichiganHope CollegeOakland UniversitySchoolcraft CollegeUniversity of MichiganWestern Michigan University

MinnesotaCarleton CollegeMacalester CollegeSt. Olaf CollegeUniversity of Minnesota

MissouriTarkio CollegeWilliam Woods College

NebraskaDoanne CollegeUniversity of Nebraska

New JerseyNewark State College

New YorkBrooklyn CollegeColumbia UniversityCornell UniversityFordham UniversityLAS FoundationMarist CollegePratt InstituteRensselaer Polytechnic InstituteSaint John's UniversitySyracuse UniversityState University of New York (Oneonta)State University of New York (Stony Brook)Tonanwanda Sr. High School, Adult DivisionUniversity of Rochester

North CarolinaAppalachian State UniversityDuke UniversityUniversity of North Carolina

North DakotaUniversity of North Dakota

OhioAntioch CollegeDenison UniversityMarietta CollegeOhio State UniversityOhio UniversityUniversity of Toledo

OklahomaOklahoma State University

OregonUniversity of Oregon

PennsylvaniaBeaver CollegeEdinboro State CollegeSaint Mary's CollegeUniversity of PennsylvaniaUniversity of Pittsburgh

TexasUniversity of Texas

UtahUtah CollegeUtah State CollegeUniversity of Utah

VermontUniversity of Vermont

WashingtonSeattle School DistrictSt. Thomas The Apostle SeminaryUniversity of WashingtonWestern Washington State College

206

WisconsinCanadaUniversity of Wisconsin (Green Bay)McGill UniversityUniversity of Wisconsin (Madison)St: Francis Xavier UniversityUniversity of Wisconsin (Milwaukee)University of British Columbia

University of Windsor

AustriaJapanInstitut fur Japanologie

University of Maryland (Far East Div.)

New ZealandCanterbury University

207

CHAPTER 9



The Office of Public Affairs is a support service for theChancellor's Office and all Center programs. Its primaryresponsibility is to build lines of communication between theEast-West Center and the many organizations and individualswith an active or potential interest in actvities of theCenter. Its goal is to achieve awareness, understanding,participation and support for the Center, in its mission tofoster better relations and mutual understanding among thepeoples of the United States, Asia and the Pacific area.

Information on the Center's programs and activities is directedon a selective basis to scholars and administrators working infields of East-West Center interest. These include potentialgrantees; government institutions and agencies in Asia, thePacific and the United States; influential segments of press,radio and television; international institutions; privateinstitutions, foundations and enterprises; and the generalpublic.

Of specific concern is the U.S. Congress, which provides basicfunding as a matter of broad foreign policy; elements of theUniversity of Hawaii and other educational institutions, whichbring mutual academic, research and training strength to Centerprograms; the National Review Board, which represents thenational interest in the Center; and East-West Centerparticipants and alumni on whose performance the Center isjudged after they return to careers in their home countries.

Enthusiastic Hawaiian community support and understanding isfostered to help the Center function effectively, particularlyin providing local training and research opportunities as wellas intercultural contacts.

Communication links with these institutions, organizations andindividuals are maintained and developed through a variety ofmethods including mass media publicity, informationalpublications such as a general magazine, annual reports,annual bulletins, program brochures and through visitorbriefings.

PUBLICATIONS

Informational Publications -- The Office of Public Affairsprepared, edited and had printed various informationalpublications concerning the East-West Center. During theyear, three issues of the East-West Center Magazine providedinteresting, illustrated aficles about the Center in anattractive format. Each issue of the Magazine was distributedto some 10,000 addresses throughout Asia, the Pacific area andthe United States. Two editions of the East-West CenterBulletin were published to provide potential applicants for

211

grants with information on admissions procedures and Centergoals, programs and activities. Other informationalpublications included the Tenth Annual Report, the Fact Sheet,a Participant-Staff Directory, and speech and article reprints.(For a complete listing of informational publications, seeAppendix A).

Program Publications Assistance -- The Office providededitorial/design assistance and production control for allpublications originating in Center Institutes and programswhich were not printed by the East-West Center Press. Therewas a significant increase in the number of such publicationsin comparison with earlier years because of the development ofthe new problem-oriented programs. Institute publicationssuch as newsletters, bulletins, working papers, reprints andoccasional papers received assistance from the Office ofPublic Affairs. In addition, assistance was provided forprinting a Conference Brochure, Alumni Directories, and theStudent Yearbook. (For a complete listing of publicationsreceiving editing and production assistance, see Appendix B).

Intrachange -- Intrachange, the Center's bi-weekly newsletter,was written, printed and distributed by the Office. It isdesigned to improve communication channels between allindividuals directly concerned with the Center by providinginformation on all important developments within the Center ordirectly related to the Center. In addition, a convenientweekly calendar provided information on up-coming events.Last year some 1,100 copies of each Intrachange edition weredistributed to all participants and staff members at theCenter. In order to improve communication between the Centerand the University of Hawaii, distribution was extended tomembers of the larger University community includingadministrators, Board of Regents members, key faculty membersand relevant University committees.

Multilith Printing -- In order to provide improved quality anda greater number of internally printed publications, the Officebegan operating a multilith offset printing machine in June.The multilith prints cleaner copies more rapidly than amimeograph machine and jobs can be done more economically whenthey do not have to be sent to commercial printers. A qualifiedstudent operator was employed initially to operate the multilithon a half-time basis. However, a full-time staff operator willsoon be needed to handle the increasing volume of jobs fromInstitutes. Initially, the multilith was used for printingIntrachange, the Asian/Pacific Alumni Directory, and East-WestCulture Learning Institute Working Papers. Other publicationsprojected are the Operational Annual Report, the ParticipantsPolicy Handbook, the Participant-Staff Directory, andadditional working papers and occasional papers.

212

MASS MEDIA RELEASES

During the year, 131 news releases and feature stories weredistributed. Most releases were sent to Hawaiian news mediaas well as appropriate media throughout the Asian/Pacificarea and the United States mainland, including Voice ofAmerica. Releases to Asian/Pacific areas were also sent toUSIS offices and selected newspapers and magazines foradditional exposure. Many of the press releases wereaccompanied by relevant black and white prints for increasedinterest and effectiveness. Several feature length storiesfocusing on current American grantees were sent to majorregional papers on the mainland for use in Sunday supplementswith good results.

VISITOR ORIENTATIONS

Some 528 visitors were briefed on the East-West Center by theOffice. Visitors included Congressmen, key journalists,government officials, educational administrators and facultymembers from throughout Asia, the Pacific area and the UnitedStates. Orientations included explanations of the Center'sgoals and programs and meetings with relevant staff membersand participants at the Center. Such person-to-personcontacts are of great value in increasing awareness andsupport for the Center among influential individuals. (For alisting of visitor categories, see Appendix C).

DILLINGHAM LECTURES

The Dillingham Lecture Series, financed by a grant from theDillingham Corporation of Honolulu, provided another outstandingspeaker as a means for linking the community with the Centerand widening its impact on the mainland and abroad. OnNovember 11, 1970, Prime Minister Lee Kuan Yew of Singaporepresented a speech entitled, "East-West: The Twain have Met."The Office of Public Affairs coordinated planning for thelecture and provided press releases and a speech reprint whichbrought wide coverage of the event both within Hawaii, theAsian/Pacific area and the mainland.

PHOTOGRAPHS

During the year a total of 1,340 black and white prints weredistributed or utilized by the Office. Some 548 pictures wereused in a variety of publications such as the East-West CenterMagazine, the Bulletin and the Participant-Staff Directory.Another 104 prints were distributed with press releases andfeature stories. The remaining pictures included identificationpictures for staff and participants, individual requests andstock pictures for the Office files. An historical slide show

213

depicting the basic structural program developments at theCenter since 1960 was compiled and has been shown frequentlyduring orientation sessions for new degree and professionalstudents and new staff members.

SUPPORT FOR THE CHANCELLOR'S OFFICE

Because of the increasing work load within the Chancellor'sOffice, the Director of the Office of Public Affairs beganassisting the Chancellor in various ways. Aid was given insuch areas as answering correspondence, preparing draftproposals and writing speeches. Although the Directormaintained overall supervision of the Office of Public Affairs,because of his additional duties a new staff position --Assistant Director of Public Affairs -- was established toassist the Director particularly in the day-to--day supervisionof office activities.

DAILY CORRESPONDENCE AND INQUIRIES

During the year the office received 307 letters of inquiryconcerning the Center, its programs and activities. Relevantinformational publications were sent when appropriate. Inaddition, as the Center's telephone information service, theOffice handled an average of 25-30 phone call inquiries concerningthe Center each working day.

EAST-WEST CENTER FILM SHOWINGS

The 15 copies of the 30 minute color film about the Center,"A Bridge for the Pacific," were shown to some 2,931 individuals,most of them while visiting the Center. Copies were also loanedto various interested groups and organizations on the U.S.mainland and abroad. For example, the film was shown at theAnnual East-West Conference at Utah State University, atInternational House in New York City, and at the Legislaturein Puerto Rico.

Because of last year's organizational changes which phased outthe three former Institutes and introduced five problem-orientedInstitutes, the sound track of the film is being updated toincorporate these changes. The services of the original writer,Joseph Hurley, and producer, George Tahara, were obtained formaking the necessary revisions.

MAILING LISTS

The comprehensive mailing lists were expanded and updated toinclude nearly 5,000 entries of individuals, organizations andinstitutions in the United States, Asia and the Pacific area

214

with interests in the East-West Center. Selected mailinglists for specific programs were begun, starting with theEast-West Communication Institute. In order to increase theflexibility and usefulness of the mailing list, the computerprogram for the list is being completely revised.

FUTURE PLANS

The first year of operations of the problem-oriented Institutesdemonstrated conclusively that the work load of the Office ofPublic Affairs will continue to increase sharply, particularlyin publication of working papers, newsletters and seminarreports. It should be noted that operational priority isgiven to dissemination of information on program activitiesand accomplishments.

With the combination of the East-West Center Press and theUniversity of Hawaii Press, the decision was taken at the endof the fiscal year to place responsibility for stimulatingand overseeing scholarly publications in the Office of PublicAffairs, which hitherto had been concerned only withinformational publications in the print media. Thisresponsibility will entail staff adjustments, with theDirector assuming a liaison capacity between scholar-writersand the University Press of Hawaii. Accordingly, the Directorwill be relieved of day-to-day duties in the Chancellor'soffice although continuing to serve the Chancellor in publicaffairs matters.

Staff dealing with publications production must be strengthenedto handle the growing output of the problem-oriented Institutes.A full-time multilith operator is needed, either to functiondirectly under the Office of Public Affairs or within aprojected Central Services framework.

215

APPENDIX A

STAFF

FY 1970-71

Director

Robert B. Hewett

Assistant Director

Gordon R. Ring

Public Information Specialist

Tricia Colt Mcllroy

Publications Specialist

Mark E. Zeug


Allene S. Tachibana

217

APPENDIX B

INFORMATIONAL PUBLICATIONS

FY 1970-71

East-West Center Magazine

Issues -- 3 (Fall 1970, Winter 1970-71, Spring 1971):Copies -- 10,000 each issuePurpose -- To increase knowledge of the Center and support

for its goals by providing interesting articles andfeature stories about participants, alumni,activities and developments at the Center; also-tomaintain alumni links.

Audience -- General audience throughout the U.S-., Asiaand the Pacific area with interest or potentialinterest in EWC goals, programs and activities. -Includes Congress, Friends of EWC And releiInt UHfaculty.

East-West Center Bulletin

Issues -- 2 (September 1970, April 1971)Copies -- 31,000 each issuePurpose -- To provide prospective EWC participants with

accurate, detailed information on admissionsprocedures and Center goals, prorams and activities.

Audience -- Active and potential applicants for EWCgrants, primarily degree students; also institutionsand individuals requiring detailed information.

East-West Center Fact Sheet

Issues -- 1 (September 1970)Copies -- 20,000Purpose -- To provide a concise, inexpensive publication

describing the Center's goals, programs andfacilities.

Audience -- Primarily general conference participants,visitors and tourists who come to the Center; alsoHawaii's Congressional delegation in Washington, D.C.,for use as informational handouts, and Friends ofEWC.

218

Tenth Annual Report

Issues -- 1 (September 1970)Copies -- 300Purpose -- To provide detailed descriptions and figures

pertaining to the operations of all Institutes andsupporting offices for the preceding fiscal year.

Audience -- Limited largely to EWC administrators, NationalReview Board, Department of State, UN administrators,Board of Regents, potential funding sources.

Participant-Staff Directory

Issues -- 1 (February 1971)Copies -- 1,200Purpose -- To provide rapid, easy identification of all

current EWC participants and staff.Audience -- Staff and participants at EWC, UN administrators

and departments.

Lee Kuan Yew Dillingham Lecture Speech Reprint

Issues -- 1 (December 1970)Copies -- 2,000Purpose -- To record significant speech by an important

guest speaker.Audience -- Libraries, Asian institutions, news media in

Singapore and other areas of Asia.

Hahn-Been Lee Speech "Administrative Aspects of the GreatTransformation in Asia"

Issues -- 1 (June 1971)Copies -- 500Purpose -- To record a significant speech by a member of

EWC staff.Audience -- Governmental officials throughout Asia and

Pacific and others interested in development.

Press Kits

Issues -- 1 (September 1970)Copies -- 3,000Purpose -- To provide an attractive, inexpensive folder

to hold EWC publications.Audience -- Conferees and VIP visitors to EWC.

219

Reprint of Article in State Department Newsletter

Issues -- 1 (November 1970)Copies -- 6,500Purpose -- To make available to a wider audience an

interesting, informative article about the latestdevelopments at the Center.

Audience -- General audience.

Intrachange

Issues -- Newsletter bi-weekly, calendar weekly.Copies -- 1,100 each issuePurpose -- To improve communication between all

individuals directly concerned with EWC.Audience -- EWC participants and staff, University of

Hawaii administrators, key faculty, Board of Regents,and relevant committees.

220

APPENDIX C

PUBLICATIONS ASSISTANCE

FY 1970-71

Institute Bulletins

EWPI Bulletin 1970-71 (5,000 copies November 1970)

Institute Newsletters

EWCI Newsletter (1,500 copies June 1971)

EWCI Population in Communication Newsletter (1,500 copies)

EWPI Newsletter (500 copies)


EWCLI Working Paper Covers (2,000 copies)

EWCLI Working Paper "Some Learning Theory Implicationsfor Culture Learning" - Dr. Bishwa B. Chatterjee(200 copies)

EWPI Working Paper Covers (1,000 copies)

EWTDI Working Paper Covers (500 copies)

Institute Reprints

EWCI Reprint of Wilbur Schramm Booklet "The Role ofInformation in National Development" (100 copies)

EWPI Reprints --

"A Population Study in South Guadalcanal: SomeResults and Implications" - Murray Chapman

"Causes and Consequences of Excess Fertility" -Paul Demeny

"Samoa: Two Approaches to Population and ResourceProblems" - Peter Pine

"Class and Family in a Modernizing Society" -James A. Palmore

221

"Topics and Networks in Intra-Village Communication" -John E. Marshall

"On the Momentum of Population Growth" - Nathan Keyfitz

"Korea: Estimating Current Fertility from the 1966Census" - Lee-Jay Cho

Institute Occasional Papers

EWFI "Food Problems in Asia and the Pacific" (300 copies)

EWCLI "Dictionary of Indonesian Abbreviations andAcronyms" (300 copies)

Miscellaneous Institute Publications

EWCLI Bibliography Covers (500 copies)

EWPI Bibliography Covers (500 copies)

EWCI Jefferson Fellows Brochure (1,000 copies)

EWCI Accessions Lists (two) (300 copies each)

Completion Certificates for all Institutes (250 each)

EWCI Radio Seminar Brochure (100 copies)

Supporting Activities Publications

Conference Brochure (1,000 copies)

American Alumni Directory (860 copies)

Asian/Pacific Alumni Directory (1,200 copies)

Friends of EWC Greeting Card (10,000 copies)

Admissions Grants Application Forms (16,000 copies)

Student Yearbook (1,000 copies)

Certificate of Appreciation (250 copies)

222

APPENDIX D

VISITOR ORIENTATIONS

FY 1970-71

Asia/Pacific United States

GovernmentOfficials 9 18

EducationalOfficials aFaculty 21 20

Mass Media 18 2

EducationalGroups 2145 155

TOTAL 333 195

223

CHAPTER 10



The Office of Participant Services was created July 1, 1970,combining various administrative units which had previouslybeen supervised by the Deputy Chancellor for Administration,the Deputy Chancellor for Academic Affairs, Office of PublicAffairs and the Institute for Student Interchange. The newoperation consists of five sub-offices: Admissions, Alumniand Records; Community Relations; Conferences; Housing; andParticipant Activities. In practice the Alumni and RecordsOffice, under the direction of the Alumni Liaison Officer,reports directly to the Director of Participant Servicescreating in effect a sixth office. The Office of ParticipantServices is headed by a Director, Dr. Stirling L. Huntley.

The concept underlying the establishment of the Office ofParticipant Services was that all types of participants(students, Fellows, professional trainees, conferees) shouldbe provided with non-academic support by a central officefrom the time of first contact with the Center until returnto their home country as alumni. This first year wasdevoted to knitting together an integrated service for allparticipants.

Accomplishments

Accomplishments of the year in the various fields ofresponsibility of the Office of Participant Services appearin the appropriate division sections below. For the overalloperations, however, the accomplishments must be consideredto have been: (1) proving that the concept of a multi-institute, multi-participant and multi-service supportoperation is valid; and (2) successful experimentation withnew techniques and structures to bring the needs and problemsof Center participants to the attention of those who wereable to resolve them.

Foremost among the devices used to keep communication openwas the weekly meeting of the Participant Services LiaisonCommittee, including representatives of the five Institutesand the Open Grants office. Also invited to this committeewere the members of the professional staff of the Office ofParticipant Services. The committee was chaired by theDirector of Participant Services.

Problems

The office-wide problems were minimal. Those which did existwere those which would have been predicted in an operationcomprised of lb professionals and the corresponding clericalstaff.

227

The more specific problems which faced the sub-offices wereprimarily: (1) the need for increased efficiency in theprocessing of degree student applications; (2) the necessityof developing additional techniques to make certain that allparticipants at the Center were involved in activities of anintercultural nature to complement the interculturalactivities within the Institutes; (3) the necessity ofexpanding services to make certain that professionaltrainees and Fellows are treated in a manner comparable tothat of the degree students.

Future Plans

As the new year starts, plans are underway to introducecomputer technology to the problems of space and housingreservations and to document flow in the Admissions Office.These techniques should increase efficiency in both areas sothat greater service can be given to all participants and toall Institutes.

A Field Liaison Officer is being transferred to the ParticipantServices staff to provide greater service to the Institutesand to relieve the Alumni Liaison Officer of the burden ofvisa sponsorship supervision.

It may be necessary as Institutes grow in size to re-examinethe nature and structure of the Participant Services LiaisonCommittee to make certain that the needs of professionaltrainees and Fellows continue to be well met.

228

APPENDIX A

STAFF

FY 1970-71

Director

Stirling Huntley, Ph.D.

Admissions, Alumni and Records

Admissions Officer -- James C.F. WangAlumni Liaison Officer -- Jeannette Bennington

Participant Activities

Acting Coordinator -- Jane HarrisAssistant Coordinators -- Peter Williams, June Yamada

Community Relations

Community Relations Officer -- Frances H. AllisonAssistant Community Relations Officer -- Katherine Ulrey

Conferences

Associate Program Officer -- Jack L. Durham

Housing

Housing Manager -- Wallace FujikawaFacilities Officer -- Walter QuensellSite Manager -- Vernon VoganOperations Officer -- Glenn YamashitaServices Coordinator -- Cynthia Taba

229

ADMISSIONS OFFICE

The overall responsibilities of the Admissions Office fallinto three areas: (1) developing an adequate informationflow and overseeing field screening procedures of agencies inAsia and the Pacific (U.S. embassies, bi-national panelsand commissions in more than 30 countries or territories);(2) maintaining liaison and close working arrangements withthose offices at the University of Hawaii which evaluate andadmit potential Center candidates for degree work; and(3) establishing liaison and a close working relationshipwith the program offices of the problem-oriented Institutes.

In discharging the above responsibilities, the office wasstaffed by the Admissions Officer and three clericalpersonnel. For the 1971-72 selection year, the AdmissionsOffice received and processed the following volume ofapplications:

Applications Received Awards Given

Asian/Pacific 350 134

United States 440 81

790 215

Operations

Specific responsibilities of the Admissions Office are:

a. Disseminating information about the Center and itsprograms to field screening agencies in Asia and thePacific and to prospective scholarship applicants in theUnited States.

b. Processing inquires about the application process, theCenter and University programs ranging from 500-2000pieces of mail per month for the five-month period fromSeptember to January.

c. Establishing the annual scholarship targets and allotingawards for each participating country. The averagenumber of degree grants for any given year is approximately215-220 -- a third of these are for the United States inorder to maintain the one to two ratio between Americanstudents and those from Asia and the Pacific.

d. Advising on the allocation of scholarships by fields,country and Institutes within the Center.

e. Maintaining liaison with field screening agencies duringthe screening process.

230

f. Receiving Asian/Pacific applications from field screeningagencies and applications directly from Americanapplicants.

g. Evaluating preliminary curricula, vita, credentials andtranscripts of all applications.

h. Devising and implementing the procedure for review ofapplications by the Graduate Division, Admissions Officeand academic departments at the University.

i. Evaluating recommendations made by the Graduate Divisionand the academic departments and submitting a list ofnominations to the problem-oriented Institutes.

j. Deciding, in close consultation with the program officersof the Institutes, on final awards to maintain a rationaloverall country balance.

k. Notifying field screening agencies and applicants offinal selection results and processing academic acceptance,visa and travel for awardees.

Accomplishments

The experience gained as a newly re-organized Center-wideselection unit has been most valuable in terms of futureplanning and development for the office. During the pastyear we have established a strong working relationship withthe various problem-oriented Institutes.

To a large extent 1970-71 was a period of transition forthe Admissions Office because hithertofore the operation ofthe office was limited to only one Institute (ISI). Its newtask, which began July 1, 1970, is to work closely with thesubstantive Institutes and to help them meet the needsrequired by their programs and the overall Center countrytargets. It has been a learning experience both for thenewly established Institutes as well as the AdmissionsOffice.

Problems

A continuing problem for the Admissions Office has been there-orientation of selection of degree applicants on the basisof problem-oriented Institutes. One aspect of the problem isto help the field screening agencies shift their orientationto the problem-oriented approach. The other aspect is tore-orient the academic departments at the University not onlyto the philosophy of the approach but the selection systemgeared to the problem-oriented approach. There is noready-made solution to the problem. It is only through time

231

and persistence on the part of the Center that there will bereal appreciation of the emphasis on the problem-orientedapproach. It is therefore incumbent upon the AdmissionsOffice to maintain the necessary information flow on theCenter's requirements to the field screening agencies andto the academic departments at the University. Continuedpersonal contacts and travel to field agencies are needed toprovide the adequate information flow.

There also is a need, and it is being formulated by thead hoc Admission Evaluation Committee established by theDirector of Participant Services, for an establishedprocedure in the processing of applications and thestreamlining of the whole operation with a view to enablingthe Institutes to identify early potential candidates.

RECORDS AND ALUMNI

With the reorganization of the East-West Center intoproblem-oriented Institutes, the Alumni Liaison Office wastransferred from the Office of Public Affairs, and theStatistical Clerk position in the old Institute of StudentInterchange was changed to that of Research Statistician andadded to the new office. The two positions for AlumniLiaison were staffed for the full fiscal year; the ResearchStatistician position was filled as of December 1, 1970.

Operations

The Records and Alumni Office has the following responsibilities:a. Maintenance of a card file system for approximately

2,500 student and Fellow alumni of the East-West Center.The card files are: alphabetic, by field of study, byaddress of current residence (this is the source forcomputerized mailing labels), and current activity bycountry of origin.

b. Individual correspondence with alumni.c. Liaison with alumni associations.d. Mass communications with the 2,500 alumni via annual

Alumni Address Directories and quarterly Alumni Newsletters.These publications are also sent to agencies andindividuals with interest in the East-West Center'sactivities. (See the Problems section).

e. Continued involvement in the development of a computerizedinformation system, PDS (Participant Data System), whichwould maintain information about both current and alumniparticipants of the East-West Center (See Accomplishmentssection).

f. Production of statistics, charts and tables concerningboth current and alumni participants of the East-WestCenter.

232

g. Coordination of extensions of visa sponsorship for thoseEast-West Center alumni who remain under EWC sponsorshipwhile studying or training elsewhere.

h. Preparation of special reports about individual alumnior selected groups of them. (See the Accomplishmentsection).

Accomplishments

The records section made the most significant gains duringthis fiscal year. On July 1, 1970, Computing Management, Inc.,(CMI) completed a six-month contract for the development ofthe Participant Data System; all levels of participants underEast-West Center contract between July 1, 1969, and July 1, 1970,were included in this group. In September, a Systems Analysisand Evaluation Officer was added to the Office of the DeputyChancellor for Academic Affairs, and under his direction thePDS System became more responsive to Center needs. With theaddition in December, 1970, of the Research Statistician, awell-functioning team developed. By the end of fiscal year1970-71 both information lists and statistical reports werebeing produced on a regular basis, and Center staff hadresponded in helping update information and in requests forvarieties of lists and statistical reports from the PDSSystem.

As the new Research Statistician became more familiar withthe informational needs of the East-West Center theresponsibility for the PDS System maintenance shifted intothat office. In March 1971, Pacific Automation, Inc. (PAl),was given a four-month contract to collect information on allCenter participants from 1960 to July 1, 1969, and toimprove upon and expand the capabilities of the PDS System.During the next fiscal year alumni information collected byPAl will be incorporated into the PDS System and for the firsttime the Center will have easily retrievable information onany participant since 1960. The Records and Alumni Officeresponsibilities will shift in reflection of this newpotential as an aid to program planning and evaluation.

The first in a series of special reports concerning alumniwas initiated in December, 1970. Questionnaires concerningemployment, further academic work, and comments on relevanceof training and experience under Center auspices were sentto all alumni from South Korea, Thailand and the U.S. TrustTerritory and also to all student and all Fellow alumni whoseCenter fields of study and research were in American studies,Asian studies and Agriculture. In the three country reports,questionnaires were sent directly to the degree student andFellow alumni and reached the professional training alumnieither through our in-country contact agencies or throughalumni associations. In the three fields of study there was nosystematic way to reach trainee alumni so they were not includedin the report.

233

maximum benefit to the East-West Center Institutes since itwill help keep internal equity for these specific portionsof an individual's grant, and there would be more consistentcontact with external agencies.

The Participant Data System should be in full operationduring Fall of 1971. This would include random checking foraccuracy of information already submitted, updating throughnew information on participants, complete revision of listsand statistical reports already produced within the East-WestCenter and also the expansion of such possibilities. TheResearch Statistician will coordinate most of theseactivities, leaving the Alumni Liaison Officer time tocombine PDS potentials with other information and to producevarious studies such as country surveys and academicinterest research. Researchers, particularly in the CultureLearning Institute, will be starting evaluative studies ofalumni. For the first time in the history of the East-WestCenter there is the possibility of extensive, consistentreporting concerning all of our participants.

234

COMMUNITY RELATIONS OFFICE

The Community Relations Office serves as the connecting linkbetween the Center and the community. Contacts withcommunities on a State-wide basis are a vital means ofdeveloping mutual understanding of the role of the Centerand support for Center programs as well as interculturalactivities.

Under the direction of the Office of Participant Services,the Community Relations Office maintains a close workingrelationship with other units of Participant Services,particularly that of Participant Activities. The office alsoendeavors to offer increased cooperation to the Center as awhole, with special emphasis on the expanding communitycontacts with participants.

The Community Relations Officer has a second function asExecutive Officer for the Friends of the East-West Center,an eleemosynary, volunteer organization incorporated in1960. (See Appendix A). The Executive Officer'sresponsibilities include: assisting the Board of Directorsin maintaining programs which will benefit the Center and itsparticipants; recruiting and guiding volunteers who serveon established committees; raising funds through membershipor other means, in order to provide financial support neededto carry out the many projects; creating, as indicated, newareas of service for the Center.

Structure

Fiscal Year 1971 was a year of transition. In November, anew Community Relations Officer, Mrs. Donn Allison, wasappointed to succeed Mrs. William Kenda. In addition tothe Community Relations Officer, the staff includes anassistant whose main responsibilities formerly had beenhandling requests for student participation from civic clubs,schools, churches and other organizations; obtaining studentspeakers (l+2 in FY 1970-71) for the Pacific and AsianAffairs Council on a State-wide basis; programming Departmentof State visitors and others wishing to meet with Center'administrators and participants; and distributing to studentstickets to cultural events contributed by variousorganizations and/or individuals. During the year, theAssistant Community Relations Officer became more involvedwith the total operation of the office, and will be assumingincreased responsibilities.

Other staff includes a secretary, who in addition to theusual office routine matters, handles all financial recordsfor the Friends; purchasing supplies; supervising studenthelp. Volunteers, many of whom have professional experience,have provided outstanding leadership in carrying out the

235

programs established by the Friends. However, there is aneed for increased clerical help in order to utilize thesevolunteers to their full potential, and to strengthenexisting and new programs.

Accomplishments

Although the Friends of the East-West Center had consideredits organization as tax exempt, there was no record ofapplication for tax exempt status. With the assistance ofthe law firm of Heen, Kai, Dodge a Evensen, the InternalRevenue Service ruled that the Friends is a tax exemptorganization. This decision makes possible a concertedcampaign for new members and other fund raising events. Italso reduces the bulk-mailing rate.

A budget control system, approved by the Board, provides arunning account of expenses to date and unexpended balance.

For the Fiscal Year July 1, 1970 - June 30, 1971,expenditures on behalf of participants by the Friends ofthe East-West Center totaled $13,117.42. That figure doesnot include funds earmarked for various projects currentlyunderway, or for expenditures approved, but not completed.The fiscal year for the Friends organization runs fromOctober 1, 1970 - September 30, 1971.

A concerted effort was made to seek the opinions of studentsand follow through whenever possible. Student participationwithin the Friends organization has been increased throughattendance at board and committee meetings. The Board hasencouraged student attendance at special community eventsand conventions, such as the Industrial Relations Conferenceand the "Hawaii in the Pacific Conference." Arrangementswere also made for the American Red Cross director, Mr. JerryCoron, to address the students following his assignmenton the Pakistan flood disaster.

Students have been invited to attend private parties hostedby members of the Board and other community leaders. Whenthe Inter-Island trips were planned, the office arranged for13 group meetings in various homes, with 11 studentsparticipating at each meeting.

Season tickets were purchased by the Friends for variousevents ranging from polo games to Honolulu Symphony concerts.Tickets were also made available to 118 students for singleevents. The office, working in cooperation with ParticipantActivities, made many contacts in preparation for tours ofthe business community.

236

Tickets to motion picture performances and other activitiesvalued at $,577 were donated by various organizations andindividuals for the use of students. These included $1,562in tickets from the Nippon Theater and $1,080 from RoyalTheaters.

Rotary, Kiwanis and Lions clubs invites students as guestson a regular or occasional basis. At the Hilo Conference ofRotary International, six grantees were flown to Hilo atRotary expense. Grantees say these club contacts are avaluable experience to them and give them more confidence inmeeting strangers. A total of 222 grantees have been clubguests, including a West Honolulu Rotary dinner for 50grantees.

The Friends of the East-West Center have subsidized manyevents, the student paying a minimal amount to insureattendance. Funds were donated for Hale Kuahine cookingsupplies; refurnishing the Student Association Office;prizes for the annual Photo contest; leis for the Completionluncheon; leis and luncheon for the PAAC Conference; CityBus tours; and Sea Life Park visits. (See Appendices B, Cand D for list of community support organizations and specialevents).

The Friends' Board also approved the purchase of a 10-passengerbus for student use on tours, camps and other events.

In cooperation with the East-West Center Visual ArtsCommittee, various exhibits were arranged in an attempt tointerest tourists and community visitors. Exhibits haveincluded: Photographs by Jacqueline Paul; Computer Art; anda collection of the work of the late Theodore Wores whichattracted many community members who had never visited theCenter. A tea and fashion show was held featuring theclothing designed by Madame Ito for the members of theJapanese Imperial Family.

Volunteers

A restructured volunteer organizational plan was developedpatterned after systems employed by other volunteer groups.An overall Chairman of Volunteers was appointed by theBoard. Supporting committees established were: Recruitment,Training, Placement, and Recognition. Other vital committees,some of which had existed prior to the reorganization butwhose responsibilities have been expanded, are:

Senior Fellows: This committee arranges social events forincoming Senior Fellows and their spouses to introduce theminto the community. In a new phase of hospitality recentlyinaugurated, each Friends committee member "adopts" a numberof Senior Fellows, and invites them to small, informal supperparties along with other guests from the University and thecommunity.

237

The Housing Office is responsible for locating homes forincoming Senior Fellows but plans are underway for volunteersto assist new arrivals in house hunting. Sunday newspapersare being airmailed to all Senior Fellows before theirarrival to enable them to learn of Hawaii's culture, economy,sports, etc.

Married Students: Meetings with members of the MarriedStudents Association have resulted in the committee obtainingneeded furniture -- especially for children -- and otherhousehold items such as bedding. The committee is alsoassisting spouses of Married-Grantees in obtaining employment.

Host Family: Each host family adopts one or more students,extending to them family hospitality. In July, 1970, therewere 251 host families. During the last two months of thefiscal year an additional 82 were recruited for a total of333 host families. Plans are to increase this number beforethe September influx of students.

Matching students with their prospective families is done bya volunteer committee based on the requests of the familyand the student regarding nationality, religion, and similarinterests. A trend has been initiated to match by academicdiscipline as well. This has been most favorably received.Another trend is increasing the placement of U.S. mainlandstudents with host families of other ethnic backgrounds.More mainland students are asking to participate in the HostFamily program than in prior years.

English-in-Action: This volunteer program provides tutorswho meet with one or more students on a weekly basis, thusenabling students to practice their English, plus acquiringknowledge of informal American expressions. This committeeis in the process of being strengthened.

Jefferson Lounge Committee: Volunteers provide flowers andplants on a year around basis and for special occasions otherdecorations are supplied.

Desk Volunteers: Acting as hostesses to students and visitors,these volunteers serve at the Friends' desk in JeffersonLounge. Stamps, postcards, East-West Center Press books andother items are sold. A wide range of magazines andnewspapers are kept on reading racks.

Membership: IBM cards in the future will be coded to indicatenot only name and address, but also date and type ofmembership. As of June 30, 1971, there were 872 members ofthe Friends of the East-West Center, of which 120 joined inthe year under review.

Cultural Activities: Requests are handled for exhibits andother activities, and arrangements are made for invitations,preview receptions, and publicity.

238

The three countries of Korea, Thailand and the TrustTerritory were selected because they gave a wide geographicrange, they reflected differing emphases on trainee, studentand Fellow alumni and their in-country alumni organizationranged from casual to highly structured. The three fieldsof study were chosen because of their particular relevanceto East-West Center and University of Hawaii interests. Itis hoped that in further groups in this series, the studieswill be able to include former participants in professionaltraining projects in any field of study.

Of 680 individual questionnaires sent out, 37.4 per cent werereturned--a respectable return rate given the dispersion ofCenter alumni. For the 671 trainee alumni to whomquestionnaires were sent through Center channels informationwas received on 84.6 per cent.

Problems

In September 1970, the Alumni Liaison Officer temporarilyassumed responsibility for visa extension supervision ofalumni remaining on Center sponsorship. This was a reflectionof reduced staffing in Open Grants (where 95 per cent of thevisa alumni came from). Throughout the year this workoverload consumed 25l5 per cent of the Alumni LiaisonOfficer's time. Since involvement in the development of thecomputerized PDS System was also a work overload--but onedirectly relevant to the Records and Alumni Office program--some functions of the office were forgone for the fiscal year.

The area that suffered most from inattention was that ofcommunications with the alumni. None of the quarterly AlumniNewsletters were produced. Other publications of theEast-West Center, such as the East-West Center Magazine andnew program brochures were mailed to the approximately 2,500student, Fellow and staff alumni for whom addresses aremaintained. The level of individual correspondence withalumni, except for visa alumni and alumni associations, alsodecreased from contact with perhaps 20 per cent of the alumnito under 10 per cent.

Future Plans

The workload problem indicated above will no longer be adirect problem to the Alumni Liaison Officer since approvalhas been given to transfer one of the Open Grants staffmembers to the Records and Alumni Office. This new FieldLiaison Officer will continue logistics involvement in thefield education of current East-West Center students, willassume responsibility for alumni remaining on Center visasponsorship, and gradually will add in more travel and visaresponsibilities for other levels of East-West Centerparticipants. Centralizing this function should prove of

239

Community Activities: Committee members acquaint thecommunity with new and expanding concepts of the Centerthrough a series of luncheons to which outstanding men andwomen of the community are invited. Speakers and/or filmprograms are provided for civic clubs and others.

Newsletter: Published monthly, the Newsletter is a means ofcommunicating with the Friends.

Tours: Each weekday at 2:30 p.m., tours are conducted forvisitors with volunteers acting as guides. A total of 1,326visitors took advantage of these tours during the fiscal year.Special tours were arranged for convention delegates andother tour groups (total of 1,135).

Programming Special Visitors: The requests for programmingvary. The actual appointments with administrative heads arehandled by the assistant. She also arranges for studentcontacts if requested. There is a definite need for acommittee of volunteers to assist in this program. Duringthe year under review programmed the visits of 1,201 men andwomen to meet with staff members and participants.

Washington Place Reception: Arrangements were made for thisevent in response to interest indicated by students invisiting the Governor's home. Volunteers assisted ashostesses.

In addition to the preceding committee activity, monthlyvolunteer meetings were held, as well as frequent meetings ofthe Executive Committee of the Friends, and Board of Directors'meetings.

Future Plans

More fund raising events are planned. Fund raising should bedone on the basis on anticipated projects.

Concerted efforts will continue to be made to acquaint thecommunity with the Center to offset the over-balance ofUniversity volunteers. A blend of community and Universityis a sharing process and can only result in strengthening theimage of the Center.

Lack of sufficient staff has been a problem. Student help hasbeen greatly appreciated, but utilization of students withtheir varying schedules has resulted to some extent in lackefficiency. Professional staff has carried too much over-timework. Therefore the addition of one full-time clerical personto supplement the present staff (in lieu of the three formerstudent helpers) will be of tremendous benefit. There willstill be a need for student help in times of emergency.

240

One of the most important projects now being developed isinsuring security of displays and exhibits by means ofinstalling locked display cases in the niches in the galleryof the second floor of Jefferson Hall. Funds for the displaycase project now on hand approximately $1,500. Plans includeobtaining additional funds from business firms and others inthe community. Center alumni are also being advised of theopportunity to contribute funds or display items for theseniches. A plaque will designate the name of the donor oneach niche display case.

Beginnings have been made in developing plans for homehospitality for participants attending seminars sponsored bythe Institutes.

241

APPENDIX A

FRIENDS OF THE EAST-WEST CENTER

BOARD OF DIRECTORS

FY 1970-71

President

1st Vice-President

2nd Vice-President

Secretary

Treasurer

Executive Officer

Mr. Desmond J. ByrneVice President of AdministrationComputab Inc.

Mr. James F. Morgan, Jr.Alexander & Baldwin, Inc.

Mr. Gulab Watumull

Mrs. Edward M. Barnet

Mr. David A. FitzgeraldTreasurerGrosvenor International, Ltd.

Mrs. Donn C. AllisonCommunity Relations Officer

Other members included: Mrs. Lawrence S. Berger; Mr. Fred C.Blanco; Mrs. Philip H. Ching; Judge Gerald R. Corbett; TheVery Rev. Msgr. Daniel J. Dever; Cesar B. De Jesus, M.D.;Mr. Walter A. Dods, Jr.; Mrs. Wytze Gorter; Mr. AkiyoshiHayashida; Mr. Stuart T. K. Ho; Howard H. Honda, M.D.;Mrs. Henry P. Hyde; Mrs. Ernest K. Kai; Mr. Donald Y. Kamemoto;Mr. Donald M. Kuyper; Mr. Aaron Levine; Mr. Boyd MacNaughton;Mr. Philip P. Maxwell; Mrs. Cornelius Mulder; Mr. Roger E.O'Connor; L. Q. Pang, M.D.; Mr. J. Scott B. Pratt, III;Mr. Thurston Twigg-Smith; Mr. George S. Wheaton; Mr. A. JamesWriston, Jr.

242

APPENDIX B

FUNCTIONS WHICH THE FRIENDS OF THE EWC PARTICIPATED

EITHER BY FUNDING OR ASSISTING WITH NECESSARY ARRANGEMENTS

FY 1970-71

JULY Dr. Edwin 0. Reischauer's lecture - KennedyTheatre

No-host luncheon for reports on charter flightto Japan

AUGUST Modernization Conference - home hospitality forparticipants

SEPTEMBER Informal Sunday tea for all students - JeffersonLanai

Recognition luncheon for Volunteers - OahuCountry Club

Host Family picnic at the White home, "iKikila"

OCTOBER Annual meeting of the Friends . . . Mr. RudolphPeterson, Speaker - Kahala Hilton Hotel

Hospitality for Senior Fellows - Chancellor's home

NOVEMBER Photographic exhibit by Jacqueline Paul -Jefferson second floor

DECEMBER Private party for Senior Fellows hosted byMrs. Henry Luce at her home

Hospitality for Senior Fellows - Mrs. NelsonDoubleday's home

Christmas tree trimming party for Host Familiesand students - Jefferson Lounge

JANUARY Three "Woman Power" luncheons - Asia Room

FEBRUARY President's luncheon for business leaders andJefferson Fellows - Pacific Room

Computer art exhibit and reception - Asia Room

Coffee hour for wives of Senior Fellows -Mrs. Herbert Long's home

243

MARCH Exhibit of the art of Theodore Wores. Previewreception, Pacific and Asia Rooms. Exhibitcontinued for six weeks

Buffet supper for Friends executive committee,committee chairmen, administration, students -Mrs. H. M. Richards' home

APRIL Dinner party for Mr. and Mrs. Roland I. Perusse(Director of the North-South Center, Puerto Rico)at home of Mr. and Mrs. James F. Morgan, Jr.

Home hospitality for 40 Ocean Seminar participants

Coffee hour for wives of Senior Fellows -Mrs. Nelson Doubleday

MAY Washington Place reception for all East-WestCenter grantees and Jefferson Fellows

Dinner for Board members, students andadministration - College Hill

"Mahalo" party for Senior Fellows, Friends,administration - hosted by wives of SeniorFellows at home of Dr. and Mrs. Mantle Hood

244

APPENDIX C

SPECIAL EVENTS, TOURS ARRANGED FOR, OR SUBSIDIZED,

BY THE FRIENDS OF THE EAST-WEST CENTER

FY 1970-71

Total Participants -- 1,097

NOVEMBER Standard Oil tour - 19; Bishop Museum - 68;Kaiser Cement tour - 16

DECEMBER Tree Trimming party - crew of 12 helpers, plusthose attending the actual party honoring theHost Families and grantees; U of H Football - 35

JANUARY City Tour, Sea Life Park, Hula Bowl, Woman-powerluncheons, Opening of Legislature; "WutheringHeights" premiere; HCT: Hawaii Newspaper Agencytour; 13 group meetings of Inter-Island tripwith 11 students per meeting; "Igarata"premiere; Tours of KHVH, Ilikai Hotel, FirstHawaiian Bank, Royal Hawaiian Hotel, firm ofOssipoff and Chang, A.I.A. - total of 23

FEBRUARY Industrial Relations luncheon with ArthurGoldberg, speaker - 6; Hawaii Open GolfTournament - 10; HCT - 5

MARCH Spalding Garden tour - 12; Mrs. H. AlexanderWalker's gardens - 10; Hostesses at WoresExhibit - 12; Special Pearl Harbor tour -Hawaii in Pacific Conference - 5; Richards'dinner - 10

APRIL Perusse Dinner - 2; Polo Games - 2; HCT - 3;Washington Place - 300

MAY Polo - 2; Sea Life Park - 55; Orvis Auditorium -10; Polynesian Center - 30; Dinner atPresident Cleveland's - 10

JUNE Royal Hawaiian show - 12; Polynesian Center - 25

245

APPENDIX D

COMMUNITY ORGANIZATION SUPPORT

FY 1970-71

The following community organizations and businessesprovided support for Community Relations Office activitieson behalf of East-West Center participants:

Hotels - Sheraton Waikiki, Royal Hawaiian, Hilton HawaiianVillage, Kahala Hilton, Halekulani, Ala Moana, Waikikian,Ii ikai

State Government - Governor's Office, Washington Place,Departments of Planning, Cultural Affairs, Social Service,Judiciary, Health, and Prisons

City Government - Mayor's Office, Fire, Police and RefuseCollection Departments

Military - Army, Schofield and Ft. Shafter; Navy, U.S. PacificFleet and 14th Naval District; Marine Corps, Kaneohe AirStation; Air Force, Hickam Air Force Base

Churches - St. Andrew's Cathedral, Holy Nativity, Kawaiahao,Central Union, Baptist Conference

Ethnic Groups - Japanese Chamber of Commerce, Japanese Women'sSociety, Chinese Women's Society, Korean Community Council,Hawaii Civic Clubs, Daughters of Hawaii, and all members ofthe Consular Corps

Banks - First Hawaiian,' Bank of Hawaii, Philippine NationalBank

Business Firms - C. Brewer and Co., Theo Davies, Amfac,Alexander and Baldwin, Hawaiian Trust Co., Bishop Trust Co.,Ossipoff and Chang, Edward Sullam, A.I.A., Wo Fat's, Sear'sRoebuck, Volkswagen Pacific, Von Hamni Young, HawaiianElectric, Honolulu Gas Co., Hawaiian Telephone Co.

Organizations - Rotary International, Lions, Kiwanis, Jaycees,Hawaii Visitors Bureau, Junior League, Hawaii MedicalSociety, Planned Parenthood, Aloha United Fund, Soroptomists,Hawaii Greeters Association, Cousins' Society, HISCO, AFL-CIO,ILWU, Musicians' Union, American Guild of Variety Artists

Airlines - United, Pan American, Aloha, Canadian Pacific,BOAC, Qantas, Japan Air Lines

246

Travel Agencies - International, Trade Wind

Schools and Colleges - All private and public

U of i - Departments of Art, Music, Library, Architecture,Marine Biology, International Students, Presidents' Office

Cultural - Honolulu Community Theatre, Honolulu Symphony,Academy of Arts, Bishop Museum, Mission House Museum,Spalding House, Ulu Mau Village, Paradise Park, Sea LifePark, Polynesian Cultural Center

247

CONFERENCE OFFICE

In support of East-West Center goals, the major aim of theConference Office is to assist in the promotion of betterunderstanding between the intellectual, political, scientific,and technical leaders of East and West through increasedcontact in international meetings. East-West Center conferencesseek to involve the community of the elite, both real andpotential, by inviting as participants the best minds inAsia, the Pacific area and the United States. The intellectualresources of the Center, the University of Hawaii and thecommunity are focused in conferences to provide maximuminterchange for the conference participants. Some conferencesare also designed to explore new areas for Center programsand to serve as a sounding board for Center plans.

The Conference Office consists of a Conference Officer andstenographer. Supplementary personnel on contract arebrought in for particular projects. Student help is usedextensively to provide audio-visual, typing, maintenance andother support services for groups using the conferencefacilities.

Operations

The Conference Office provides advance planning and preparationas well as support services for four major types of activities:

1. East-West Center Institute-funded conferences requireextensive support. The Conference Office implements theconference plans of the Institutes, providing planningassistance, facilities, hardware and support services.

2. The East-West Center encourages co-sponsorship of manyconferences in fields associated with its programs. Suchco-sponsorship involves sharing responsibilities and coststo strengthen national and international interest infulfillment of the objectives of the East-West Center.Various departments and agencies of the University ofHawaii, the State of Hawaii, and the federal governmenthave cooperated in conference planning and execution.Many educational, professional and private agencies, bothin the United States and in Asia and the Pacific region,work closely with conference programming at the East-WestCenter.

3. While the conference facilities of Jefferson Hallprimarily serve the programs of the five East-West CenterInstitutes, these Institutes occasionally act as host tooutside groups engaged in activities related to Centergoals. Such groups include departments and units of theUniversity of Hawaii, government agencies and educational,civic, research and professional organizations.

28

4. The Conference Office also schedules and maintains thefour conference and seminar rooms in Jefferson Hall on adaily basis for meetings, displays, films and otheractivities.

Accomplishments

The major conference of the 16 conducted during Fiscal Year1970-71 was the Second International Conference onModernization in Asia and the Pacific, three years in theplanning, held in August. Bringing together 82 participantsfrom Asia and the United States, it explored problems ofmoving into and through a technical and electronic future.(See Appendix E for conferences held during the year).

1970-71 was a year of physical changes and administrativechanges as well as of adjustments to the new Centerreorganization into problem-oriented Institutes.

The physical improvements included further upgrading of theaudio-visual systems, gallery display equipment, airconditioning of Kamehameha Room and consolidating that roomwith Tagore Room by removing a common wall.

Administrative accomplishments included further refinementand standardization of conference services, including a betterdefinition of the responsibilities of a conferenceorganizer in coordination with the Conference Office. Plansfor computer-based room and conference scheduling and ofconference participant status reports were completed inFiscal Year 71 with hopes of the implementation of such asystem in Fiscal Year 72.

Problems

Expanding requirements of Center Institutes for conferenceactivities and training space have further complicated thespace scheduling problem. The maintenance and improvementof the physical facilities under heavy use, with minimalfunds, continues to be of major concern. A committee has beenformed to give advice on various acoustic and designfeatures of the conference and seminar rooms. Inadequateoffice space and the lack of a full-time assistant arelimiting factors in the number of conferences that can behandled and in the level of service provided. The experiencegained by the Institutes in working with the conferenceoffice on conference projects will make the job of the officesomewhat easier but this will be offset by an increasednumber of conferences.

The ticketing of Conference participants, under conditions ofshort advance notice with the increase in Center-fundedconferences, has proven to be a major concern. Increasedadvance preparation time through better Institute long rangeplanning will simplify this always difficult task.

249

Future Plans

In addition to the automated record keeping plans mentionedabove, the Conference Office is exploring the use of anavailable educational satellite to eventually enable two-waydiscussions between groups meeting at the Center andprominent figures in Asia and the United States. Thiscommunications tool will greatly increase the potentialinput for Center conferences and can be extremely valuablein enabling the exchange of ideas at a reasonable cost.

There are approximately twenty Institute-sponsored conferencesplanned for Fiscal Year 72. In addition hosted conferencesinclude:

U.S.-JAPAN SEMINAR ON THE USE OF INSTRUMENTALTECHNIQUES FOR CHARACTERIZING CATALYST SURFACES -July 19-23, 1971

U.S.-JAPAN SEMINAR ON NEW TRENDS IN HIGH VOLTAGEELECTRON MISCROPY - September 2O-2, 1971

CONFERENCE ON ISLAM a MODERNIZATION - March, 1972

250

APPENDIX A

CONFERENCES

FY 1970-71

July 6-8, 1970

July 29-31, 1970

August 9-15, 1970

August 24-28, 1970

October 6-9, 1970

October l9-2, 1970

October 26-29, 1970

January

1971

January 11-17, 1971

February 1-5, 1971

March 1-5, 1971

March 15-21, 1971

March 17-23, 1971

ParticipantsAsia

West

SEADAG Seminar on 13 27Regional Development

SEADAG/East-West lPopulation InstituteSeminar

Second International 59Conference on the Problemsof Modernization in Asiaand the Pacific

Conference on 7Sociolinguistics

Seminar on Sampling 10Theory in Characteristicsof Bulk Materials (NSF)

U.S.-Japan Seminar on 11Wind Loads (NSF)

Conference on 9Documentation

U.S.-Japan Conference on 10Regional Development (NSF)

U.S.-Japan Bilateral 10Seminar on Hydrology (NSF)

Seminar on the Effects of 12Environmental Trace Metalson Human Health (NSF)

UH Conference on LawPhilosophy

UH Conference on CultureF, Mental Health

TDI Mini Conference

251

10

32

6

10

19

8

5

8

13

March 22-26, 1971 Conference on Religion£ Politics

April 23-25, 1971 Seminar-Workshop on the 3 3Humanities and the Arts

April 26-May 1, 1971 Pacific Basin Economic 20 19Cooperation Council OceanSeminar

June 6-12, 1971 International Conferenceon Korean TraditionalSociety

June 13-27, 1971 Communication/Journalism 8 3Teachers Seminar

June 28-July 2, 1971 Conference on Ch'ing 7 11China

252

HOUSING OFFICE

The staff of the Housing Office includes a manager, threehousing officers and a site manager, five civil serviceemployees and nine resident assistants. The officesupervises housing for Center participants, primarilystudent and training program participants in the two Centerdormitories, Hale Manoa and Hale Kuahine. Assistance isalso given to Fellows and participants whose familiesaccompany them to Hawaii.

Operations

Participants in Center programs accounted for approximately84.6 per cent of the residence halls population. Theremaining 15.4 per cent of the population was comprised ofCenter alumni continuing studies, AID participants,non-Center students and occasional transients who paid theirrent at the hail counter. The occupancy for the yearaveraged 78 per cent of the total assignable spaces. Themonth of July registered the lowest occupancy at 64.3 per cent,or 379 residents, and a high in October at 87.'4 per cent, or515 residents. The major reason for the decrease of about5.6 per cent compared to the 84.6 per cent average of 1969-70was because of the overlap in occupancy during August-Septemberand the loss of alumni and non-Center student residentsduring the Fall term.

Accomplishments

Married student couples were provided accommodations inHale Manoa for the first time on an experimental basis.Occupancy in married couples units seems to fluctuate, witha high rate of turnover. Of the original six couplesadmitted in April, one remained at the fiscal year end.

There were four significant developments in the Ohana Nuioperations in temporary married quarters on loan from theU.S. Navy. The decision to refund rent fees collected overthe $60 allowance to the students which amounted toapproximately $7,500; increased activity handling andproviding storage and furniture loan services; meeting thetwo-phase demolition schedule of the apartment site; and thesearch for alternative housing for married students due todemolition of the quarters by the U.S. Navy. By March thenumber of apartments at Ohana Nui was reduced from 68 to 56.By the month of May there remained approximately 35 tenants.Sixteen families remained through June first. The lastresident vacated his apartment on June 17.

Thirty-six Senior Fellows were met at the airport and providedassistance in locating housing. Approximately twelve hoursof time were taken for each person. This included correspondence,hotel reservations, airport pickup, and locating housing.

253

The Hall Committee budget plan called for expenditures of$5,6'40. It showed an unexpended balance of $167.67 on June 30.Overall student activities in the halls were substantialand encouraging.

In facilities and maintenance, important progress was madein planned improvements and replacements of worn or oldinventory. Major replacement purchases involved short-lifeitems such as bedding supplies and wastebaskets. Physicalplant improvements included renovation of unit loungeentranceways, installation of fluorescent fixtures, andcloset space, and safety switches for the time clock lightcontrol and painting rooms. New purchases included chairsand an emergency generator for lighting.

Contract services involved preparation of specifications fortrash collection service through a private firm, revision ofspecifications and conditions for renewal of the janitorialmaintenance contract, and a request for a consultant toprepare specifications for exterior painting.

An audit by a private accounting firm recommended updating thefund transfer requirement to the Reserve fund and thedevelopment of records of various transactions. All of therequirements were completed.

Problems and Future Plans

The overtime provisions of the Fair Labor Standards Act asapplied to employees in Housing is one of the major problemsfaced during the year and will need to be resolved.

The Center's reorganization last July and the development ofnew programs in line with the problem-oriented approach haveled to the need for better communication on fluctuatinghousing needs.

Plans for the new year call for continuing efforts towardreplacement and improvement of facilities, findingalternatives to the married students furniture and fieldstudy storage services, determining course of action on theAID furniture and storage, and finding a system of projectingthe needs of housing for maximum utilization of bed spaces.

254

OFFICE OF PARTICIPANT ACTIVITIES

In order to support and complement the cultural interchangewhich occurs within each problem-oriented program, the Officeof Participant Activities seeks to develop those resources ofthe Center, the University and the larger Hawaii communitywhich contribute to fostering crosscultural understandingamong all participants at the Center as well as the communityat large.

Operations

The staff of the Office of Participant Activities includes anActing Coordinator, two Assistant Coordinators, twostenographers, and one typist. Student help has also beenrequested to assist with the multitude of errands andtime-consuming routine work which the office handles, suchas putting up signs to publicize programs, clearing thebulletin boards, picking up films and materials, distributingnotes and announcements and running audio visual equipment.

The function of the Office of Participant Activities is toprovide the supportive resources for co-curricular activitiesaimed at linking the various participants -- degree students,professional students, Fellows, and staff -- of themultinational, problem-oriented Institutes at the East-WestCenter. The office provides the initiative as well as thecoordination for efforts to promote interaction among alllevels of participants from the initial orientation programto the completion ceremony. With the reorganization of theCenter into problem-oriented Institutes, the scope of theoffice has broadened to include not only orientation programsfor degree participants but also for short-term professionalparticipants.

During the individual participant's stay at the Center, he isexposed to a variety of opportunities for sharing all formsof cultural expression -- art, music, cooking, dress, sports,social customs, etc. Informal settings such as camps; Wala Audiscussion groups with families in the community; interculturaland social events as well as the more structured national daycelebrations, inter-program seminars and lectures, internshipprogram, community visits, educational field trips, Film Series,Tuesday Night programs, and the traditional International NightProgram are available to every participant and all areencouraged to participate and share their cultural experiences.

In addition to these activities, the Office provides numerousservices to participants such as lending audio visual andrecording equipment, authorizing use of the Center vans,reserving conference rooms, providing income tax information,assisting with visa problems, maintaining up-to-date records,as well as special services for married students such as

255

coordinating the furniture pool and linen distribution,assisting with spouse employment, and aiding in bringingfamilies to Hawaii. A special liaison has been establishedfor the married students and their families to help them insolving their particular problems, especially housing.

Accomplishments

Two programs initiated during the year proved especiallysuccessful in terms of attendance and participation. The"Tuesday Night at Seven" topical discussion program in HaleManoa Lounge involved not only Center participants but alsouniversity and community people presenting programs supplementedwith films and slides on various topics of interest and theEast-West Center Film Series, which offers a variety of Asianand American films of shared interest (which reflect, negativelyor positively, some phase of life in one or another of thecountries represented among the participants at the Center)proved so successful that the office is studying the possibilityof conducting a Film Festival of modest proportions at theCenter.

A continuing highlight of a student's experience at the Centerhas been the Inter-Island Program in which students in groupsof 11 visit the Neighbor Islands. They live with host familiesand visit high schools, participating in discussions withHawaiian students, through cooperation with the Pacific andAsian Affairs Council. Such an experience brings a muchgreater awareness of the unique culture of Hawaii to Centerstudents.

Problems

The major problem in Participant Activities is stimulatinginterest in intercultural projects and overcoming varyingdegrees of apathy, particularly among those Asian participantswho are achievement-oriented to the extent that they often arereluctant to take time from studies to involve themselves inbroader activities. This is a challenging and sometimesfrustrating problem whose solution is vital to reaching theintercultural goals of the Center.

Future Plans

The Office of Participant Activities plans to continue with itspresent activities and services, constantly evaluating existingprograms and formulating new ones with special attention focusedin the coming year on improved communications with the Institutesand their varied constituencies. The degree of success inlinking all levels of participants at the Center will dependupon the degree of cooperation and support from participants,the central administration, and the Institutes themselves.

256

CHAPTER XI

Office of Administration

Office ©f AdministrationThe Office of Administration is responsible for providing staffservices to the Chancellor's Office and the various programs ofthe East-West Center. These services include assisting theChancellor in the formulation and execution of the Center'soverall fiscal, budgetary, and personnel policies and proceduresand providing essential housekeeping services necessary tosustain the Center's day to day operations.

BUDGETARY AND FISCAL MANAGEMENT

In a year of budget reductions for many federal agencies andprojects, the East-West Center was successful in maintainingits annual appropriation of $5,260,000 for scholarships,grants, and operating expenses (see Appendix A). This was,to a large extent, due to the support from Hawaii'sCongressional delegation, Assistant Secretary of State JohnRichardson, Jr., Deputy Assistant Secretary William Jones, andDeputy Assistant Secretary Fred Irving.

In addition to the annual appropriation from Congress, theEast-West Center received and expended approximately $905,000of A.I.D. (Agency for International Development) funds for theEast-West Population Institute and the amount of the five-yearpopulation program contract with A.I.D. was increased to$4,635,000. Another contract with A.I.D. for the sum of$100,000 was also consummated for participant training andorientation services. Two additional contracts were consummatedfor participant training and orientation services. Twoadditional contracts were consummated with A.I.D. during theyear--the first in the amount of $312,000 for the Inventory!Analysis Project on population communication studies, and thesecond in the amount of $1,047,000 for the East-WestCommunication Institute to develop an institutional capabilityto provide information, education and communication in supportof population programs in the less developed countries. Inaddition, various other sources contributed approximately$320,000 towards the programs of the Center.

Review of the "no-profit, no-loss" agreement with the Universityof Hawaii and the "cost of education" payment was continuedduring the year. It is anticipated that the review will becompleted early in fiscal year 1972.

PERSONNEL MANAGEMENT AND ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES

With the continuing effects of the reorganization of theCenter's basic internal structure and with the expansion ofprogram scope and activity resulting from new and additionalgrant funds, the Administrative Management Office experienced

259

its most active period since its establishment. The officewas able to meet the most important demands for servicesthrough the combined efforts of its entire staff. Significantactivities/accomplishments for FY 71 were:

Semi-monthly Payroll for Student, Casual, and Overload Services.In August, 1970, the change-over from a monthly to thesemi-monthly payroll was realized. This change is convenientfor student and casual employees but requires additionalscheduled work for staff.

Library Staff Transfers to University Library. The removal ofthe entire EWC Library holdings from Lincoln Hall to SinclairLibrary was completed. Eight library positions and incumbentswere transferred in September to the University Library.Additionally, four other incumbents were technically "assigned"to the University.

Salary Adjustments. An extensive study of the inequityadjustment provisions of the State of Hawaii Act 127, S.L.H.1969, resulted in our being able to gain acceptance of a fourper cent salary adjustment for the majority of the professional-administrative employees, effective January 1, 1971.

Compensation Plan. A major improvement of the compensationschedule for professional-administrative personnel was achieved.The number of steps in each grade was increased two additionalsteps and the upper salary grades were made more competitivewith the University's various schedules.

Fair Labor Standards Act. The provisions of the Federal FairLabor Standards Act were enforced for the first time at theeducational institutions in Hawaii. Based upon the initiativesof the federal representative, overtime pay claims had to bepaid, information on the provisions circulated, and internalpolicies, forms, rules and regulations formalized.

Casual Hires. In February, the University issued an orderbanning all casual hires, making it impossible for the Centerto meet one of its basic short-term training objectives. Thisoffice appealed to the Department of Personnel Services and theCenter was exempted from the ban.

Personnel Turnover. The Center experienced an unusually highpersonnel turnover in both professional and clerical positions.(See Appendix B). The situation can be attributed to thereorganization of the Center and to the tight labor market.

Space Studies. Extensive inventory of office space and proposalsfor allocation of space were made to the Chancellor resultingin the decision to house the problem-oriented programs inLincoln Hall.

260

Reassignment of Space to Programs. A mass movement of thePress, Culture Learning, Research Collections, Food, Technologyand Development, Contract Training, Communication, Open Grants,and Participant Services was speedily accomplished at veryreasonable cost. The successful achievement in October ofthis formidable task can be claimed by our staff, the cooperatingoffice staffs, and the commercial mover.

Extensive Tasks Related to Movement. As a result of themovement of the various offices, many related tasks had to becarried out such as: extensive changes in the telephone localsand numbers, reassignment of office keys, storage of excesslibrary shelves and equipment, reassignment of office equipment,and inventory of office equipment.

Temporary Buildings Completed. In the third quarter, theUniversity turned over to the Center the two newly completedtemporary wooden office buildings totaling 1,400 sq. ft. perbuilding. The Population Institute was assigned one buildingand the Contract Training Office the other. A 0' x 20'classroom is part of the latter unit.

Lincoln Hall Renovation. Extensive structural improvements andrepainting of office interiors were begun in April to accommodatethe problem-oriented programs. The project is slated forcompletion in September, 1971.

Closing of the Married Grantees' Apartments at Ohana A/ui. ByJune 30, 1971, the U.S. Air Force had razed the dwelling unitsand the living quarters had to be closed. New problems of whatto do with the furnishings, office equipment, grantees'personals and furniture pool await resolution in the face ofexisting scarcity of space at the Center.

In spite of such problems as high personnel turnover, shortageof office space, care and maintenance of the physical plant,and the increasing demands of expanding programs upon ourlimited staff, the Office of Administration admirably rose tothe challenges of the year.

261

APPENDIX A

APPROPRIATIONS

Since its inception in October, 1960, the East-West Center

has received a total of $64,890,000 in appropriations covering the period

Fiscal Year 1961 through Fiscal Year 1971. A summary statement of

appropriations by the major categories of operations, scholarships and grants,

and capital improvements is presented below:

SUMMARY STATEMENT OF FUNDSFiscal Years 1961-71

ScholarshipsAppropriations Operations and Grants

FY 1961 $ 338,895 $ 1,500,130

FY 1962 759,925 2,540,075

FY 1963 1,460,000 5,425,000

FY 1964 1,786,600 3,313,400

FY 1965 1,814,700 3,485,300

FY 1966 2,000,000 3,800,000

FY 1967 2,100,000 3,700,000

FT 1968 1,956,500 3,263,500

FT 1969 1,941,400 3,318,600

FY 1970 1,941,400 3,318,600

FY 1971 1,941,400 3,318,600

TotalAppropriations $18,040,820 $36,983,205

CapitalImprovements

$8,160,975

1,455,000

250,000

$9,865,975

Total

$10,000,000

3,300,000

8,340,000

5,100,000

5,300,000

5,800,000

6,050,000

5,220,000

5,260,000

5,260,000

5,260,000

$64,890,000

262

APPENDIX B

PERSONNEL HIRES AND TERNINATIONS*EAST-WEST CENTERFISCAL YEAR 1970-71

No. ofNo. ofEmployees No. of No. of Employeeson 7-1-70 Hires Terminations on 6-30-71

Professional-Administrative57 22 26 53

Civil Service38 18 17 39

Total 95 40 43 92

*Includes only EWC Appropriated Funded Personnel

263

APPENDIX C

STAFF

FY 1970-71

Director

Samuel T. Hata *

Ronald D. Boggs

Acting Controller

Keiji Kukino **

Administrative Analyst III

Masaji Saito

Administrative Management Officer

Herbert T. Kokubun

Asst. Administrative Management Officer

Kenneth Nishihara

* Resigned January 19, 1971Appointed June 1, 1971January to May, 1971Resigned June 15, 1971

26

THE EAST-WEST CENTER-formally known as"The Center for Cultural and Technical InterchangeBetween East and West"-was established in Hawaii

by the United States Congress in 1960. As a nationaleducational institution in cooperation with the Uni-

versity of Hawaii, the Center's mandated goal is "to

promote better relations and understanding betweenthe United States and the nations of Asia and thePacific through cooperative study, training and re-search."

Each year about 1,000 degree students, research-minded Senior Fellows and non-degree students,

including those in technological development and

training programs at the mid-career level, come frommore than 35 countries and territories to study andwork together at the East-West Center. They are

supported by federal scholarships and grants, sup-plemented in some fields by contributions fromAsian/Pacific governments and private foundations.Several hundred more men and women receive train-

ing annually at field workshops and refresher coursesconducted in the Asian/Pacific area by East-WestCenter instructional teams co-sponsored by local gov-ernments and agencies.

A fundamental aim of all East-West Center pro-grams is to foster understanding and mutual respectamong people from differing cultures working to-

gether in seeking solutions to common problems.The Center draws on the resources of U.S. main-land universities, and Asian/Pacific educational and

governmental institutions as well as organizationsin the multicultural State of Hawaii.

Center programs are conducted by the East-WestCommunication Institute, the East-West Culture

Learning Institute, the East-West Food Institute, theEast-West Population Institute, and the East-West

Technology and Development Institute. Open Grantsare awarded to provide scope for educational andresearch innovation, including a new program inhumanities and the arts.

Published byOffice of Public AffairsEast-West Center1777 East-West CenterHonolulu, Hawaii 96822

East-West Center Eleventh Annual Report for the Fiscal Year Ending ...

Documents

Transcript of East-West Center Eleventh Annual Report for the Fiscal Year Ending ...